# mir-titles

creator: G. P. Gavrilov,A. A. Sapozhenko
date: 1989-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: gavrilov-sapozhenko-selected-problems-on-discrete-mathematics-mir-1989
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: eng
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2023-01-02T07:41:55Z,2026-02-04T21:59:34Z
publicdate: 2023-01-02T07:41:55Z
publisher: Mir Publishers
title: Selected Problems On Discrete Mathematics
year: 1989
collection:
mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-andres_caballero803,fav-emad_sadeghi,fav-munif_muttafik,fav-nikemaul,fav-pb_ess,fav-pio07,fav-pjmm_,fav-spectresouls,fav-user964685,fav-verante

description:
This collection of problems was compiled for students and teachers at university level educational institutions. It contains problems on Boolean algebra, k-valued logics, the theory of graphs and combinatorics, coding theory, automata theory, and the theory of algorithms. The problems include simple ones for those beginning with discrete mathematics, and more difficult ones that stimulate a better grasp of a subject. The theory of dis­crete mathematics is presented in Introduction to Discrete Math­ematics by S. Yablonsky. G. Gavrilov is an associate professor at the Faculty of Com­putational Mathematics and Cy­bernetics at Moscow State Uni­versity. He has written a series of aids on discrete mathematics and mathematical logic, which have been published by Mos­ cow University Press and Nauka. His scientific interests cover dis­crete functional systems, graph theory, and mathematical logic. A. Sapozhenko is an associate professor in the same depart­ment. He specializes in dis­ crete mathematics and mathe­matical cybernetics. His main scientific interests are associated with the Boolean algebra, the minimization of Boolean func­tions, the random graphs, and the combinatorics of partially ordered sets.  Translated from Russian by Ram S. Wadhwa and Natalia V. Wadhwa First published 1989 Revised from the 1977 Russian edition Original scan from Servants of Knowledge

subject:
mathematics,problem books,soviet,k-valued logics,combinatorics,Boolean algebra,theory of graphs,graph theory,coding theory,automata theory,theory of algorithms,discrete maathematics


avg_rating: 5
backup_location: ia907002_31
creator: N. L. Glinka
date: 1986-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: glinkageneralchemistryvol2mir
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: English
mediatype: texts
num_reviews: 1
oai_updatedate: 2019-10-04T04:36:27Z,2026-02-04T22:03:12Z,2019-11-01T22:28:13Z
publicdate: 2019-10-04T04:36:27Z
reviewdate: 2019-11-01T22:28:13Z
subject: chemistry,periodic table,mir publishers,elements,properties,compounds
title: Glinka General Chemistry Vol 2 Mir
year: 1986
collection:
mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-123_abc984,fav-abhijeet_tiwari222,fav-argita_zhollanji,fav-fernando_mora_hern_ndez,fav-floura28zz,fav-klajditarko,fav-matias_morales590,fav-matt_404,fav-munif_muttafik,fav-nikemaul,fav-pb_ess,fav-pio07,fav-sewalm,fav-shaniav,fav-shauhram,fav-theneonew,fav-verante

description:
About the book Professor N. Glinka's textbook systematizes the theoretical aspects and includes an extensive collection of reference data tor the course in general chemistry. Great attention is given to the structure of atoms and molecules, the laws of chemical reactions, and oxidation-reduction, processes. The book has been very popular in the Soviet Union and other countries for many years. During the author's life, it saw 12 editions in Russian and was repeatedly published in other languages. The time that has elapsed after the author's death, however required the introduction of appreciable amendments into the book, first of all beause of the deep penetration of chemistry into many branches of the national economy and of the tremendous growth in the volume of the factual material of chemistry. The required revision of the textbook was carried out in its sixteenth Russian eoition (1973). An additional revision of the book mainly due to the transition to SI1 units of physical quantities and the associated alterations in the terminology was carried out in the nineteenth Russian edition (1977). The present English text has been translated from the 21st Russian edition (1980), and to facilitate work with the book, has been divided into two volumes. The book is intended for students of higher educational institutions not majoring in chemistry. It will also be very helpful for persons studying the fundamentals of chemistry independently, and for students of chemical technical schools and the senior classes of secondary schools.


btih: 762fb31066354055f43dd3f3558b2d4fb40c2cad
collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-nikemaul,fav-sticky_pepsi,fav-vncomrade
creator: Glery Shirokov
date: 1985-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: glery-shirokov-the-industrial-revolution-in-the-east-progress-1985
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: eng
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2025-07-09T10:38:07Z,2025-07-09T11:05:56Z
publicdate: 2025-07-09T10:38:07Z
publisher: Progress Publishers
stripped_tags: em
subject: soviet literature,economic analysis,industrialisation
title: The Industrial Revolution In The East
year: 1985
description:
This book explores the complex processes of socio-economic and technical transformation in the newly independent countries of Asia and North Africa. These regions, long subjected to colonial exploitation, entered the post-independence period with economies dominated by labour-intensive and pre-machine methods of production. In stark contrast to the advanced capitalist countries—with their high capital-labour ratios, intensive production techniques, and well-developed non-material growth factors such as skilled labour and effective management—the developing world faced structural barriers to rapid progress. While the initial post-independence decades saw accelerated industrial growth and the adoption of modern technology, by the 1970s it became evident that attempts to replicate the Western model of development had serious limitations. These included rising unemployment, deepening social inequalities, and mounting external dependencies. The resulting crisis in development strategy prompted renewed debates on the relevance and applicability of Western industrial experience to the post-colonial context. The Industrial Revolution in the East  is an outcome of these debates. It investigates whether capitalist industrial development can serve as a viable framework for transforming traditional economies, particularly in conditions marked by demographic pressures, narrow markets, and socio-economic fragmentation. The book focuses on countries that have embraced capitalist reequipment, setting aside those pursuing a socialist path. Rather than offering an exhaustive case-by-case analysis, the study identifies broad patterns and principles common across the Eastern countries. While acknowledging the internal diversity among regions such as Asia, North Africa, and Latin America, the author concentrates on the relatively comparable group of Eastern states. This work seeks to contribute to a deeper understanding of industrialisation as a historical and structural process, shaped by both internal dynamics and the global capitalist system, and to clarify the conditions under which genuine socio-economic transformation may be possible. Translated from the Russian by Paul Medow Designed by Zoya Kozina


btih: b358a08c1862b4485a251df0efab5245a07437b2
collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-matt_404
creator: G. T. Afanas'ev,V. K. Bobolev
date: 1967-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: g.-t.-afanasev-v.-k.-bobolev-initiation-of-solid-explosives-by-impact-ipst-1967
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: eng
licenseurl: https://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/mark/1.0/
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2025-12-13T09:44:28Z,2025-12-13T09:59:49Z
publicdate: 2025-12-13T09:44:28Z
publisher: NASA Technical Translations
subject: soviet literature,physics,physics of explosions,chemical explosives
title: Initiation Of Solid Explosives By Impact
year: 1967
description:
This book presents an introduction to the quantitative theory of the sensitivity of solid explosives to mechanical action. Results of investigations into the mechanism of the initiation of solid explosives by impact are described. For the most part the results were derived by the authors. The book is intended for workers in the physics of explosions and in the theory of explosives, for those dealing with the preparation and application of explosives, and for postgraduate students in allied fields. Translated by I. Shechtman Edited by P. Greenberg


btih: 29f49741837b9fa531880e224827961a366e038f
collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan
creator: G. V. Arkhangelsky ( Ed.)
date: 1987-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: g.-v.-arkhangelsky-ed.-manual-for-nurses-in-tamil-mir-1987
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: tam
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2024-12-12T09:08:10Z,2026-02-04T21:58:36Z
publicdate: 2024-12-12T09:08:10Z
publisher: Mir Publishers
title: செவிலியர்கள் பாடநூல் (Manual For Nurses In Tamil)
year: 1987
description:
A medical textbook for nurses looing at different diseases, medical conditions, injuries their symptoms and treatment.   ஒரு மருத்துவ பாடப்புத்தகம், அங்கீகாரம் பெற்ற மாணவர்களுக்கு, வெவ்வேறு நோய்கள், மருத்துவ நிலைகள், காயங்கள், அவற்றின் அறிகுறிகள் மற்றும் சிகிச்சைகள் பற்றி ஆராய்கின்றது. தொகுப்பாசிரியர் ஜி. வி. ஆர்க்கெங்கெல்ஸ்கி டி. எஸ்சி (மருத்துவம்) நரம்பு மற்றும் உளஞ்சார்ந்த நோய்கள், சருமம் மற்றும் பால்விளை நோய்கள், காது, மூக்கு, தொண்டை நோய்கள், கண் நோய்கள் மொழிபெயர்ப்பாளர்: டாக்டர் அ. கதிரேசன் M.D., T.D.D., F.C.C.P.(USA), ஓய்வுபெற்ற மருத்துவக் கல்வி இணை இயக்குநர்

subject:
soviet literature,soviet medicine,diseases,injuries,symptoms,treatment,சோவியத் இலக்கியம்,சோவியத் மருத்துவம்,நோய்கள்,காயங்கள்,அறிகுறிகள்,சிகிச்சை


btih: bc04d0058e23a6c7c7b94aff2b8eb30a15e330c5
creator: G. N. Berman
date: 1980-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: g.-n.-berman-a-problem-book-in-mathematical-analysis-mir-1980
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: eng
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2025-11-09T11:02:03Z,2026-02-28T11:31:17Z
publicdate: 2025-11-09T11:02:03Z
publisher: Mir Publishers
title: A Problem Book In Mathematical Analysis
year: 1980
collection:
mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-_studies,fav-arnav_karekar,fav-dstev1,fav-ggary9682,fav-janit_pongpuak,fav-jetmorgann,fav-jin_tao508,fav-kaizen980,fav-kennedy_cajachagua,fav-khoshmaram1,fav-kusum_devi140,fav-munif_muttafik,fav-narasimha,fav-nikemaul,fav-pio07,fav-scorpionerosso80,fav-shauhram,fav-sreejith_sreeram,fav-vignam,fav-zafar_egamqulov

description:
This collection of problems is designed for students studying mathe- matical analysis in higher technical educational institutions. Prob- lems and exercises are systematically selected and arranged in compliance with the major sections of the course in mathematical analysis. Theoretical information is not included in this book. The reader will find it in the corresponding sections of the textbook Mathematical Analysis (A Brief Course for Engineering Students) by A. F. Bermant and I. G. Aramanovich brought out in English by Mir Publishers of Moscow in 1975. For convenience, most sections of the present book are subdivided into parts. Necessary information is given before problems on physics. More difficult problems (indicated by an asterisk) are supplied with hints for their solution to be found in the Answers. Translated from the Russian by Leonid Levant Credits to the original uploaders. Note: This is a new, better resolution scan, Contents Preface Chapter I. Function § 1. Preliminaries § 2. Simplest Properties of Functions § 3. Basic Elementary Functions § 4. Inverse Function. Power, Exponential and Logarithmic Functions § 5. Trigonometric and Inverse Trigonometric Functions § 6. Computational Problems Chapter II. Limit and Continuity § 1. Basic Definitions § 2. Infinite Magnitudes. Tests for the Existence of the Limit § 3. Continuous Functions § 4. Finding Limits. Comparison of Infinitesimals Chapter III. Derivative and Differential. Differential Calculus § 1. Derivative. The Rate of Change of a Function § 2. Differentiating Functions § 3. Differential. Differentiability of a Function § 4. The Derivative as the Rate of Change § 5. Repeated Differentiation Chapter IV. Investigating Functions and Their Graphs § 1. Behaviour of a Function § 2. Application of the First Derivative § 3. Application of the Second Derivative § 4. Additional Items. Solving Equations § 5. Taylor’s Formula and Its Application § 6. Curvature § 7. Computational Problems Chapter V. The Definite Integral § 1. The Definite Integral and Its Simplest Properties § 2. Basic Properties of the Definite Integral Chapter VI. Indefinite Integral. Integral Calculus § 1. Simplest Integration Rules § 2. Basic Methods of Integration § 3. Basic Classes of Integrable Functions Chapter VII. Methods for Evaluating Definite Integrals. Improper Integrals § 1. Methods for Exact Evaluation of Integrals § 2. Approximate Methods § 3. Improper Integrals Chapter VIII. Applications of Integral Calculus § 1. Some Problems in Geometry and Statics § 2. Some Problems in Physics Chapter IX. Series § 1. Numerical Series § 2. Functional Series § 3. Power Series § 4. Some Applications of Taylor’s Series Chapter X. Functions of Several Variables. Differential Calculus § 1. Functions of Several Variables § 2. Simplest Properties of Functions § 3. Derivatives and Differentials of Functions of Several Variables § 4. Differentiating Functions § 5. Repeated Differentiation Chapter XI. Applications of Differential Calculus of Functions of Several Variables § 1. Taylor’s Formula. Extrema of Functions of Several Variables § 2. Plane Curves § 3. Vector Function of a Scalar Argument. Space Curves. Surfaces § 4. Scalar Field. Gradient. Directional Derivative Chapter XII. Multiple Integrals § 1. Double and Triple Integrals § 2. Multiple Integration § 3. Integrals in Polar, Cylindrical and Spherical Coordinates § 4. Applications of Double and Triple Integrals § 5. Improper Integrals. Integrals Dependent on Parameters Chapter XIII. Line Integrals and Surface Integrals § 1. Line Integrals with Respect to Arc Length § 2. Line Integrals with Respect to Coordinates § 3. Surface Integrals Chapter XIV. Differential Equations § 1. Equations of the First Order § 2. General Differential Equations of the First Order § 3. Equations of the Second and Higher Orders § 4. Linear Equations § 5. Systems of Differential Equations § 6. Computational Problems Chapter XV. Trigonometric Series § 1. Trigonometric Polynomials § 2. Fourier Series § 3. Krylov’s Method. Harmonic Analysis Chapter XVI. Elements of Field Theory Answers Appendix

subject:
soviet literature,mathematics,problems and solutions,problem book,functions,limits,derivatives,integrals,differential equations,series,multivariable calculus,field theory


btih: 9432c4657b107bf1d9dd7dd9ef1fa878b56c6e23
collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-donnalk,fav-ellie_swekla,fav-elynah,fav-geertruy1883,fav-nikemaul
creator: Galina Ulanova
date: 1950-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: galina-ulanova-the-making-of-a-ballerina-flph-1950
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: eng
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2025-07-23T04:01:14Z,2026-02-04T08:02:17Z
publicdate: 2025-07-23T04:01:14Z
publisher: Foreign Languages Publishing House
stripped_tags: em
subject: soviet literature,soviet ballet,ballerina training
title: The Making Of A Ballerina
year: 1950
description:
Galina Ulanova: The Making of a Ballerina  is a biographical account that traces the early life and artistic development of one of the Soviet Union’s most celebrated ballet dancers. The narrative highlights her disciplined training, deeply influenced by her mother—also a ballerina—and the rigorous standards of the Soviet ballet schools. From a young age, Ulanova showed exceptional talent, but it was her dedication, modesty, and emotional expressiveness that set her apart. Her time at the Leningrad Choreographic School under renowned teachers played a pivotal role in shaping her technique and artistry. The biography also explores the cultural and political backdrop of Ulanova’s rise, portraying how the Soviet state both supported and controlled the arts. Ulanova became a symbol of Soviet cultural excellence, receiving state honours and being promoted as an icon of national pride. Yet, despite the acclaim, she remained reserved and committed to her art, always striving for emotional truth in her performances. The book provides a rich portrait not only of a great artist but also of the environment that moulded her, offering insights into the making of a ballerina during a defining era of Soviet cultural history. Translated from the Russian By S. Rosenberg Designed By I. Fomina


collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-pio07
creator: E. Golstein,D. Youdine
date: 1973-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: golstein-youdine-problemes-particuliers-de-la-programmation-lineaire-mir-1973
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: fre
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2022-11-25T04:43:44Z,2026-02-04T22:58:20Z
publicdate: 2022-11-25T04:43:44Z
publisher: Éditions Mir
subject: programmation linéaire,mathématique
title: Problèmes Particuliers De La Programmation Linéaire
year: 1973
description:
Traduit du russe par Valentin Polonski Un grand merci à Henri Leveque pour le scan original. L’ouvrage proposé à l’attention du lecteur est consacré à l’étude de branches caractéristiques de la programmation linéaire. Des conceptions et des méthodes nouvelles y trouvent leur expression, de même que certains problèmes importants auxquels les cours de programmation linéaire accordent généralement une attention insuffisante. Le présent ouvrage doit être considéré comme faisant suite à. Dans leur exposé les auteurs se sont adressés au lecteur familier avec notions fondamentales, les résultats qualitatifs et les algo­ rithmes de calcul donnés dans.


btih: 55fc62ef9f313c6fe24601c6878bc9197cbd6806
collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan
creator: Aleksandr I. Kuprin
date: 2026-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: aleksandr-i.-kuprin-the-idiot-1917
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: eng
licenseurl: https://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/mark/1.0/
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2026-05-23T11:22:45Z,2026-05-23T11:47:19Z
publicdate: 2026-05-23T11:22:45Z
publisher: The Mir Titles Project
subject: russian literature,classics of russian literature,russian short stories
title: The Idiot
year: 2026
description:
A character study of social alienation and perceived foolishness in a rigid moral environment. It questions how society defines intelligence, dignity, and worth. Translated from Russian by Rosa Savary Graham and Stephen Graham Originally published in 1917


btih: ad5472ea68e5727d5b92165feab95ce12333cf54
collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan
creator: Aleksandr I. Kuprin
date: 2026-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: aleksandr-i.-kuprin-the-piebald-horses-1889
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: eng
licenseurl: https://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/mark/1.0/
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2026-05-23T11:19:15Z,2026-05-23T11:25:58Z
publicdate: 2026-05-23T11:19:15Z
publisher: The Mir Titles Project
subject: russian literature,classics of russian literature,russian short stories
title: The Piebald Horses
year: 2026
description:
A symbolic tale where animals and landscape reflect human instinct and freedom. It contrasts natural vitality with social constraint. Translated from Russian by Alexander Gagarine Originally published in 1889


btih: f3f59e20da499debca8102f5122fb39ee24cc675
creator: A. D. Myskis
date: 1975-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: a.-d.-myskis-advanced-mathematics-for-engineers-special-courses-mir-1975
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: eng
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2025-11-09T11:10:56Z,2026-03-09T08:28:19Z
publicdate: 2025-11-09T11:10:56Z
publisher: Mir Publishers
title: Advanced Mathematics For Engineers Special Courses
year: 1975
collection:
mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-abhijeet_tiwari222,fav-andres_caballero803,fav-argita_zhollanji,fav-arthurpariz,fav-croissante_la,fav-dstev1,fav-irohamca,fav-jetmorgann,fav-johnthetraditionalistcatholic,fav-koolobo2,fav-leonardo662020,fav-luis_gordillo,fav-munif_muttafik,fav-nikemaul,fav-pio07,fav-shauhram,fav-tula34,fav-verginiaa,fav-vignam

description:
The present book is a collection of special courses in higher mathematics intended for advanced engineering students, physicists and applied scientists working in academic and industrial research. It stems from lectures given by the author for a number of years and can be used both for studying under the guidance of a teacher and for sélf-instruction. The reader is supposed to be familiar with fundamentals of higher mathematics. In the presentation of the material primary emphasis has been placed on the practical significance of mathematical notions and their application. This is a course of applied mathematics and not a theorem-proving book, and therefore intuitive methods take precedence over logical ones. Translated from the Russian By V.M. Volosov, D.Sc. and I.G. Volosova Credits to the original uploaders. Note: This is a cleaner, better resolution scan, Contents Preface Page 2 Chapter I. Scalar And Vector Fields §1. Hamiltonian Operator – 15 Operations With Symbol y – 16 Rules Of Application – 17 Integral Formulas – 19 Repeated Operations With y – 20 Discontinuous Fields – 21 §2. Special Types Of Field – 23 Potential Fields – 23 Irrotational Field In Multiply Connected Domain – 24 Solenoidal Fields – 26 Examples – 29 Newtonian Potential – 31 Constructing Vector Field With Given Rotation And Divergence – 33 Chapter II. The Theory Of Analytic Functions §1. Differentiation And Mappings – 36 Derivative – 36 Cauchy–Riemann Equations – 37 Conjugate Harmonic Functions – 38 Geometric Interpretation Of Derivative – 39 Conformal Mappings – 41 Linear Mappings – 42 Extended Complex Plane – 43 Fractional Linear Mapping – 44 The Mapping w = z² – 48 Multiple–Valued Functions And Branch Points – 50 The Mapping w = (z + 1/z) – 54 Exponential Mapping And Related Mappings – 57 Riemann Surface – 59 Application To Plane Fields – 61 Examples – 64 Boundary–Value Problems And Conformal Mappings – 66 General Remarks On Conformal Mappings – 71 Application Of Small–Parameter Method – 74 Integration And Power Series – 78 Integral Of An Analytic Function – 82 Laurent Series – 85 Taylor Series – 88 Analytic Continuation – 91 Singular Points And Zeros – 100 Cauchy’s Residue Theorem – 103 Poisson Integral – 115 Behaviour At Infinity – 118 Logarithmic Residues – 120 Rouché’s Theorem – 123 Zeros Of Polynomials – 126 Resultant Of Two Polynomial Equations – 130 Meromorphic Functions – 132 Schwarz–Christoffel Transformation – 136 Elliptic Functions – 141 Asymptotic Expansions – 144 Chapter III. Operational Calculus §1. General Theory – 192 Laplace Transformation – 193 Fourier Transformation – 195 Integral Transformations On Finite Interval – 201 §2. Applications – 204 Chapter IV. Linear Algebra §1. Conjugate Mappings – 206 §2. Quadratic Forms – 216 §3. Structure Of Linear Mapping – 222 §4. Numerical Methods – 238 §5. Linear Programming – 256 Chapter V. Tensors §1. Tensor Algebra – 280 §2. Tensor Fields – 284 Chapter VI. Calculus Of Variations §1. First Variation And Extremum Conditions – 377 §2. Second Variation – 388 §3. Canonical Equations And Variational Principles – 401 §4. Direct Methods – 454 Chapter VII. Integral Equations §1. Introduction – 506 §2. Fredholm Theory – 514 §3. Equations With Symmetric Kernels – 525 §4. Special Classes Of Integral Equations – 542 §5. Singular Integral Equations – 569 §6. Nonlinear Integral Equations – 587 Chapter VIII. Ordinary Differential Equations §1. Linear Equations And Systems – 606 §2. Autonomous Systems – 647 §3. Stability Of Solutions – 668 §4. Nonlinear Vibrations – 687 Indices And Symbols Bibliography Name Index Subject Index List Of Symbols

subject:
soviet literature,mathematics,vector fields,analytic functions,laplace transformation,linear algebra,tensors,calculus of variations,integral equations,differential equations


btih: c11b5f93e0f80d92a5a162e7de98f29904ac9c8a
collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-andres_caballero803,fav-jm15xy,fav-utzi9299
creator: I. Pulkina,E. Zakhava-Nekrasova
date: 1992-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: i.-pulkina-e.-zakhava-nekrasova-russian-a-practical-grammar-with-exercises-russky-yazyk-1992
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: eng,Russian
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2026-05-22T09:44:48Z,2026-05-22T11:55:30Z
publicdate: 2026-05-22T09:44:48Z
publisher: Russky Yazyk
subject: russian language,language learning,russian grammar
title: Russian A Practical Grammar With Exercises
year: 1992
description:
This book is intended for students who have already learned the fundamentals of Russian: the structure of the simple sentence, the types of relationship between the words in a sentence, and the basic rules of conjugation and declension. Students of Russian will find here a brief exposition of the material they have already studied which will prove useful both for revision purposes and for improving speaking skills. Attention has been paid mainly to those themes which usually prove to be the most difficult for non-Russians: the meanings and uses of the cases, the productive and non-productive types of Russian verbs, the verb aspects, verbs of motion, the use of pronouns, and the meanings and uses of conjunctions and conjunctive words in compound and complex sentences. The book contains a large number of drill exercises designed to help the student acquire practical mastery of Russian. As a rule, the examples in the explanations and the first exercises designed to promote the assimilation of a particular grammar rule are based on simple everyday vocabulary to make them easier for the student to understand: however, in exercises in observation sentences and whole passages from modern Russian fiction have been included to acquaint the student with Russian as it is spoken today.


creator: V. L. Ginzburg; L. M. Levin; M. S. Rabinovich; D. V. Sivukhin
date: 1965-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: problems-in-undergraduate-physics-volume-iv
indexflag: index,nonoindex
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2021-05-22T05:32:24Z,2026-02-05T22:05:24Z
publicdate: 2021-05-22T05:32:24Z
year: 1965
collection:
mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-gerardo_gallegos_ochoa_gaog680518,fav-jin_tao508,fav-leonardo662020,fav-marcelo_dominguez,fav-rafaeltm,fav-rilberte_costa,fav-risto_ojaj_rvi,fav-sh_ahmadimmanuel_libraries,fav-todasoliton

description:
T his set of four books of problems is based on a translation of a Russian collection which has been in use by students in physics at Moscow State University and the Moscow Physico-Technical Institute for a number of years. Where appropriate, answers and solutions to the problems are given in the second part of each volume. During the course of the translation of these volumes, the authors provided a large list of amendments and additions to their Russian text and these have all been incorporated in this English edition. Many of the additional problems are on topics which have developed during recent years. The standard of the problems is roughly equivalent to an undergraduate degree course in physics at a British university, or at an American university; it varies from the simple to the rather sophisticated. They can be used in conjunction with almost any textbook on physics at the appropriate level

stripped_tags:
div class="page" title="Page 11",div class="layoutArea",div class="column",span style="font-size:12pt;font-family:TimesNewRomanPS;font-weight:700;",span style="font-size:10pt;font-family:TimesNewRomanPS;font-weight:700;",span style="font-size:12pt;font-family:TimesNewRomanPSMT;"

subject:
physics,problems and solutions,molecular physics,thermodynamics,atomic physics,nuclear physics,undergraduate,education

title:
Problems In Undergraduate Physics Volume IV Molecular Physics, Thermodynamics, Atomic And Nuclear Physics


btih: cf32be8ab7ae38a04d63e1f29fe057771c49dee8
collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-dnaultra5
date: 1983-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: l.-s.-smirnov-ed.-a-survey-of-semiconductor-radiation-techniques-mir-1983
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: eng
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2026-06-02T06:51:32Z,2026-06-02T08:54:09Z
publicdate: 2026-06-02T06:51:32Z
publisher: Mir Publishers
title: A Survey Of Semiconductor Radiation Techniques
year: 1983
creator:
L.S. Smirnov ( Ed.),V.V. Bolotov,A.V. Vasilyev,A.V. Dvurechensky,G.A. Kachurin,N.B. Pridachin,L.S. Smirnov,V.F. Stas'

description:
Professor I. S. Smirnov, D.Sc. (Physics and Mathematics), is a specialist in the physics of semiconductors and dielectrics and was among the pioneers of the new and promising field of radiation physics and technology. Since 1954, he has been actively engaged in research on radiation effects in semiconductors. At present, Professor Smirnov is with the Institute of Physics of the USSR Academy of Sciences, Siberian Branch, where he heads a section carrying out comprehensive programmes aimed at developing fundamental methods for the localised control of semiconductor properties through particle radiation in microelectronics and optoelectronics. These methods include ion implantation, semiconductor annealing by pulsed radiation, radiation-enhanced diffusion, and related techniques. Prior to his present position, Professor Smirnov worked at the Lebedev Institute of Physics of the USSR Academy of Sciences, the first scientific centre in the USSR to initiate investigations into ionisation processes and radiation-induced defects in semiconductors. This book outlines the evolution of semiconductor radiation technology and introduces the reader to significant research carried out by specialists of the Institute of Physics of the Siberian Branch of the USSR Academy of Sciences. The authors who contributed to this book are Professor I. S. Smirnov, D.Sc. (Physics and Mathematics), and V. V. Bolotov, A. V. Vasilyev, C. A. Kachurin, N. B. Pridachin, and V. F. Stas', all Candidates of Sciences (Physics and Mathematics). Translated from the Russian by lgor Frolov # Contents ## Preface ## Chapter 1. Characteristics of Radiation Defects 1.1. Introduction 1.2. Point Defects 1.3. Disordered Regions 1.4. Disordered Layers References ## Chapter 2. Defect Inventory Control in Defect Centres 2.1. Species of Particles and Their Energy 2.2. Importance of Crystal Prehistory 2.3. Importance of Radiation Intensity and Temperature References ## Chapter 3. Radiation-Enhanced Diffusion (RED) 3.1. General Information 3.2. Experimental Studies of RED in Semiconductors 3.3. Principles and Techniques of Radiation Control of Diffusion in Semiconductors References ## Chapter 4. Possibilities of Technological Employment of Radiation Defects 4.1. Control of Electrophysical Parameters 4.2. Local Levels 4.3. Employment of Disordered Layers References ## Chapter 5. Status and Prospects of Ion Implantation in Semiconductors References ## Chapter 6. Ion Implantation in Indium Antimonide 6.1. Basic Characteristics and Prospects of Employment of Indium Antimonide 6.2. Radiation Effects Caused by Corpuscular and Electromagnetic Irradiation 6.3. Behaviour and Properties of Radiation Defects Caused by Ion Bombardment 6.4. Behaviour of Implanted Impurities 6.5. Production of Semiconductor Device Structures by Ion Bombardment References ## Chapter 7. High-dose and Current-density Effects in Ion Implantation of Semiconductors 7.1. Attendant Factors Affecting High-dose Ion Implantation 7.2. Structural Changes in Layers During Irradiation and Annealing 7.3. Electrical Characteristics of Layers 7.4. Impurity Profiles at Various Doses of Irradiation and Beam Current Densities References ## Chapter 8. Laser Annealing of Implanted Layers 8.1. Major Factors Affecting Implanted Layers During Laser Annealing 8.2. Laser Annealing of Implanted Silicon Layers 8.3. Laser Annealing of Implanted Layers in Gallium Arsenide 8.4. Redistribution of Impurity by Laser Annealing 8.5. Special Cases of Laser Treatment References ## Chapter 9. Production of Thin Films by Ion and Molecular Beam Deposition 9.1. Basic Methods of Film Synthesis Using Ion and Molecular Beams 9.2. Synthesis of Compounds by Ion Implantation 9.3. Synthesis of Compounds by Ion Implantation of Components into an Interlayer 9.4. Deposition of Films by Ion Beams 9.5. Molecular Beam Epitaxy References ## Chapter 10. Doping by Nuclear Transmutation 10.1. The Concept of Nuclear Reactions 10.2. Silicon Doping by Nuclear Transmutation 10.3. Germanium Doping by Nuclear Transmutation 10.4. Doping of Binary Compounds by Nuclear Transmutation 10.5. Advantages and Disadvantages of Nuclear Transmutation Doping References

subject:
soviet literature,physics,radiation,semiconductors,radiation defects,radiation technology,ion implantation,semiconductor physics,radiation-enhanced diffusion,laser annealing,semiconductor doping,nuclear transmutation doping,molecular beam epit


btih: 773f880b131c7a94f382164f3a4ab4c0581f7b13
collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-dstev1,fav-ellie_swekla,fav-emad_sadeghi
creator: V.A. Ilyin,E.G. Poznyak
date: 1986-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: v.-a.-ilyin-e.-g.-poznyak-linear-algebra-mir-1986
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: eng
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2026-05-27T05:13:05Z,2026-05-27T06:12:56Z
publicdate: 2026-05-27T05:13:05Z
publisher: Mir Publishers
title: Linear Algebra
year: 1986
description:
This textbook of linear algebra, which is based on a course of lectures read by the authors at Moscow University, is intended for university students specializing in applied mathematics and physics. If discusses matrices and determinants, linear systems ot equations, finite dimensional vector and Euclidean spaces, linear functionals and linear operators in these spaces, the theory of linear and quadratic forms, the theory of tensors, classification of second-degree surfaces and problems of group representations. Because of the increased emphasis on computational methods the book presents iteration methods of solving linear systems of equations and corresponding eigenvalue problems as well as A. N. Tychonoff's regularization method as applied to incorrectly set problems of linear algebra. Professor Vladimir Aleksandrovich Ilyin is Head of a Chair at Moscow State University and Senior Research Worker at the Institute of Mathematics of the USSR Academy of Sciences. He is a recipient of the Lomonosov Prize and the USSR State Prize. He is the author of a number of university textbooks and more than one hundred scientific papers on the theory of partial differential equations, the theory of functions and functional analysis, and the spectral theory of differential operators. His most important scientific achievements concern the establishment of exact conditions for the expansion of elliptic operators in eigenfunctions, the determination of exact conditions for the convergence of spectral expansions corresponding to non-self-adjoint differential operators, and the search for conditions ensuring the solvability of boundary-value and mixed problems for differential operators with non-smooth coefficients and non-smooth boundary manifolds. Professor Eduard Genrikhovich Poznyak, Doctor of Physical and Mathematical Sciences, is a lecturer in mathematics at the Physics Department of Moscow State University and a recipient of the USSR State Prize. He is the author of several university textbooks and more than seventy scientific papers dealing with various problems of geometry and differential equations related to geometry. His most important results are connected with the theory of isometric embedding of two-dimensional Riemannian manifolds of negative curvature into Euclidean spaces, as well as investigations connected with Lobachevskian geometry and with various branches of natural science. Translated from the Russian by Irene Aleksanova Preface 9 Introduction Chapter 1. Matrices and Determinants 12 1.1. Matrices 12 1.1.1. The Concept of a Matrix 1.1.2. The Main Operations on Matrices and Their Properties 1.1.3. Hypermatrices 1.2. Determinants 18 1.2.1. The Concept of a Determinant 1.2.2. Expressing a Determinant Directly in Terms of Its Elements 1.2.3. Laplace’s Expansion 1.2.4. Properties of Determinants 1.2.5. Examples of Calculations of Determinants 1.2.6. The Determinant of the Sum and the Product of Matrices 1.2.7. The Concept of an Inverse Matrix 1.3. Theorem on the Base Minor of a Matrix 39 1.3.1. The Concept of a Linear Dependence of Rows 1.3.2. Theorem on the Base Minor 1.3.3. The Necessary and Sufficient Condition for a Determinant to Be Zero Chapter 2. Linear Spaces 43 2.1. The Concept of a Linear Space 43 2.1.1. Definition of a Linear Space 2.1.2. Some Properties of Arbitrary Linear Spaces 2.2. The Basis and the Dimensionality of a Linear Space 47 2.2.1. The Concept of a Linear Dependence of the Elements of a Linear Space 2.2.2. The Basis and the Coordinates 2.2.3. The Dimensionality of a Linear Space 2.2.4. The Concept of Isomorphism of Linear Spaces 2.3. Subspaces of Linear Spaces 54 2.3.1. The Concepts of a Subspace and a Linear Closure 2.3.2. A New Definition of the Rank of a Matrix 2.3.3. The Sum and the Intersection of Subspaces 2.3.4. Expansion of a Linear Space into a Direct Sum of Subspaces 2.4. Transformation of Coordinates in Transformation of the Basis of an n-Dimensional Linear Space 61 2.4.1. Direct and Inverse Transformations of Bases 2.4.2. The Relation Between a Change of Basis and a Transformation of the Corresponding Coordinates Chapter 3. Systems of Linear Equations 64 3.1. The Condition for the Consistency of a Linear System 64 3.1.1. The Concept of a System of Linear Equations and Its Solutions 3.1.2. Non-Trivial Consistency of a Homogeneous System 3.1.3. The Condition of the Consistency of a General Linear System 3.2. Seeking Solutions of a Linear System 69 3.2.1. A Quadratic System of Linear Equations with a Nonzero Determinant of the System Matrix 3.2.2. Seeking All the Solutions of a General Linear System 3.2.3. The Properties of the Collection of Solutions of a Homogeneous System 3.2.4. Concluding Remarks on Solution of Linear Systems Chapter 4. Euclidean Spaces 82 4.1. A Real Euclidean Space and Its Simplest Properties 82 4.1.1. Definition of a Real Euclidean Space 4.1.2. The Simplest Properties of an Arbitrary Euclidean Space 4.2. An Orthonormal Basis of a Finite-Dimensional Euclidean Space 89 4.2.1. The Concept of an Orthonormal Basis and Its Existence 4.2.2. The Properties of an Orthonormal Basis 4.2.3. Decomposition of an n-Dimensional Euclidean Space into a Direct Sum of Its Subspace and Its Orthogonal Complement 4.2.4. The Isomorphism of n-Dimensional Euclidean Spaces 4.3. A Complex Euclidean Space 95 4.3.1. Definition of a Complex Euclidean Space 4.3.2. The Cauchy--Bunyakovsky Inequality. The Concept of a Norm 4.3.3. An Orthonormal Basis and Its Properties 4.4. The Regularization Method for Seeking a Normal Solution of a Linear System 99 Chapter 5. Linear Operators 107 5.1. The Concept of a Linear Operator. Its Principal Properties 107 5.1.1. Definition of a Linear Operator 5.1.2. Actions Performed on Linear Operators. The Space of Linear Operators 5.1.3. The Properties of the Set (L(V,W)) of Linear Operators 5.2. Matrix Notation for Linear Operators 114 5.2.1. The Matrices for Linear Operators in a Given Basis of the Linear Space (V) 5.2.2. Transformation of the Matrix of a Linear Operator in Passing to a New Basis 5.2.3. A Characteristic Polynomial of a Linear Operator 5.3. Eigenvalues and Eigenvectors of Linear Operators 120 5.4. Linear and Sesquilinear Forms in a Euclidean Space 122 5.4.1. A Special Representation of a Linear Form in a Euclidean Space 5.4.2. Sesquilinear Forms in a Euclidean Space. Special Representation of Such Forms 5.5. Linear Self-Adjoint Operators in a Euclidean Space 126 5.5.1. The Concept of an Adjoint Operator 5.5.2. Self-Adjoint Operators. Basic Properties 5.5.3. The Norm of a Linear Operator 5.5.4. Other Properties of Self-Adjoint Operators 5.5.5. Expansion of Self-Adjoint Operators in Terms of Eigenfunctions. Hamilton--Cayley Theorem 5.5.6. Positive Operators. The (m)th-Degree Roots of an Operator 5.6. Reducing a Quadratic Form to the Sum of Squares 139 5.7. Unitary and Normal Operators 142 5.8. Canonical Form of Linear Operators 146 5.9. Linear Operators in a Real Euclidean Space 150 5.9.1. General Remarks 5.9.2. Orthogonal Operators Chapter 6. Iterative Methods of Solving Linear Systems and Eigenvalue Problems 158 6.1. Iterative Method of Solving Linear Systems 159 6.1.1. The Method of Simple Iteration (Jacobi’s Method) 6.1.2. The General Implicit Method of Simple Iteration 6.1.3. A Modified Method of Simple Iteration 6.1.4. Seidel’s Method 6.1.5. The Method of Overrelaxation 6.1.6. The Case of a Nonsymmetric Matrix (A) 6.1.7. Chebyshev’s Iterative Method 6.2. Solving a Complete Problem of Eigenvalues by the Rotation Method 177 Chapter 7. Bilinear and Quadratic Forms 183 7.1. Bilinear Forms 183 7.1.1. The Concept of a Bilinear Form 7.1.2. Representation of a Bilinear Form in a Finite-Dimensional Linear Space 7.1.3. Transformation of a Matrix of a Bilinear Form in Passing to a New Basis. The Rank of a Bilinear Form 7.2. Quadratic Forms 187 7.3. Reducing a Quadratic Form to the Sum of Squares 189 7.3.1. Lagrange’s Method 7.3.2. Jacobi’s Method 7.4. The Law of Inertia of Quadratic Forms. Classification of Quadratic Forms 194 7.4.1. The Law of Inertia of Quadratic Forms 7.4.2. Classification of Quadratic Forms 7.4.3. Sylvester’s Criterion for the Definiteness of a Quadratic Form 7.5. Multilinear Forms 200 7.6. Bilinear and Quadratic Forms in a Euclidean Space 201 7.6.1. Preliminary Remarks 7.6.2. Reducing a Quadratic Form to the Sum of Squares in an Orthogonal Basis 7.6.3. Simultaneous Reduction of Two Quadratic Forms to the Sum of Squares in a Linear Space 7.6.4. Extremal Properties of a Quadratic Form 7.7. Second-Order Hypersurfaces 207 7.7.1. The Concept of a Second-Order Hypersurface 7.7.2. Translations in a Euclidean Space. Transformations of Orthonormal Bases into Orthonormal Bases 7.7.3. Transformation of a General Equation of a Second-Order Hypersurface in Translation 7.7.4. Transformation of a General Equation for a Second-Order Hypersurface When Passing from an Orthonormal Basis to Another Orthonormal Basis 7.7.5. Invariants of the General Equation of a Second-Order Hypersurface 7.7.6. The Centre of a Second-Order Hypersurface 7.7.7. The Standard Simplification of Any Equation of a Second-Order Hypersurface by Transforming an Orthonormal Basis 7.7.8. Simplification of the Equation of a Central Second-Order Hypersurface. Classification of Central Hypersurfaces 7.7.9. Simplification of the Equation of a Noncentral Second-Order Hypersurface. Classification of Noncentral Hypersurfaces Chapter 8. Tensors 224 8.1. Transformation of Bases and Coordinates. Covariant and Contravariant Vector Coordinates 224 8.1.1. Gram’s Determinants 8.1.2. Reciprocal Bases 8.1.3. Transformation of a Basis and Coordinates 8.2. The Concept of a Tensor. Principal Operations on Tensors 230 8.2.1. The Concept of a Tensor 8.2.2. Examples of Tensors 8.2.3. The Principal Operations on Tensors 8.3. A Metric Tensor. Principal Operations of Vector Algebra in Tensor Designations 239 8.3.1. The Concept of a Metric Tensor in a Euclidean Space 8.3.2. The Operations of Lifting and Lowering Indices with the Aid of a Metric Tensor 8.3.3. Orthonormal Bases in (E^{*}) 8.3.4. A Discriminatory Tensor 8.3.5. An Oriented Volume 8.3.6. A Vector Product 8.3.7. A Triple Vector Product 8.4. A Metric Tensor of a Pseudo-Euclidean Space 248 8.4.1. The Concept of a Pseudo-Euclidean Space and a Metric Tensor of a Pseudo-Euclidean Space 8.4.2. Galilean Coordinates. The Lorentz Transformations 8.4.3. The Lorentz Transformations of the Space (E^{(3,1)}) 8.5. The Tensor of the Moment of Inertia 254 Chapter 9. Elements of Group Theory 256 9.1. The Concept of a Group. The Main Properties of Groups 256 9.1.1. Composition Laws 9.1.2. The Concept of a Group. Some Properties of Groups 9.1.3. Isomorphism of Groups. Subgroups 9.1.4. Cosets. Normal Subgroups 9.1.5. Homomorphisms. Factor Groups 9.2. Transformation Groups 267 9.2.1. Nonsingular Linear Transformations 9.2.2. A Group of Linear Transformations 9.2.3. Convergence of Elements in the Group (GL(n)). The Subgroups of the Group (GL(n)) 9.2.4. A Group of Orthogonal Transformations 9.2.5. Certain Discrete and Finite Subgroups of an Orthogonal Group 9.2.6. The Lorentz Group 9.2.7. Unitary Groups 9.3. Group Representations 277 9.3.1. Linear Representations of Groups. Terminology 9.3.2. Matrices of Linear Representations. Equivalent Representations 9.3.3. Reducible and Irreducible Representations 9.3.4. Characters 9.3.5. Examples of Representations Index

subject:
soviet literature,algebra,physics,applied mathematics,linear systems of equations,matrices,vector spaces,linear operators,quadratic forms,linear forms,group representation,surfaces,eigenvlaue problems,set theory,tensors


btih: 81e5f6d7abcbcd54a3bba04d7ec1a146a54b0d76
collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan
date: 1967-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: the-soviet-circus-a-collection-of-articles-progress-1967
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: eng
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2026-05-21T08:08:13Z,2026-05-21T09:44:33Z
publicdate: 2026-05-21T08:08:13Z
publisher: Progress Publishers
subject: soviet literature,soviet arts,circus,circus animals,acrobats,jesters,circus life
title: The Soviet Circus - A Collection Of Articles
year: 1967
description:
This book is about Soviet circus artists who have become popular in Britain, France, the U.S.A., Cuba, Japan, China, Belgium, Holland, and many other countries. Oleg Popov, the Sunny Clown''; the trainers Vladimir and Yuri Durov; Valentina Surkova, the gymnast; the Volzhanskys, tightrope-walkers; the Bubnov sisters, known as the Dragonflies''; Valentin Filatov with his ``Bear Circus''; the trainer Margarita Nazarova; and the magician Kio – all appear in the following pages in their own stories or reminiscences and in articles by well-known writers, producers, and critics. ``The Past Recalled'' describes memorable events in the lives of Anton Chekhov, Alexander Kuprin, and Maxim Gorky. A. Fevralsky's article on Vladimir Mayakovsky's circus pantomime ``Moscow in Flames'' is particularly interesting. This section also contains some of Vsevolod Meyerhold's and Sergei Eisenstein's ideas about the circus. Translated from the Russian by Fainna Glagoleva Designed by R. Vardzigulyants Photographs by Y. Savalov and others Compiled by Alexander Lipovsky Contents An Amazing Art by Herman Titov Stars of the Soviet Circus The Durovs by Y. Dmitriyev In the Circuses of Europe by A. Gryaznov Following in His Grandfather’s Footsteps by I. Guchek The Clown, Comedy and Tragedy by Viktor Shklovsky My Hero by Oleg Popov Karandash by I. Fink Kio and His Predecessors by Y. Dmitriyev Serge-Alexandrov by E. Krolle and Y. Lennik Ali-Bek Kantemirov by V. Angarsky and A. Viktorov Four-legged Performers by B. Eder The Big Ring by M. Lobodin Walter Zapashny’s Duel by I. Adov ``Bear Circus'' by V. Filatov The Blue Dragon-flies by M. Medvedev The Volzhanskys by V. Angarsky and A. Viktorov Lev Osinsky, Rope-walker by V. Angarsky and A. Viktorov Valentina Surkova by T. Podobedova Lisin and Sinkovskaya by V. Angarsky and A. Viktorov The Circus Producer by N. Zinovyev Courage and Imagination by Nikolai Okhlopkov The Past Recalled Chekhov and the Circus by L. Gavrilenko A. Kuprin, Circus Fan by N. Verzhbitsky Maxim Gorky’s Impressions of the Circus by A. Lebedeva Stanislavsky’s Love of the Circus by A. Anastasyev ``Merry Evenings'' at the Art Theatre by V. Gotovtsev Fond Recollections by Alisa Koonen ``Moscow in Flames'' by A. Fevralsky Meyerhold and the Circus by A. Fevralsky Sergei Eisenstein’s Circus Projects by Y. Krasovsky


creator: N. Piskunov
date: 1981-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: piskunov-differential-and-integral-calculus-volume-1-mir
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: eng
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2022-05-25T07:06:38Z,2026-02-05T21:58:59Z
publicdate: 2022-05-25T07:06:38Z
publisher: Mir Publishers
title: Differential And Integral Calculus - Volume 1
year: 1981
collection:
mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-aadya_r_burli,fav-alexandre23,fav-alfa_eco,fav-ali_zaidan_thamyeez194,fav-allykat92,fav-andres_caballero803,fav-ashkray,fav-carson_main,fav-dawood_arshad778,fav-dominic248,fav-dstev1,fav-ducbang,fav-dwariberiamoon,fav-ela_c4196,fav-elias_abobo,fav-erica_tedesco,fav-fing19,fav-fredorm2017,fav-hajer_ghassan_al_khafaji,fav-hello_world201,fav-ishu_aka_adi,fav-jam_marcos_mancebo,fav-joe697,fav-kennedy_cajachagua,fav-kev009,fav-koolobo2,fav-leandre_dumont,fav-leiptrinaz,fav-lorenzo358,fav-manoj_jeyaram_mjn82_,fav-mateus_mesquita_teixeira,fav-matt_404,fav-mi_ko45,fav-mpss941,fav-munif_muttafik,fav-navendur,fav-ng_c_ho_nh_th_,fav-pb_ess,fav-pcruz,fav-pio07,fav-primoz_napotnik,fav-raghu13957,fav-ras_0,fav-renan481,fav-robinmmat,fav-rp_tech225,fav-shauhram,fav-somak_ray,fav-tejas_sen,fav-thegladiator_ofn,fav-timomartin,fav-user396100,fav-user964685,fav-user_23638,fav-vehi0cle,fav-vgbhat,fav-whitejack,fav-yanis_rotge

description:
About the book Text book by the late professor Nikolai Piskunov DSs (Physics and Maths) is devoted to the most important divisions of higher mathematics. This edition revised and last published in two volumes The first volume dealing with the following topics: Number, Variable, Function, Limit, Continuity of a Function, Derivative and Differential, Certain Theorems on Differentiable Functions, The Curvature of a Curve, Complex Numbers, Polynomials, Functions of Several Variables, Applications of Differential Calculus to Solid Geometry, The Indefinite Integral, The Definite Integral, Mechanical Applications of the Definite Integral. The second volume dealing with the following topics: Differential Equations, Multiple Integrals, Line and Surface Integrals, Series, Fourier Series, The Equations of Mathematical Physics, Operational Calculus and Certain of its Applications, Elements of the Theory of Probability and Mathematical Statistics, Matrices. There are numerous examples and problems in each section of the course many of them demonstrate the ties between mathematics and other senses making the book useful for self study is a textbook for higher technical schools that has gone through several editions in Russian and also has been translated into French and Spanish. Fourth Printing  Translated from the Russian by George Yankovsky

subject:
Number,Variable,Function,Limit,Continuity of a Function,Derivative and Differential,Certain Theorems on Differentiable Functions,The Curvature of a Curve,Complex Numbers,Polynomials,Functions of Several Variables,Applications of Differential Calculus to Solid Geometry,The Indefinite Integral,The Definite Integral,Mechanical Applications of the Definite Integral,mir publishers


btih: a509eacffd514e7cbe432e10177971cfa2eefaab
creator: Boris A. Vorontsov-Vel'yaminov
date: 1985-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: boris-a.-vorontsov-velyamimov-essays-about-the-universe-mir-1985
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: eng
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2024-07-27T05:33:40Z,2026-02-04T15:19:36Z
publicdate: 2024-07-27T05:33:40Z
publisher: Mir Publishers
title: Essays About The Universe
year: 1985
collection:
mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-abdul_fattah398,fav-allinspiring,fav-drugstone,fav-emad_sadeghi,fav-golgonooza,fav-howls_calcifer,fav-ilem,fav-irohamca,fav-janit_pongpuak,fav-joaopedro584,fav-kiehal,fav-lawrencedc,fav-leonardo662020,fav-lilian_thiriet,fav-moelbarqi,fav-munif_muttafik,fav-nikemaul,fav-pio07,fav-prorawdogr,fav-rafaeltm,fav-temporarisecretari,fav-valeria_yogi_,fav-vignam

description:
About the book This book by a prominent Soviet astronomer and imaginative interpreter of the history and latest knowledge of astronomy, an age-old science that has come through two shattering decades of exciting discovery and research, can be dubbed a popular encyclopaedia of astronomy. It is a vivid and fascinating account of almost all the celestial bodies with which astronomy is concerned: planets, omets, meteors, the Sun and stars, gaseous and dust nebulae, quasar , black hole., etc. The tome is lavishly illustrated throughout with a mixture of photographs and specially commissioned artwork in full colour. The book will appeal to the general reader with no astronomical and mathematical background, fascinated by the wonders of the Space Age. The book was translated from the Russian by Alexander Repyev and was published by Mir 1985. This is a cleaned, optimised version of an earlier scan we had added. Introduction 7  The Starry Skies A Heavenly Menagerie 7.  Brightness and Names of Stars 10.  Addresses of Stars in the Sky 11. Eyes, Ears and Hands of Astronomers 14.  General Survey of an Observatory 14.  Optical Telescopes-Astronomer's Eyes 16.  Telescope's Auxiliaries 21.  Spectroscopy and Spectra 22.  Spectral Language 24.  Astronomers' "Ears"-Radio Telescopes 28.  Astronomers' "Fingers": Radar and Laser or... Is It Possible to Feel Planets and Illuminate the Moon? 32.  The Hunt for High- Energy Cosmic Rays 33.  Through Soviet Observatories 34.  "Smart" Satellites 34.  You Yourself Can Observe and Study the Universe 35.  How Astronomical Discoveries Are and Aren't Done 36. The World of Solid Matter 39 1. The Main Members of the Solar System 40 Distant Worlds-Satellites of the Sun 40.  Kepler's Laws 40.  Orbital Elements 42.  Space Near Our Home Planet 42.  Planetary and Lunar Studies 43.  The Old and New About Our Eternal Satellite 45.  Lunokhods and First Astronauts on the Moon 52.  Two More Earth's Moons, but Made of Dust 57.  The Moon's Twin-Mercury 58.  Mysteries of Beautiful Venus 60.  Mars from Far and Near 65.  Once More About Life on Mars 69.  Are the Martian Satellites Artificial? 71.  Is There Life on Earth? 74.  The Giants Jupiter and Saturn 74.  At the Far Reaches of the Solar System 79.  The Ringed Planets 81.  Are There Any Other Planetary Systems? 85. 2. The Little Planets 87 The Planet Hunters 87.  A Chain of Discoveries 88. The Farther into the Forest, the More Firewood There Is 91.  Our Nearest Neighbours 93.  Travels To and On Hermes 96 3. Visible Nothing 100 Heralds of Terror 100.  Celestial Chameleons 103.  Halley's Discovery 105.  Short-Period Comets 107.  Members of the Family or Aliens? 109.  Discovery of Comets 110.  Lost Comets 112.  Visible Nothing 115.  The Cause of Luminescence of Comets and Their Chemical Composition 117.  What Occurs Within Comets 118.  A Collision Between the Earth and a Cornet 121.  Where Were Comets Born? Are They Born Now? 122. 4. Shooting Stars and Meteoric Storms 124 Shooting Stars and Stones from the Skies 124. Meteor Portraits and Passports 127.  Meteor Storms and Streams 128.  More About Meteors 129. A Census of Meteors 132.  Meteoric Swarms 133. Cometary Dust 136.  Meteors in the Atmosphere 138.  New Techniques in Meteoric Studies 143.  5. Heavenly Rocks and Dust 146 The Stones in Figures 148.  Structure and Age of Meteorites 150.  The Chemical Composition of Earth and Meteorites 152.  In Search of Ancestry 154.  Canyon Diablo 156.  Other Meteorite Craters 157.  The Tunguska Object 159.  Sikhote-Alin Meteorite 161.  Bombardments from the Heavens 162.  Zodiacal Light and the Gas Tail of the Earth 164.  Light and Dark Nebulae 167.  Interstellar Wastes 170.  Contents (Part 2)   The World of Gas 175  1. The Sun-the Closest of the Stars 176 Introduction 176.  The Sphere of Light 177.  Even the Sun Is Not Without Spots 179.  Observation of the Invisible and the Sun's Anatomy 182.  The Envelopes of the Sun 184.  The Highest Fountains in the Universe 185.  The Solar Corona and Its Mysteries 186.  How Three Astronomers Deceived Nature 188.  Solar Chemistry 190.  A History of Two Strangers 191.  Active Regions, Chromospheric Flares, X-Ray and Radio Emission of the Sun 194.  Magnetic Phenomena on the Sun 195.  The Solar Wind and Polar Aurorae 198. 2. The Stars Are Distant Suns 203 Comprehending the Incomprehensible 203.  Stellar Luminosity 203.  Spectra - Stellar Credentials 204.  What Do Stars Consist of and Why Are Their Spectra Different? 206.  Thermometers for Stars 207.  Stellar Spectrum - Distance Indicator 208.  Sounding Rod in the Depths of Space 209.  Motion of Fixed Stars 211.  "Traffic Control" for Stars 213.  Where Are We Going? 213.  Taking a Star's Measure 214.  Star Pairs 215.  "Devil" Stars 217.  Portrait Gallery of Coloured Stars 218.  Portraits of White Stars and Their History 220.  Anatomy of Stellar Atmospheres 222.  Stars Are Like Tops 224.  In the Neighbourhood of the Sun 224.  Neighbours of the Sun 227.  Distribution of Stellar Luminosities 229.  Census of the Star Population on the Hertzsprung-Russell Diagram 230. 3. Stellar Pulsations and Explosions Cepheids - the Lighthouses of the Universe 231.  Other Physical Variable and Flare Stars 231.  Swollen Atmospheres 234.  Stars with Escaping Gas 235.  Stars That Cast Off Their Envelopes 236.  Supernova Explosions 240.  Stellar Tops - Pulsars and Black Holes 245. 4. The World of Star Clusters and Diffuse Gases 247 Open and Globular Star Clusters and Associations 247.  Clearer About the Nebulous World 250.  Nebular Gas 250.  Luminescence and Nature of Gaseous Nebulare 251.  Diffuse Gaseous Nebulae 253.  Planetary Nebulae 257.  Expansion of Planetary Nebulae 259.  Evolution of Planetary Nebulae and Their Nuclei 261.  Interstellar Gas 264. 5. Islands of the Universe Milestones and the Structure of Our Galaxy 269.  Structure of Our Stellar Home 272.  Galaxies - Islands of the Universe 275.  More About Galaxies 279.  Galactic Groups and Clusters 285.  Your Address in the Infinite Universe 286.  From Atomic Nucleus to Meta-galaxy 287.  Interaction of Galaxies 287.  Radio Galaxies and Enigmatic Quasars 288.  Explosions in Island Universes 292.  Is There a Boundary of the World and What Is Beyond? 295.  Is Any Communication Possible with Extraterrestrial Civilizations ? 295. 6. Birth, Life and Death of Stars 231 How Old Are the Stars and the Milky Way? 300.  Where Does Stellar Energy Come From? 303.  Nuclei and Nuclear Reactions 305.  "Feed Cycle" of Stars 309.  Internal Structure of Stars 312.  The Origin of Diffuse Matter 314.  The Origins of Stars 316.  The Life and Death of Stars 317. 7. The History of the Earth and Planets 323

stripped_tags:
div style="color:rgb(44,44,44);font-family:'Helvetica Neue', Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif;font-size:14px;",a href="https://archive.org/details/VorontsovVelyaminovEssaysAboutTheUniverseMir1985" rel="ugc nofollow"

subject:
mir books,astronomy,stars,sky,universe,death,black hole,neutron stars,energy,planetra nebulae,galaxies,radio,x-ray,quasars,solar system,solar wind,sun,moon,planets,astrophysics,cosmology,physics,spectrum,atoms,fusion,meteors,meteorites,comets


backup_location: ia907100_28
creator: Yu. Borisovich; N. Bliznyakov; Ya. Izrailevich; T. Fomenko
date: 1980-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: borisovichbliznyakovizrailevichfomenkointroductiontotopologymir
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: English
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2020-01-02T10:23:14Z,2020-01-02T10:23:25Z,2026-03-14T04:52:39Z
publicdate: 2020-01-02T10:23:25Z
subject: mathematics,topology,mir books,metric,spaces,homotopy,manifolds,fibre bundles,homology
title: Introduction To Topology
year: 1980
collection:
mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-ahylla,fav-debopriyo_ghosh,fav-john_b858,fav-mi_lia,fav-nikemaul,fav-pb_ess,fav-pio07,fav-raghu13957,fav-randommisterblackjaguar,fav-shakib_sadiqi

description:
About the book This textbooks is one of the many possible variants of a first course in topology and is written in accordance with both the author’s preferences and their experience as lecturers and researchers. It deals with those areas of topology that are most closely related to fundamental courses in general mathematics and applications. The material leaves a lecturer a free choice as to how he or she may want to design his or her own topology course and seminar classes.

stripped_tags:
p style="background:rgb(255,255,255);border:0px;margin:0px 0px 24px;padding:0px;vertical-align:baseline;color:rgb(51,51,51);font-family:'Libre Baskerville', serif;font-size:16px;font-style:normal;font-weight:400;letter-spacing:normal;text-indent:0px;text-transform:none;white-space:normal;word-spacing:0px;",blockquote style="background:rgb(255,255,255);border:0px;margin:0px;padding:0px 3em;vertical-align:baseline;font-style:italic;color:rgb(51,51,51);font-family:'Libre Baskerville', serif;font-size:16px;font-weight:400;letter-spacing:normal;text-indent:0px;text-transform:none;white-space:normal;word-spacing:0px;",p style="background:transparent;border:0px;margin:0px 0px 24px;padding:0px;vertical-align:baseline;",blockquote


btih: 2f5b559b1f29408c5b5ab1cca630d7d25d499750
collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan
creator: बोरीस लाव्रेन्योव (Boris Lavrenyov)
date: 1977-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: boris-lavrenyov-forty-first-in-hindi-progress-1977
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: hin
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2024-09-27T16:03:05Z,2026-02-04T15:19:38Z
publicdate: 2024-09-27T16:03:05Z
publisher: Progress Publishers,प्रगति प्रकाशन
title: इकतालीसवां (Forty First In Hindi)
year: 1977
description:
इकतालीसवां  बोरिस लावरेन्योव द्वारा लिखी गई एक प्रसिद्ध सोवियत कहानी है, जो रूसी गृहयुद्ध के दौरान की एक घटना पर आधारित है। कहानी की नायिका, एक बोल्शेविक महिला सैनिक, मर्युत्का, एक अनुभवी शार्पशूटर है जिसने 40 दुश्मन सैनिकों को मार गिराया है। जब वह श्वेत सेना के एक अधिकारी, गोवोरुखा-ओतोर्क को पकड़ती है, तो दोनों एक दूरदराज के द्वीप पर फंस जाते हैं। हालाँकि दोनों विपरीत पक्षों से हैं, समय के साथ उनके बीच भावनाएँ विकसित होती हैं। अंत में, जब अधिकारी भागने की कोशिश करता है, मर्युत्का उसे गोली मार देती है, क्योंकि उसकी वफादारी उसके कर्तव्य और विचारधारा के प्रति अडिग रहती है। यह कहानी व्यक्तिगत भावनाओं और राजनीतिक निष्ठा के बीच के टकराव को दिखाती है। अनुवादक मदन लाल मधु  डिजाइनर व मार्केविच Note: Scan quality is poor, barely readable at times. 


btih: 6ad11934c4c4f2ce39421262ece96e247357068e
collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan
creator: (Arkady Gaidar)
date: 1980-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: arkady-gaidar-chuck-and-geck-in-kannada
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: kan
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2025-04-11T10:07:31Z,2026-02-03T23:12:02Z
publicdate: 2025-04-11T10:07:31Z
stripped_tags: strong
subject: soviet literature,children's stories,children's books,illustrated books
title: ಚಕ್ ಮತ್ತು ಗೆಕ್ Chuck And Geck In Kannada
year: 1980
description:
«ಚಕ್ ಮತ್ತು ಗೆಕ್» ಎಂಬ ಕಥೆ ಎರಡು ಸಣ್ಣ ಸಹೋದರರ ಬಗ್ಗೆ ಆಗಿದೆ, ಅವರು ತಮ್ಮ ತಾಯಿಯ ಜೊತೆಗೆ ಮಾಸ್ಕೋದಲ್ಲಿ ವಾಸಿಸುತ್ತಾರೆ. ಅವರ ತಂದೆ ದೂರ ಸೈಬೀರಿಯಾದಲ್ಲಿ ಕೆಲಸ ಮಾಡುತ್ತಾರೆ, ಆದ್ದರಿಂದ ಅವರಿಗೆ ತಮ್ಮ ತಂದೆಯ ಭೇಟಿಯು ಬಹಳ ಅಪರೂಪವಾಗಿ ಸಿಗುತ್ತದೆ. ಒಂದು ದಿನ ಅವರಿಗೆ ತಂದೆಯಿಂದ ಟೆಲಿಗ್ರಾಮ್ ಬರುತ್ತದೆ – ಹೊಸ ವರ್ಷವನ್ನು ಆಚರಿಸಲು ಅವರನ್ನು ಭೇಟಿ ಮಾಡಲು ಬನ್ನೆಂದು. ಇಬ್ಬರೂ ಆತುರದಿಂದ ತಮ್ಮ ಚೀಲಗಳನ್ನು ತುಂಬುತ್ತಾರೆ ಮತ್ತು ಹಿಮದಿಂದ ಮುಚ್ಚಿದ ಕಾಡು ಹಾಗೂ ಪರ್ವತಗಳ ನಡುವಾಗಿ ಪ್ರಯಾಣ ಆರಂಭಿಸುತ್ತಾರೆ. ಪ್ರಯಾಣದ ಮಧ್ಯೆ, ಚಕ್ ಅಪಘಾತದಿಂದ ಟೆಲಿಗ್ರಾಮ್ ನಷ್ಟಪಡಿಸುತ್ತಾನೆ. ಇದರಿಂದಾಗಿ ಅವರಿಗೆ ಚಿಂತೆ ಶುರುವಾಗುತ್ತದೆ – ತಮ್ಮ ತಂದೆ ಅವರನ್ನು ಭೇಟಿ ಮಾಡಲು ಬಾರಲಾರೇನು ಎಂದು. ಕೆಲವು ಸಾಹಸಮಯ ಮತ್ತು ಸ್ವಲ್ಪ ಭಯಾನಕ ಅನುಭವಗಳ ನಂತರ, ಅವರು ಕೊನೆಗೆ ತಮ್ಮ ತಂದೆಯ ಶಿಬಿರಕ್ಕೆ ತಲುಪುತ್ತಾರೆ. ತಮ್ಮ ಮಕ್ಕಳನ್ನು ನೋಡಿ ತಂದೆಗೆ ಬಹಳ ಸಂತೋಷವಾಗುತ್ತದೆ ಮತ್ತು ಅವರು ಎಲ್ಲರೂ ಸೇರಿ ಹೊಸ ವರ್ಷವನ್ನು ಸೇರಿ ಆಚರಿಸುತ್ತಾರೆ. ಈ ಕಥೆ ಕುಟುಂಬದ ಮಹತ್ವವನ್ನು ಹಾಗೂ ಧೈರ್ಯದಿಂದ ಸಂಕಷ್ಟಗಳನ್ನು ಗೆಲ್ಲುವುದು ಹೇಗೆ ಎಂಬುದನ್ನು ಬೋಧಿಸುತ್ತದೆ.


btih: ee3505d117a70de07e5650e325ac9844c2fee98c
collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan
creator: આર્કાદી ગૈદાર (Arkady Gaidar)
date: 1983-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: arkady-gairdar-timur-and-his-squad-in-gujarati-raduga-1983
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: guj
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2026-03-24T17:39:41Z,2026-03-24T18:23:18Z
publicdate: 2026-03-24T17:39:41Z
publisher: Raduga Publishers
subject: soviet literature,children's literature,story books
title: તિમુરની ટુકડી (Timur And His Squad In Gujarati)
year: 1983
description:
This book is a collection of four short novels by Arkady Gaidar: School, Chuck and Geck, Blue Cup and Timur and His Squad. Timur and His Squad is a short novel by Arkady Gaidar, written and first published in 1940. The book tells the story of a gang of village kids who sneak around secretly doing good deeds, protecting families whose fathers and husbands are in the Red Army, and doing battle against nasty hooligans. It had a huge impact upon the young Soviet audiences. Timurite movement (Timurovtsy), involving thousands of children, became a massive phenomenon all over the country. Timur and His Squad remained part of the curriculum in every Soviet school even up into the 1990s. (From Wikipedia) આ પુસ્તક આર્કાડી ગાઇદાર દ્વારા લખાયેલ ચાર લઘુ નવલકથાઓનો સંગ્રહ છે:  સ્કૂલ ,  ચક અને ગેક ,  બ્લુ કપ  અને  તિમુર અને તેની ટુકડી । તિમુર અને તેની ટુકડી  આર્કાડી ગાઇદાર દ્વારા લખાયેલ એક લઘુ નવલકથા છે, જે 1940માં પ્રથમ વખત લખાઈ અને પ્રકાશિત થઈ હતી। આ પુસ્તક ગામના બાળકોના એક જૂથની વાર્તા કહે છે, જે ગુપ્ત રીતે સારા કામો કરે છે, જેમના પિતા અને પતિઓ લાલ સેના (રેડ આર્મી)માં છે તેવા પરિવારોનું રક્ષણ કરે છે, અને ખરાબ હુલ્લડબાજો સામે લડે છે। આ કૃતિનો સોવિયેત યુવા વાચકો પર ખૂબ જ મોટો પ્રભાવ પડ્યો હતો। તિમુરાઇટ ચળવળ (તિમુરોવત્સી), જેમાં હજારો બાળકો જોડાયા હતા, સમગ્ર દેશમાં એક વિશાળ ચળવળ બની ગઈ હતી।  તિમુર અને તેની ટુકડી  1990ના દાયકાઓ સુધી પણ દરેક સોવિયેત શાળાના અભ્યાસક્રમનો ભાગ રહી હતી। (વિકિપીડિયા પરથી) અનુવાદ -- અતુલ સવાણી ચિત્રો -- વ્લાદીમિર અલેક્સેયેવ નિકોલાઈ ગ્રીશિન

stripped_tags:
div style="color:rgb(44,44,44);font-family:'Helvetica Neue', Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif;font-size:14px;",p style="color:rgb(0,0,0);",em


creator: N. G. Chetaev
date: 1987-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: n.-g.-chetaev-theoretical-mechanics-mir-1987
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: eng
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2023-12-13T13:30:29Z,2026-02-10T23:07:20Z
publicdate: 2023-12-13T13:30:29Z
publisher: Mir Publishers
title: Theoretical Mechanics
year: 1987
collection:
mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-ali_zaidan_thamyeez194,fav-arthurpariz,fav-c_barker,fav-chandra_hasan764,fav-floura28zz,fav-gotwot,fav-matt_404,fav-mehran_ranjbar,fav-mert_ege_nce,fav-munif_muttafik,fav-nasser_ahmed573,fav-native80,fav-nikemaul,fav-pb_ess,fav-pio07,fav-pjmm_,fav-roberto_stander,fav-seafarer54,fav-sky357,fav-sreejith_sreeram,fav-tommy_hood,fav-vignam

description:
Professor Nikolai Guryevich Chetaev's compilation of theoretical mechanics lectures holds significant influence in Soviet mechanics education. Despite his renowned scientific contributions, Professor Chetaev's teaching career, marked by courses on theoretical mechanics at various prestigious institutions, remains less recognized. His course material, following classical traditions from renowned predecessors, emphasizes mathematical rigor intertwined with pertinent, real-world problems. Notably, he incorporated ongoing research topics into his teaching. The unfinished manuscript, organized into eight chapters, covers fundamental to advanced topics in theoretical mechanics. Beginning with vector theory essentials in the introductory chapter, subsequent chapters delve into traditional university-level course content. Of note, Chetaev's focus on kinematics highlights Euler's theorem's importance in understanding rigid body kinematics. His meticulous treatment of principles such as virtual displacements, including an original method for defining constraint reaction forces, distinguishes his approach. Chapters on dynamics discuss the motion of particles under central force fields and delve into system dynamics, deriving theorems and emphasizing the applicability of Lagrange's equations for holonomic coordinates. Exploring the dynamics of rigid bodies, Chetaev covers classical and special cases of integrability. Unfortunately, Chetaev was unable to complete the subsequent chapters, leading to the inclusion of lithographed lectures on analytic dynamics and the theory of attraction. The manuscript also comprises abstracts from Chetaev's specialized courses, including Poincare’s equations and the special theory of relativity, meticulously prepared for publication by Chetaev's disciples with the aid of his family. Intended for university students, researchers, and mechanics enthusiasts, this book offers a comprehensive understanding of theoretical mechanics, making it particularly valuable for educators in this field. Translated from the Russian by Irene Aleksanova  First published 1989 Revised from the 1987 Russian edition From the Editors. 7  Preface. 10 1 Principles of Vector Theory 11    1.1 Vectors. Free Vectors 11 2 Kinematics. 35    2.1 Relative Motion of a Particle 35    2.2 Simple Motions of a Rigid Body. 40    2.3 Composition of Instantaneous Translations and Instantaneous Rotations 43    2.4 Distribution of Velocities in a Moving Rigid Body. 47    2.5 The Coriolis Theorem. Distribution of Accelerations in a Moving Rigid Body. 52 3 Statics. 62    3.1 On Equilibrium. 63    3.2 Elements of Graphic Statics 68    3.3 Balance of Trusses 74    3.4 Centre of Mass. 77    3.5 The Principle of Virtual Displacements. 80    3.6 Constraints and Virtual Displacements. 89    3.7 Equilibrium of a String 100 4 Dynamics of a Particle 105    4.1 Principal Concepts. General Theorems 105    4.2 Planetary Motion. 118    4.3 Motion of a Constrained Particle 126    4.4 Motion Along a Curve 132    4.5 Lagrange’s Equations for a Particle. 137    4.6 Relative Motion. 141 5 Dynamics of a System 148    5.1 Moments of Inertia 148    5.2 The Euler-Lagrange Principle 156    5.3 General Theorems 161    5.4 Motion About the Centre of Mass. 174    5.5 Lagrange’s Equations 180    5.6 Determining the Reaction Forces. 190 6 Dynamics of a Rigid Body. 197    6.1 Motion of a Rigid Body About a Fixed Axis. 197    6.2 Motion of a Rigid Body About a Fixed Point. 202    6.3 Euler’s Case 205    6.4 Lagrange’s Case. 213    6.5 Kovalevskaya’s Case. 218    6.6 Gyroscope in Gimbals. 221    6.7 Special Cases of Integration. 225    6.8 Equations of Motion of an Unconstrained Rigid Body 231 7 Analytical Dynamics 233    7.1 Constraints 233    7.2 The Euler-Lagrange Principle. 236    7.3 Hamilton’s Principle 237    7.4 Canonical Equations 240    7.5 Gauss’ Principle. 248    7.6 The Principle of Least Action 251    7.7 Canonical Transformations 255    7.8 Vibrations of Mechanical Systems 258    7.9 Stability. 268 8 The Theory of Attraction 273    8.1 Continuous Masses 277    8.2 Potential of a Homogeneous Ellipsoid 288    8.3 General Properties of Harmonic Functions. 296    8.4 Total Energy. 301 Appendix 303    A.1 Analogy Between Optics and Mechanics 303    A.2 Poincare’s Equations 316    A.3 The Special Theory of Relativity 356 Name Index 401  Subject Index. 403

subject:
physics,classical mechanics,dynamics,kinematics,equations of motion,Lagrangian,Hamiltonian,analytical dynamics,rigid body,canonical equations


btih: 50588e7dffba915e8381e5f90e722d3e49599509
collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-marccic,fav-matt_404
creator: N. A. Rogazin
date: 1966-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: n.-a.-rogazin-jet-fuels-ftd-1966
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: eng
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2026-01-15T10:38:45Z,2026-01-15T11:00:10Z
publicdate: 2026-01-15T10:38:45Z
publisher: FTD
subject: soviet technology,soviet rocket science,jet engines,jet fuels,combustion
title: Jet Fuels
year: 1966
description:
In the book materials are presented on the physicochemical properties and performance characteristics of fuels used for aviation turbojet and turboprop motors in the Soviet Union and in foreign countries. The book is intended for engineering-technical workers occupied with production and use of jet fuels.


backup_location: ia906904_26
btih: bc7becf0920cdf8de990d1794cda78db15c6c4a3
collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-cruentaver,fav-leonardo662020,fav-niko-d,fav-swarup_dey
creator: Фридрих Фогель,Арно Мотульски
date: 1990-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: B-001-031-562-ALL
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: rus,English
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2019-05-28T16:28:13Z,2026-02-04T10:07:34Z
publicdate: 2019-05-28T16:28:13Z
subject: A300
title: Генетика человека. В 3-х томах. Т. 2
year: 1990
description:
М.: Мир Human Genetics. Problems and Approaches. Vol. 2 F. Vogel, A.G. Motulsky PDF created by FineReader 12  B-001-031-562-05-1-OCRFineReader12-Genetika_cheloveka_2.zip   B-001-031-562-05-2-CW90-OCRFineReader12-Genetika_cheloveka_2.zip  

format:
Abbyy GZ,Archive BitTorrent,DjVuTXT,Djvu XML,EPUB,Excel,Generic Raw Book Zip,Item Tile,Metadata,Scandata,Single Page Processed JP2 ZIP,Text PDF,ZIP

stripped_tags:
a href="https://archive.org/download/B-001-031-562-ALL/B-001-031-562-05-1-OCRFineReader12-Genetika_cheloveka_2.zip" rel="ugc nofollow",a href="https://archive.org/download/B-001-031-562-ALL/B-001-031-562-05-2-CW90-OCRFineReader12-Genetika_cheloveka_2.zip" rel="ugc nofollow"


creator: V.V. Batygin; I.N. Toptygin
date: 1964-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: batygin-toptygin-problems-in-electrodynamics
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: eng
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2022-02-08T17:22:36Z,2026-02-04T10:15:50Z
publicdate: 2022-02-08T17:22:36Z
title: Problems In Electrodynamics
year: 1964
collection:
mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-acpwong,fav-elias_abobo,fav-fernando_mora_hern_ndez,fav-fredorm2017,fav-gdr73,fav-gherling,fav-jin_tao508,fav-joaopedro584,fav-juice131,fav-marcelo_dominguez,fav-munif_muttafik,fav-native80,fav-navix,fav-pb_ess,fav-pio07,fav-rafaeltm,fav-roberto_stander,fav-rvalter,fav-shauhram,fav-timomartin,fav-utzi9299,fav-vignam,fav-winfield_taylor

description:
This book contains about 750 problems on classical electro­ dynam ics and its m ore im portant applications, including over 150 problems on the special theory of relativity, and about 70 prob­ lems on vector and tensor analysis. In addition to problems illustrating fundamental concepts and laws of electrodynam ics, which can be solved by purely m athe­ matical methods, the collection includes a large number of more complicated problems (these are indicated by asterisks). Some of the solutions involve a considerable amount of effort, while others are purely theoretical in nature and follow from a lecture course on electrodynam ics (propagation of waves in anisotropic and gyrotropic media, motion of charged particles in the electro­ magnetic field, representation of the electromagnetic field by a set of oscillators, and so on). Finally, there are problems which are concerned with topics which are not well covered by existing texts, for example, interaction of charged particles with m atter (Chapter XIII), applications of conservation laws to the analysis of collision processes and particle disintegration (Chapter XI), ferro­ magnetic resonance (Chapter VI), and so on. The second part of the book gives answers and solutions to a large number of these problems. Each section is prefaced by a short theoretical introduction in which the necessary formulae are given. These short intro­ ductions do not pretend to be complete; more extensive treat­ ments will be found in the books listed in the bibliography.

subject:
problem books,physics,problems and solutions,electrodynamics,vector and tensor calculus,electrostatics,magnetostatics,steady currents,quasi-stationary magnetic fields,electromagnetic waves,special theory of relativity,radiation,lorentz transformations


collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-20hmg02
creator: S. Baranov
date: 1983-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: baranov-synthese-des-automates-microprogrammes-mir-1983
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: fre
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2023-06-04T06:44:32Z,2026-02-04T10:14:13Z
publicdate: 2023-06-04T06:44:32Z
publisher: Éditions Mir
title: Synthèse Des Automates Microprogrammés
year: 1983
description:
La complexité sans cesse croissante des systèmes automatiques et des complexes de calcul à données discrètes d’une part, et la nécessité de satisfaire à des exigences — souvent contradictoires — de fiabilité, poids, encombrement, rapidité de fonctionnement et réalisation dans des délais acceptables d’autre part, rendent absolument indispensable le recours sur une grande échelle à la formalisation et à l ’automatisation de toutes les étapes de la conception. Les méthodes intuitives basées sur l ’expérience de l’ingénieur sont mises en défaut lorsqu’il s’agit de rechercher des solutions proches des optimales et ceci dans des délais très restreints. Or, l ’appareil développé de la logique mathématique et de la théorie des automates pourrait bien venir en aide au chercheur. Cependant les chercheurs n’en profitent que rarement. A notre avis, la cause en est que la littérature disponible soit n’aborde que l ’aspect essentiellement théorique des choses, soit ne traite que de questions d’utilité restreinte. Le but que s’est fixé l ’auteur du présent ouvrage est d’essayer de combler le fossé entre la théorie et la nécessité pratique, de mettre les acquis de la théorie des automates à la portée du concepteur des systèmes numériques. L’ouvrage expose les techniques de synthèse permettant de réaliser des automates microprogrammés complexes, à grand nombre d’entrées et de sorties et à un nombre d’états internes de l ’ordre de quelques centaines. Il ne requiert aucune connaissance préalable dans ce domaine : toutes les notions et définitions indispensables à la compréhension de la théorie sont données dans les chapitres liminaires. Un grand nombre d’exemples tirés de la pratique de l’ingénieur facilitent l ’assimilation de l ’exposé. Chaque fois qu’il a fallu faire un choix entre le concret et la rigueur de l’exposé, l’auteur a opté pour le concret. Le cadre restreint du livre nous a obligés à sauter toute une série de questions des automates numériques et des circuits logiques. Traduit du russe par Boris Pavlov Un grand merci à Henri Leveque pour le scan original.

subject:
théorie des ensemble,minimisation des automates,composition des automates,décomposition des automates,automate structure,schemas opératoriels,automates microprogrammés


btih: ddc87dab4a78c00b65e61ac87b839d800eb419a9
collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-aghori_king,fav-enlighting,fav-navendur
date: 1987-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: at-the-foot-of-the-blue-mountains-stories-by-tajik-writers-in-hindi-raduga-1987
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: hin
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2024-07-28T15:55:00Z,2026-02-04T09:32:04Z
publicdate: 2024-07-28T15:55:00Z
publisher: Raduga Publishers,रादुगा प्रकाशन
subject: soviet literature,सोविेत साहित्य,tajik literature,tajik writers,soviet short stories
year: 1987
description:
महान अक्तूबर क्रान्ति से पूर्व भौगोलिक नक़्शे में ताजिकिस्तान जैसा कोई शब्द नहीं था। यों लोगों को एक अरसे से यह पता था कि पहाड़ों का एक देश है जहां पंजिम और सिरदरिया बहती हैं और जहां के निवासी परिश्रमी ताजिक जाति के लोग हैं। यह वह जाति है जिसने विश्व मानव को प्रसिद्ध कवि, विद्वान दिये हैं, जिनमें रूदाकी, फ़िरदौसी, खय्याम और इब्न सीना जैसे महान व्यक्तियों के नाम लिये जा सकते हैं। ताजिकिस्तान मध्य एशिया के गणतन्त्रों में से एक है जो उसके दक्षिण-पूर्वी भाग में विशाल पर्वत श्रेणियों के संगम पर स्थित है। ताजिकि- स्तान सूर्यस्नात व हिमाच्छादित पर्वतों का देश है। इस देश में गहरे और तंग दरें हैं जिनमें से होकर विशाल नदियां बहती हैं। ताजि- किस्तान "सफ़ेद सोने" का कपास का देश है। यहां का प्राकृतिक वातावरण अपने परस्पर विरोधी तत्त्वों के कारण आश्चर्यचकित कर देता है। इस देश में मटियाले रेगिस्तान और हरे- भरे मरुद्यान, पहाड़ी जंगल और हिमनदियां, शिशिर और ग्रीष्म ऋतु साथ-साथ ही देखे जा सकते हैं। अपने बहुरंगी और समृद्ध प्राकृतिक क्षेत्रों की भांति यहां का साहित्य और संस्कृति भी बहुरंगी और विशाल है। ताजिक कहानियों को समर्पित इस कथा-संग्रह में, जो मूल रूप से हाल के वर्षों से संबंधित है, पाठक को केवल समस्याओं व चरित्र की ही विविधता नहीं मिलेगी, वरन् साहित्यिक शैली के विविध रंगों का भी परिचय मिलेगा। उन रंगों में अपनी शास्त्रीय स्वच्छता से पराभूत करनेवाली यथार्थ- वादी शैली से लेकर चित्ताकर्षक सुगढ़ पूर्वी कालीन को स्मरण करानेवाले बहुरंगी, आलंका- रिक काव्यात्मक गद्य के भी दर्शन मिलेंगे। ताजिक कहानियों के प्रस्तुत संग्रह में ताजिक सोवियत साहित्य के संस्थापक सदरुद्दीन ऐनी से लेकर हाल के कुछ वर्षों में अपनी कृतियों से साहित्य में पदार्पण करनेवाले विभिन्न साहित्यिक पीढ़ियों के लेखकों की रचनाएं संग्रहीत हैं। पुराने गांव, गरीब किसान, पुराना बुखारा... और परिवर्तित जीवन, नयी समाजवादी यथार्थता, परस्पर विरोधी भावनाओं के संघर्ष में जन्मा नैतिक आत्मिक पूर्णता की ओर उन्मुख नया इनसान इस कथा-संग्रह की कहानियों के पृष्ठों में यही सब कुछ उभरकर सामने आता है। इस कथा-संग्रह के लेखकों का मुख्य ध्येय रहा है इनसान को अच्छाई न्याय व मानवता की राह पर चलाना और लोगों व समाज को अपने कर्त्तव्य का बोध करवाना। अनुवादक : सुधीर कुमार माथुर व देवेन्द्र किशोर जोशी चित्रकार : कन्स्तान्तिन ईशिन  संग्रहकर्त्ता : शौकत नियाज़ी सदरुद्दीन ऐनी। बुखारा के रास्ते पर, (संस्मरण). ५ हाजी सादिक़। हरफ़नमौला १४७ सातिम उलूग-जादा। आशु-कवि की मौत. १५८ फ़जलुद्दीन मुहम्मदियेव । मल्ल-युद्ध १६८ सत्तार तुरसून। चौराहा २०२ पुलात तालीस (पुलातोव तोल्सतोय) । सबसे बड़ा सुख २२४ रसूल हादी-जादा। मूलियान की पुकार. २३७ मारूफ़ बाबाजान। मां २६६ अब्दुसलाम अताबायेव । अन्तिम मिलन २७८ बहराम फ़िरोज। कड़वा सच २६० अब्दुराफ़े रबियेव । बाढ़ ३०५ बाल्ता आरतीक़ोव । पत्थर के आंसू. ३२० रहीम जलील । संगमरमर की लड़की. ३२८ मारबान । चिड़ीमार ३४५

title:
नीले पार्वतों की गोद में - ताजिक लेखकों की कहानियां (At The Foot Of The Blue Mountains Stories By Tajik Writers In Hindi)


backup_location: ia906803_1
creator: N. M. Belyaev
date: 1979-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: BelyaevStrengthOfMaterialsMir1979
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: English
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2018-10-13T08:30:02Z,2026-02-04T12:45:36Z
publicdate: 2018-10-13T08:30:02Z
stripped_tags: em,blockquote
title: Strength Of Materials
year: 1979
collection:
mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-abhirup152,fav-andr_s_cei,fav-david_newman217,fav-enverian,fav-floura28zz,fav-hesskaz,fav-ifoggy,fav-jissica_122m,fav-jkreiser,fav-kaichan,fav-llahidee_koler,fav-mulletman1974,fav-munif_muttafik,fav-nikemaul,fav-papetier16200,fav-pdii,fav-peppe1974,fav-pio07,fav-plantnut,fav-rafaeltm,fav-sejtan,fav-shauhram,fav-sky357,fav-son-of-thunder,fav-sunny5231,fav-tmtm750,fav-trang_v_461,fav-vignam

description:
In this post, we will see the book  Strength of Materials by N. M. Belyaev.  About the book: The new edition of Strength of Materials by N. M. Belyaev has been published after 11 years. In 33 years that lapsed between the publication by N. M. Belyaev of the first edition in 1932 and the last fourteenth edition in 1965 a total of 675 000 copies of the book were sold, testifying to its wide popularity. During this period the book was periodically enlarged and revised by N. M. Belyaev and, after his death in 1944, by a group of four of his co-workers. This group, which prepared from the fifth to the fourteenth editions for publication, did not consider it proper to make substantial changes in the original work of N. M. Belyaev. Additions were done at one time or another only when they became absolutely necessary due to changes in standards and technical specifications and in the light of recent research. In the present edition, prepared by the same group, a number of topics have been dropped either owing to their irrelevance to strength of materials or because they are rarely taught in the main course.  Considering the availability of a large number of problem books (see, for instance, Problems on Strength of Materials edited by V. K. Kachurin) on the market, most of the examples have been dropped from the present edition. Only examples that are essential for the explanation of theoretical part have been retained. For greater compactness the problem of design for safe loads has now been included in Chapter 26 For the first time the chapter includes the principles of design for limiting states, which though beyond the limits of the basic course of strength of materials are important enough to require an exposition of the basic concepts even at this stage of teaching. The problems of strength, which in the previous editions occupied two chapters, have been grouped into one. The part dealing with actual stresses has been transferred to Chapter 2, where it has been presented in a sufficiently detailed manner. The tables containing data on materials have been dropped from the appendices. A part of the data on materials has been transferred to 8 Preface to the Fifteenth Russian Edition corresponding sections. The obsolete steel proliles grading has been replaced by new ones. As in the previous editions it was our endeavour to preserve Belyaev’s style and method of presentation of material. Therefore the author's text has in general been preserved. If Nikolai Mikhailovich Belyaev were alive today he would possibly write many things in a different way. However, since the book won wide popularity as written by N. M. Belyaev, we tried to preserve the original text as far as possible. The book was translated from the Russian by N. K. Mehta and was published by Mir in 1979. This is the fifteenth edition of the book. All credits to the original uploader.  Contents PART 1. Introduction. Tension and Compression Chapter 1. Introduction 17 § 1. The science of strength of materials 17 § 2. Classification of forces acting on elements of structures 18 § 3. Deformations and stresses 21 § 4. Scheme of a solution of the fundamental problem of strength of materials 23 § 5. Types of deformations 27 Chapter 2. Stress and Strain in Tension and Compression Within the Elastic Limit Selection of Cross-sectional Area 27 § 6. Determining the stresses in planes perpendicular io tile axis of the bar 27 § 7. Permissible stresses. Selecting the cross-sectional area 30 § 8. Deformations under tension and compression. Hooke's law 32 § 9. Lateral deformation coefficient. Poisson's ratio 36 Chapter 3. Experimental Study of Tension and Compression In Various Materials and the Basis of Selecting the Permissible Stresses 40 § 10. Tension test diagram. Mechanical properties of materials 40 § 11. Stress-strain diagram 47 § 12. True stress-strain diagram 48 § 13. Stress-strain diagram for ductile and brittle materials 62 § 14. Rupture in compression of brittle and ductile materials. Compression test diagram 64 § 16. Comparative study of the mechanical properties of ductile and brittle materials 57 § 16. Considerations in selection of safety factor 59 § 17. Permissible stresses under tension and compression for various materials 64 PART II. Complicated Cases of Tension and Compression Chapter 4. Design of Statically Indeterminate Systems for Permissible Stresses 66 $ 18. Statically indeterminate systems 66 § 19. The effect of manufacturing inaccuracies on the forces acting in the elements of statically indeterminate structures 73 § 20. Tension and compression in bars made of heterogeneous materials 77 § 21. Stresses due to temperature change 79 § 22. Simultaneous account for various factors 82 § 23. More complicated cases of statically indeterminate structures 85 Chapter 5. Account for Dead Weight In Tension and Compression* Design of Flexible Strings 88 § 24. Selecting the cross-sectional area with the account for the dead weight (in tension and compression) 86 § 25. Deformations due to dead weight 81 § 26. Flexible cables 92 Chapter 6. Compound Stressed State. Stress and Strain 99 § 27. Stresses along Inclined sections under axial tension or compression (uniaxial stress) 99 § 28. Concept of principal stresses. Types of stresses of materials 101 § 29. Examples oil biaxial and triaxial stresses. Design of a cylindrical reservoir 103 § 30. Stresses In a biaxial stressed state 107 § 31. Graphic determination of stresses (Mohr’s circle) 110 § 32. Determination of the. principal stresses with the help of the stress circle 114 § 33. Stresses in triaxial stressed state 117 § 34. Deformations In the compound stress 121 § 35. Potential energy of elastic deformation in compound stress 124 § 36. Pure shear. Stresses and strains. Hooke’s law. Potential energy 127 Chapter 7. Strength of Materials in Compound Stress 132 § 37. Resistance to failure. Rupture and shear 132 § 38. Strength theories 136 § 39. Theories of brittle failure (theories of rupture) 138 § 40. Theories of ductile failure (theories of shear) 140 § 41. Reduced stresses according to different strength theories 147 § 42. Permissible stresses in pure shear 149 PART III. Shear and Torsion Chapter 8. Practical Methods of Design on Shear 151 §43. Design of riveted and bolted joints 151 §44. Design of welded joints 158 Chapter 9. Torsion. Strength and Rigidity of Twisted Bars 164 § 45. Torque 164 § 46. Calculation of torques transmitted to the shaft 167 § 47. Determining stresses in a round shaft under torsion 168 § 48. Determination of polar moments of inertia and section moduli of a shaft section 174 § 49. Strength condition in torsion 176 § 50. Deformations in torsion. Rigidity condition 176 § 51. Stresses under torsion in a section inclined to the shaft axis 178 § 52. Potential energy of torsion 180 § 53. Stress and strain In dose-coiled helical springs 181 § 54. Torsion in rods of non-circular section 187 PART IV. Bending. Strength of Beams Chapter 10. Internal Forces In Bending. Shearing-force and Bending-moment Diagrams 198 $ 55. Fundamental concepts of deformation in bending. Construction of beam supports 195 § 56. Nature of stresses in a beam. Bending moment and shealine force 200 § 57. Differential relation between the intensity of a continuous load, shearing force and bending moment 205 § 58. Plotting bending-moment and shearing-force diagrams 207 § 59. Plotting bending-moment and shearing-force diagrams for more complicated loads 214 § 60. The check of proper plotting of Qr and M-diagrams 221 § 61. Application of the principle of superposition of forces In plotting shearing-force and bending-moment diagrams 223 Chapter 11. Determination of Normal Stresses in Bending and Strength of Beams 225 § 62. Experimental investigation of the working of materials in pure bending 225 § 63. Determination of norma) stresses In bending. Hooke’s law and potential energy of bending 228 § 64. Application of the results derived above in checking the strength of beams 235 Chapter 12. Determination of Moments of Inertia of Plane Figures 239 § 65. Determination of moments of inertia and section moduli for simple sections 239 § 66. General method of calculating the moments of inertia of complex sections 244 § 67. Relation between moments of inertia about two parallel axes one of which is the central axis 246 § 68. Relation between the moments of inertia under rotation of axes 247 § 69. Principal axes of inertia and principal moments of inertia 250 § 70. The maximum and minimum values oi the central moments of inertia 254 § 71. Application of the formula for determining normal stresses to beams of non-symmetrical sections 254 § 72. Radii of inertia. Concept of the momenta! ellipse 256 § 73. Strength check, choice of section and determination of permissible load in bending 258 Chapter 13. Shearing and Principal Stresses In Beams 263 § 74. Shearing stresses in a beam of rectangular section 263 § 75. Shearing stresses in I-beams 270 § 76. Shearing stresses in beams of circular and ring sections 272 § 77. Strength check for principal stresses 275 § 78. Directions the principal stresses 280 Chapter 14. Shear Centre. Composite Beams 283 § 79. Shearing stresses parallel to the neutral axis. Concept of shear centre 233 § 80, Riveted and welded beams 289 PART V. Deformation of Beams due to Bending Chapter 15. Analytical Method of Determining Deformations 292 § 81. Deflection and rotation oi beam sections 292 $ 82. Differential equation of the deflected axis 294 § 83. Integration oi the differentia) equation of the deflected axis of a beam fixed at one end 296 84. Integrating the differential equation of the deflected axis of a simply supported beam 299 § 85. Method of equating the constants of integration oi differential equations when the beam has a number of differently loaded portions 301 § 86. Method of initial parameters for determining displacements in beams 304 § 87, Simply supported beam unsymmetrically loaded by a force 305 § 88. Integrating the differential equation for a hinged beam 307 § 89. Superposition of forces 310 § 90. Differential relations in bending 312 Chapter 16. Graph-analytic Method of Calculating Displacement in Bending 313 § 91. Graph-analytic method 313 § 92. Examples of determining deformations by the graph-analytic method 317 § 93. The graph-analytic method applied to curvilinear bending-moment diagrams 320 Chapter 17. Non-uniform Beams 324 § 94. Selecting the section in beams of uniform strength 324 § 95. Practical examples of beams of uniform strength 325 § 96. Displacements in non-uniform beams 326 PART VI. Potential Energy. Statically Indeterminate Beams Chapter 18. Application of the Concept of Potential Energy in Determining Displacements 331 § 97. Statement of the problem 331 § 98. Potential energy in the simplest cases of loading 333 § 99. Potential energy ior the case of several forces 334 § 100. Calculating bending energy using internal forces 336 § 101. Castigliano’s theorem 337 $ 102. Examples of application of Castigiiano’s theorem 341 $ 103. Method of introducing an external force 344 § 104. Theorem of reciprocity of works 346 § 105. The theorem of Maxwell and Mohr 347 § 106. Vereshchagin’s method 349 § 107. Displacements In frames 351 § 108. Deflection of beams due to shearing force 353 Chapter 19. Statically indeterminate Beams 356 § 109. Fundamental concepts 356 § 110. Removing static indeterminacy via the differential equation of the deflected beam axis 357 § 111. Concepts of redundant unknown and base beam 359 § 112. Method of comparison of displacements 360 § 113. Application of the theorems of Castigliano and Mohr and Vereshchagin's method 362 § 114. solution of a simple statically Indeterminate frame 364 § 115. Analysis of continuous beams 366 § 116. The theorem of three moments 366 § 117. An example on application erf the theorem of three moments 372 § 118. Continuous beams with cantilevers. Beams with rigidly fixed ends 375 PART VII. Resistance Under Compound Loading Chapter 20. Unsymmetric Bending 378 § 119. Fundamental concepts 378 § 120. Unsymmetric bending. Determination of stresses 379 § 121. Determining displacements in unsymmetric bending 365 Chapter 21. Combined Bending and Tension or Compression 389 § 122. Deflection of a beam subjected to axial and lateral forces 389 § 123. Eccentric tension or compression 392 § 124. Core of section 396 Chapter 22. Combined bending and torsion 401 § 125. Determination erf twisting and bending moments 401 § 126. Determination of stresses and strength check In combined bending and torsion 404 Chapter 23. General Compound Loading 408 § 127. Stresses in a bar section subjected to general compound loading 408 § 128. Determination of normal stresses 410 1129. Determination of shearing stresses 413 130. Determination of displacements 414 131. Design of a simple crank rod 417 Chapter 24. Curved Bars 423 § 132. General concepts 423 § 133. Determination of bending moments and normal and shearing forces 424 § 134. Determination of stresses due to normal and shearing forces 420 § 135. Determination of stresses due to bending moment 427 § 136. Computation of the radius of curvature of the neutral layer in a rectangular section 433 § 137. Determination of the radius of curvature oi the neutral layer for circle and trapezoid 434 § 138. Determining the location of neutral layer from tables 436 § 139. Analysis of the formula for normal stresses In a curved bat 436 § 140. Additional remarks on the formula for normal stresses 439 § 141. An example on determining stresses in a curved bar 441 1 142. Determination of displacements in curved bars 442 § 143. Analysis of a circular ring 445 Chapter 25. Thick-walled and Thin-walled Vessels 446 $ 144. Analysis of thick-walled cylinders 446 § 145. Stresses in thick spherical vessels 453 § 146. Analysis of thin-walled vessels 454 Chapter 26. Design for Permissible toads. Design for Limiting States 467 § 147. Design for permissible loads. Application to statically determinate systems 457 § 146. Design or statically indeterminate systems under tension or compression by the method of permissible loads 458 § 149. Determination of limiting lifting capacity of a twisted rod 462 § 150. Selecting beam section Tor permissible loads 465 § 151. Design of statically indeterminate beams for permissible loads. The fundamentals. Analysis of a two-span beam 468 § 152. Analysis of a three-span beam 472 § 153. Fundamentals of design by the method of limiting states 474 PART VIII. Stability of Clements of Structures Chapter 27. Stability ot Ban Under Compression 477 § 154. Introduction. Fundamentals of stability of shape of compressed bars 477 6 155. Euler's formula for critical force 480 § 156. Effect of constraining the bar ends 484 § 157. Limits of applicability of Euler’s formula. Plotting of the diagram of total critical stresses 488 § 158. 'The stability check of compressed bars 494 § 159. Selection of the type of section and material 498 § 160. Practical importance of stability check 502 Chapter 28. More Complicated Questions of Stability in Elements of Structures 604 § 161. Stability of plane surface in bending of beams 504 § 162. Design of compressed-bent ban 512 § 163. Effect of eccentric compressive force and initial curvature of bar 517 PART IX. Dynamic Action of Forces Chapter 29. Effect of Forces of Inertia. Stresses due to Vibrations 521 § 164. Introduction 521 § 165. Determining stresses in uniformly accelerated motion of bodies 523 § 166. Stresses In a rotating ring (flywheel rim) 524 § 167. Stresses in connecting rods 525 $ 168. Rotating disc of uniform thickness 529 1 169. Disc o f uniform strength 533 § 170. Effect of resonance on the magnitude of stresses 535 § 171. Determination of stresses in elements subjected to vibration 536 § 172. The effect of mass of the elastic system on vibrations 541 Chapter 30. Stresses Linder Impact Loading 548 § 173. Fundamental concepts 548 § 174. General method of determining stresses under impact loading 549 § 175. Concrete cases of determining stresses and conducting strength checks under impact 5S4 $ 176. Impact stresses in a non-uniform bat 559 1177. Practical conclusions from the derived results 660 178. The effect of mass of the elastic system on impact 562 179. Impact testing for failure 565 180. Effect of various factors on the results of impact testing 568 Chapter 31. Strength Check of Materials Under Variable Loading 571 § 181. Basic ideas concerning the effect of variable stresses on the - strength of materials 571 § 182. Cyclic stresses 573 § 183. Strength condition under variable stresses 575 § 184. Determination of endurance limit in a symmetrical cycle 576 1 185. Endurance limit in an unsymmetrical cycle 579 1 186. Local stresses 682 § 187. Effect of size of part and other factors on endurance limit 589 § 188. Practical examples of failure undo: variable loading. Causes of emergence and development of fatigue cracks 593 § 189. Selection of permissible stresses 597 § 190. Strength check under variable stresses and compound stressed state 600 § 191. Practical measures for preventing fatigue failure 602 Chapter 32. Fundamentals of Creep Analysis 605 § 192. Effect of high temperatures on mechanical properties of metals 605 § 193. Creep and after-effect 607 § 194. Creep and after-effect curves 609 § 195. Fundamentals of creep design 615 § 196. Examples on creep design 620 Appendix 630 Name index 639 Su

subject:
engineering,material,analysis,creep,stress,design,physics,strength of materials,load,walls,structures,pillars,tension,compression,shear,torsion,beams,deformations,bending,bars


btih: 8e6dbf122eafb3613746fa98de4d31623096312f
collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-laichar,fav-swarup_dey
creator: Джон Синг
date: 1973-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: Besedy-o-teorii-otnositelnosti-Sing-1973-ru
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: rus
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2021-01-22T19:43:32Z,2026-02-04T12:46:34Z
publicdate: 2021-01-22T19:43:32Z
title: Беседы о теории относительности. Дж. Синг. 1973
year: 1973
description:
Беседы о теории относительности. Дж. Синг. 1973 Издательство "Мир" Talking about relativity. J. Synge. 1970

subject:
физика,теория относительности,наука,Мир,издательство "Мир",relativity,theory of relativity,physics,Mir,Mir titles


collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-pio07
creator: G. Berman
date: 1976-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: berman-problemes-danalyse-mathematique-mir-1976
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: fre
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2022-11-25T04:38:14Z,2026-02-04T12:46:15Z
publicdate: 2022-11-25T04:38:14Z
publisher: Éditions Mir
subject: Mathématique,fonctions,graphes,calcul,intégrales,equations différentielles
title: Problèmes D'analyse Mathématique
year: 1976
description:
Traduit du russe par Djilali Embarek Un grand merci à Henri Leveque pour le scan original. La présente Collection de problèmes est destinée aux étudiants  etudier l'analyse mathématique dans le cadre d'une  cours de collège technique. Dans la disposition du matériau,  le style de l'exposition et les tendances pédagogiques de base  la collection est la plus adaptée au cours largement utilisé de  Analyse mathématique de A. F. Bermant*. En même temps,  puisque le livre contient des problèmes systématiquement sélectionnés et  exercices sur les principales branches d'un cours de Collège technique  de l'analyse mathématique, il forme un complément utile à l'analyse mathématique.  d) du manuel sur lequel le cours est basé.  Informations théoriques et références au nécessaire  les formules sont omises dans la Collection des problèmes; il est  supposé que le lecteur peut les trouver dans le sec pertinent  ti de son manuel. La plupart des articles de la Collection  des problèmes sont subdivisés pour la commodité d'utilisation. COM¬  mon instruction précède un groupe de problèmes du même type  type. Les problèmes à contenu physique sont précédés de la  lois physiques nécessaires. 


collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-gerardo_gallegos_ochoa_gaog680518,fav-munif_muttafik,fav-semiinfinite
creator: B. I. Argunov; L. A. Skornyakov
date: 1963-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: b.-i.-argunov-l.-a.-skornyakov-configuration-theorems-topics-in-mathematics
indexflag: index,nonoindex
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2021-05-26T12:40:50Z,2026-02-04T10:12:17Z
publicdate: 2021-05-26T12:40:50Z
title: Configuration Theorems (Topics In Mathematics)
year: 1963
description:
THIs BOOKLET presents several important configuration theorems, along with their applications to the study of the properties of figures and to the solutions of several practical problems. In doing this, the authors introduce the reader to some fundamental concepts of projective geometry-central projection and ideal elements of space. Only the most elementary knowledge of plane and solid geometry is presupposed. Chapters 2 and 3 are devoted to the two most important configuration theorems, the Pappus-Pascal theorem and that of Desargues. The chapters which follow present applications of these theorems. Chapter 6 touches upon the algebraic interpretation of configuration theorems and the general method of arriving at such theorems. Students who wish to learn more about this subject should consult the bibliography given at the end of the booklet.

subject:
mathematics,theorems,theorem of pappus,theorem of pascal,desargues theorem,properties of polygons,algebraic meaning


collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-carson_main,fav-klotusflower96,fav-leonardo662020,fav-pio07
creator: B. P. Orlov
date: 1977-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: b.-p.-orlov-siberia-achievements-problems-solutions-progress-1977
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: eng
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2024-07-16T06:18:28Z,2026-02-04T10:12:14Z
publicdate: 2024-07-16T06:18:28Z
publisher: Progress Publishers
subject: soviet literature,geography,economy
title: Siberia - Achievements, Problems, Solutions
year: 1977
description:
Siberia is a vast territory stretching thousands of kilometers from the Far East to the Urals, with immense and diverse natural wealth. A favorable combination of natural and economic factors is leading to the establishment of large production complexes of national and global significance. The key to unlocking the natural wealth of the remote and almost inaccessible regions of Siberia is the Baikal-Amur Railway, which is linked to the long-term plan for exploiting the Eastern part of the Soviet Union. This book covers the distribution of productive forces, the construction of major industrial enterprises and electric power stations, the development of transportation, the laying of gas pipelines, and the emergence of new cities. The author, Prof. Boris Orlov, D.Sc. (Economics), has lived and worked in Siberia for many years, which accounts for the vivid and absorbing narration. Translated from the Russian by David Marks Designed by Victor Batishchev This is a cleaned, optimised scan of  https://archive.org/details/siberiaorlov1977 &gt; A 1977 Soviet work. Scanned by Ismail, sent to him by a user named Misdreavus. &gt; Not included in the scan was an erratum slip stating the following: "Page 109, line 7 from top should read: duced 1,000 million cubic metres of gas, which" From Thomas Mrett's Archive Collection. Contents Foreword 5 1. FROM THE BEGINNINGS TO THE PRESENT DAY 9 The Principal Stages of Economic Development 10 The Establishment of Siberian Science 34 2. THE SPRINGBOARD OF ECONOMIC GROWTH 48 Why Should Siberia's Growth Rate Be Higher Than That of the Country as a Whole? 49 The Union of Science and Industry as the Accelerator of Economic Growth 66 3. INDUSTRY STRIDES AHEAD 83 The Future of Siberian Coal 85 Siberian Oil and Gas—“The Discovery of the Century" 93 The Future of Chemicals 116 The Siberian Power Industry 121 New Metallurgical Centres 131 Timber Complexes 142 Mechanical Engineering and Other Industries 148 The Baikal-Amur Railway — the Project of the Century 157 4. THE ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT OF THE SIBERIAN REGION 161


backup_location: ia906102_27
collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan
creator: Alexander Kuprin
identifier: AlexanderKuprinCaprice
indexflag: index,nonoindex
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2016-03-24T16:25:13Z,2026-02-03T21:34:32Z
publicdate: 2016-03-24T16:25:13Z
subject: soviet,literature
title: Caprice
description:
KUPRIN began his literary career as a member of the Gorky (Knowledge) school, but he soon became sufficiently significant to assume individual importance. His early training was for the army, and, consequently, his earlier stories treat of military life. He achieved literary prominence with The Duel, a novel that appeared immediately after the Russo-Japanese war and was acclaimed by all anti-militarists. Caprice is one of Kuprin's later stories. The present version, anonymously translated, is reprinted from The Pagan Magazine,


btih: 20600cb578b46b039c8f4c52f242a833ca561264
collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan
date: 1990-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: battle-for-moscow-1941-45-stories-of-great-patriotic-war-in-tamil-raduga-1990
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: tam
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2026-06-27T05:45:26Z,2026-06-27T06:20:05Z
publicdate: 2026-06-27T05:45:26Z
publisher: Raduga Publishers
subject: soviet literature,second world war,nazi germany,soviet red army,battles,resistance
year: 1990
description:
-....1947இன்‌ குளிர்காலம்‌. “டைஃபூன்‌” போர்‌ நடவடிக்‌ கைக்காக மாஸ்கோவுக்கருகில்‌ 78 நாஜி டிவிஷன்கள்‌ - குழுமியிருந்தன. ஜெொர்மானியார்கள்‌ மாஸ்கோவுக்கு மிகவும்‌ அண்மையில்‌ இருந்தார்கள்‌. இதே நாள்களில்‌ சோவியத்‌ யூனியனின்‌ இரண்டாவது பெரிய நகரமாகிய லெனின்கிராடிலும்‌ முற்றுகையை ஜொர்மானியத்‌ துருப்புகள்‌ ஏற்படுத்தியிருந்தன. இதே சமயத்தில்‌, சோவியக்‌ மக்கள்‌ புரிந்த மாபெரும்‌ தேசபக்தப்‌ போரின்‌ முதலாவது காலக்கட்டத்தில்‌, ஜொரமானிய ராணுவம்‌ முதலாவது பலத்த தோல்வியைக்‌ கண்டது. 7941 டிசம்‌ பரில்‌ செஞ்சேனையின்‌ தாக்குதலால்‌ ஐந்து மில்லியன்‌. மக்கள்‌ தொகையைக்‌ கொண்ட பிரதேசம்‌ விடுவிக்கப்‌ பட்டது. மாபெரும்‌ தேசபக்தப்‌ போரின்‌ நிகழ்ச்சிகளைப்‌ பற்றி, ்‌ சோவியத்‌ யூனியனின்‌ வீரர்‌ விருதை நான்கு முறை பெற்ற மார்ஷல்‌ ஷூக்கவ்‌, மாஸ்கோச்‌ சண்டையில்‌ பங்குபெற்ற எழுத்தாளர்கள்‌, பத்திரிகையாளர்கள்‌ ஆகிய சீமனவ்‌, பெக்‌, லீதவ்‌,கஷேவ்னிக்கவ்‌, கிரிவிட்ஸ்கி அதுபற்றி எழுதுகிறார்கள்‌. மொழிபெயர்ப்பாளர்‌: நா. முகம்மது செரீபு, எம்‌. ஏ. வடிவமைப்பாளர்‌: அல்லா தம்சீன்ஸ்கயா பதிப்பாசிரியர்‌: எவ்கேனி கனவாலவ்‌

title:
மாபெரும்‌ தேசபக்தப்‌ போரின்‌ கதைகள்‌ ( 1841-1848) (Battle of Moscow 1941 45 Stories Of Great Patriotic War In Tamil )


backup_location: ia905707_18
contributor: Mirtitles
creator: I.S. Dmitriev
date: 1981-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: MoleculesWithoutChemicalBonds
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: English
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2013-09-25T14:00:47Z,2013-09-25T14:04:12Z,2026-02-06T01:21:13Z
publicdate: 2013-09-25T14:04:12Z
publisher: Mir Publishers
title: Molecules Without Chemical Bonds
year: 1981
collection:
mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-aadya_r_burli,fav-floura28zz,fav-gherling,fav-matt_404,fav-munif_muttafik,fav-pb_ess,fav-u_leo,fav-zeengold

description:
In recent technical literature more and more of often one comes across such terms as "topology of a molecule", " topological properties", "topological bonding", etc. Broadly speaking, topology is a branch of mathematics dealing with the phenomenon of continuity. A more detailed definition would require from the reader a more profound knowledge of many complex mathematical concepts. This book, however, is designed primarily for a chemist. Besides, it is a popular science book (of course, if one regards as popular science not only books of what chemistry makes of timber type). For this reason we shall give here only the most essential data on topology. Some ten years ago only the few were aware of the existence of molecules without chemical bonds. Nowadays a new scientific discipline, chemical topology, appeared to study them. This science has succeeded in predicting and producing many remarkable chemical compounds (e.g. catenanes whose molecules are interconnected like links of a chain), in defining the electronic structure of molecules more precisely, and so on. The complicated concepts of chemical topology are presented here in a clear and comprehensible form. The booklet is intended for teachers and university and high-school students majoring in chemistry and mathematics. The book was translated from the Russian by Yuri Atanov and was first published by Mir Publishers in 1981.

subject:
chemistry,topology,molecules,geometry,electronic structure,chemical topology,Polyene Ribbons,inorganic


backup_location: ia906803_1
creator: V. P. Maslov
date: 1976-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: MaslovOperationalMethodsMir1976
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: English
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2018-10-13T12:19:29Z,2026-02-05T20:17:55Z
publicdate: 2018-10-13T12:19:29Z
stripped_tags: blockquote
title: Operational Methods
year: 1976
collection:
mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-aadya_r_burli,fav-carson_main,fav-emad_sadeghi,fav-janf23,fav-jason_munoz810,fav-luis_gordillo,fav-marcelo_dominguez,fav-marco_longo,fav-matt_404,fav-nikemaul,fav-pb_ess,fav-pio07,fav-pjmm_,fav-prabhatlucky,fav-seafarer54,fav-shauhram,fav-timomartin,fav-vignam

description:
In this post, we will see the book Operational Methods by V. P. Maslov. ...This book is devoted to one, but sufficiently general operational method, which absorbs many operational methods known to date and allows for the uniform solution of both classical problems, involving differential equations with partial derivatives, and the absolutely new problems of mathematical physics, including those connected with non-linear equations in partial derivatives.   ...This book on operational methods should be accessible to senior course students of mathematics and physics faculties at universities and departments of applied mathematics. This means that only a knowledge of classical analysis is required of the reader. The book provides explanations in sufficient volume of such concepts as the theory of Banach algebras of distributions (Chapter I), the theory of linear differential and difference equations (Sees. 1, 2, and 3 of Introduction), the theory of non-linear equations of the first order with partial derivatives (Chapter IV). This material may be also of use to the reader who is already familiar with these questions, because rather often it is not presented in traditional style, and adapted for further reference. The reader who studies the book thoroughly will be equipped to carry on independent research in the modern theory of linear, non-linear differential and differential-difference equations with partial derivatives. ...This book has been written in such a way as to serve the widest possible circle of readers. It is suitable for two methods of study. The reader, who seeks to avoid fine assessments and passing to the limit and only wishes to master the practical techniques for obtaining asymptotic solutions, may omit that part of the book which is devoted to functional analysis.  ...The most effective way of mastering the subject, however, consists rather in first reading Introduction and then reading all the book in succession. The reader should nevertheless be warned that all these methods are not at all easy, because the book provides a new operational calculus-the calculus of ordered operators. The book was translated from the Russian by V. Golo, N. Kulman and G. Voropaeva and was published by Mir in 1976. Credits to the original uploader for the scan, in this link we have converted to pdf from djvu, added bookmarks and cover. The Internet Archive Link CONTENTS Preface 7 Introduction to Operational Calculus 13 Sec. 1. Solution of Ordinary Differential Equations by the Heaviside Operational Method 13 Sec. 2. Difference Equations 20 Sec. 3. Solution of Systems of Differential Equations by the Heaviside Operational Method 22 Sec. 4. Algebra of Convergent Power Series of Noncommutative Operators 24 Sec. 5. Spectrum of a Pair of Ordered Operators 35 Sec. 6. Algebras with \mu-Structures 40 Sec. 7. An Example of a Solution of a Differential Equation 56 Sec. 8. Passage of the Equation of Oscillations of a Crystal Lattice into a Wave Equation 58 Sec. 9. The Concept of a Quasi-Inverse Operator and Formulation of the Main Theorem 100 Chapter I Functions of a Regular Operator 147 Sec. 1. Certain Spaces of Continuous Functions and Related Spaces 149 Sec. 2. Embedding Theorems 154 Sec. 3. The Algebra of Functions of a Generator 158 Sec. 4. The Extension of the Class of Possible Symbols 173 Sec. 5. Homomorphism of Asymptotic Formulas. The Method of Stationary Phase 181 Sec. 6. The Spectrum of a Generator 188 Sec. 7. Regular Operators 194 Sec. 8. The Generalized Eigenfunctions and Associated Functions 198 Sec. 9. Self-Adjoint Operators as Transformers in the Schmidt Space 205 Chapter II Calculus of Noncommutative Operators 210 Sec. 1. Preliminary Definitions 210 Sec. 2. The Functions of Two Noncommutative Self-Adjoint Operators 224 Sec. 3. The Functions of Noncommutative Operators 228 Sec. 4. The Spectrum of a Vector-Operator 231 Sec. 5. Theorem on Homomorphism 239 Sec. 6. Problems 242 Sec. 7. Differentiation of the Functions of an Operator Depending on a Parameter 251 Sec. 8. Formulas of Commutation 256 Sec. 9. Growing Symbols 261 Sec. 10. The Factor-Spectrum 265 Sec. 11. The Functions of Components of a Lie Nilpotent Algebra and Their Representations 266 Chapter III Asymptotic Methods 273 Sec. 1. Canonical Transformations of Pseudodifferential Operators 273 Sec. 2. The Homomorphism of Asymptotic Formulas 294 Sec. 3. The Geometrical Interpretation of the Method of Stationary Phase 301 Sec. 4. The Canonical Operator on an Unclosed Curve 303 Sec. 5. The Method of Stationary Phase 312 Sec. 6. The Canonical Operator on the Unclosed Curve Depending on Parameters Defined Correct to 0 ( 1/\omega ) 315 Sec. 7. V-Objects on the Curve 321 Sec. 8. The Canonical Operator on the Family of Unclosed Curves 327 Sec. 9. The Canonical Operator on the Family of Closed Curves 333 Sec. 10. An Example of Commutation of a Canonical Operator with a Hamiltonian 339 Sec. 11. Commutation of a Hamiltonian with a Canonical Operator 346 Sec. 12. The General Canonical Transformation of the Pseudodifferential Operator 348 Chapter IV Generalized Hamilton-Jacobi Equations 355 Sec. 1. Hamilton-Jacobi Equations with Dissipation 356 Sec. 2. The Lagrangean Manifold with a Complex Germ 360 Sec. 3. y-Atlases and the Dissipativity Inequality 372 Sec. 4. Solution of the Hamilton-Jacobi Equation with Dissipation 378 Sec. 5. Preservation of the Dissipativity Inequality. Bypassing Focuses Operation 386 Sec. 6. Solution of Transfer Equation with Dissipation 401 Chapter V Canonical Operator on a Lagrangean Manifold with a Complex Germ and Proof of the Main Theorem 419 Sec. 1. Quantum Bypassing Focuses Operation 419 Sec. 2. Commutation Formulas for a Complex Exponential and a Hamiltonian 440 Sec. 3. C-Lagrangean Manifolds and the Index of a Complex Germ 452 Sec. 4. Canonical Operator 469 Sec. 5. Proof of the Main Theorem 482 Appendix to Sec. 5 493 Sec. 6. Cauchy Problem for Systems with Complex Characteristics 503 Sec. 7. Quasi-Inverse of Operators with Matrix Symbols 519 Appendix. Spectral Expansion of T-products 545 Index 557

subject:
mathematics,operational method,lagranian,hamilton-jacobi equations,cauchy problem,dissipation,theorem,t-products,asymptotic methods,calculus,Noncommutative,Operators,operational calculus


backup_location: ia906102_30
creator: Mikhail Lermontov
description: A soviet literature book
identifier: MikhailLermontovAHeroOfOurTime
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: English
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2016-03-25T12:38:12Z,2026-02-05T20:22:54Z
publicdate: 2016-03-25T12:38:12Z
subject: soviet literature
title: A Hero Of Our Time
collection:
mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-a_cs,fav-adam_k340,fav-aghori_king,fav-aldenjix,fav-andres8,fav-aristo25,fav-chad_en-cel,fav-daniel_tanase,fav-david_lie689,fav-habichuelacolora,fav-kuraiseikatsu,fav-lohengrin39,fav-mxtinm,fav-nissele,fav-skeuie,fav-user088599,fav-zitronemann


backup_location: ia905705_2
contributor: Mirtitles
creator: M. Vasilyev
date: 1967-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: MetalsAndMan
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: English
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2013-08-17T08:57:54Z,2013-08-17T09:11:17Z,2026-02-05T20:20:45Z
publicdate: 2013-08-17T09:11:17Z
publisher: Mir Publishers
subject: metals,metallurgy,elements,chemistry,popular science,rare metals,crystals,alloys
title: Metals and Man
year: 1967
collection:
mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-abhijeet_tiwari222,fav-dstev1,fav-elv_mi,fav-enverian,fav-lawrencedc,fav-leonardo662020,fav-matt_404,fav-nikemaul,fav-pb_ess,fav-sewalm

description:
In Metals and Man the author takes a historical tour of different metals. And all the various ways in which the metals have been used to build and aid different structures across cultures. The book was published by Mir in 1967 and was translated from the Russian by Boris Kuznetsov.


backup_location: ia906104_15
collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-dia05,fav-goguoksana
creator: Ion Creanga
description: A picture story book for children
identifier: IonCreangaTheFoxPlaysTheBearATrick
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: English
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2016-04-05T17:12:36Z,2026-02-04T22:28:40Z
publicdate: 2016-04-05T17:12:36Z
subject: children's book,story book,picture book,soviet literature,animals,fox,bear
title: The Fox Plays The Bear A Trick
format:
DjVuTXT,Djvu XML,EPUB,Item Tile,Metadata,OCR Page Index,OCR Search Text,Page Numbers JSON,Scandata,Single Page Processed JP2 ZIP,Text PDF,Unknown,chOCR,hOCR


backup_location: ia906104_15
collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-afshan_abbasi,fav-itsy_bitsy_spider39,fav-kaul-vineet,fav-ravencarriesfire
creator: Irini Zheleznova
description: A picture story book for children on fairy tales
identifier: IriniZheleznovaTalesOfTheAmberSeaFairyTalesOfThePeoplesOfEstoniaLatviaAndLithuania
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: English
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2016-04-05T16:39:32Z,2026-02-04T22:28:52Z
publicdate: 2016-04-05T16:39:32Z
title: Tales Of The Amber Sea: Fairy Tales Of The Peoples Of Estonia Latvia And Lithuania
subject:
children's book,story book,picture book,soviet literature,fairy tales,lithuania,lativian. folk tales,russian


backup_location: ia906704_23
creator: N. F. Krasnov
date: 1985-01-01T00:00:00Z
format: Abbyy GZ,DjVuTXT,Djvu XML,EPUB,Item Tile,Metadata,Scandata,Single Page Processed JP2 ZIP,Text PDF
identifier: KrasnovAerodynamicsPart1Mir1985
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: English
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2018-05-07T11:31:18Z,2026-02-05T19:58:01Z
publicdate: 2018-05-07T11:31:18Z
subject: Aerodynamics,books,mir books,mir publishers,soviet and tagged books,mathematics,mir,science,soviet.
title: Aerodynamics 1: Fundamentals of Theory. Aerodynamics of an Airfoil and a Wing
year: 1985
collection:
mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-captain1949,fav-hypercube8,fav-pb_ess,fav-pio07,fav-rvalter,fav-seafarer54,fav-tula34

description:
In this post we will see Aerodynamics 1 : Fundamentals of Theory. Aerodynamics of an Airfoil and a Wing by  N. F. Krasnov .  The present textbook, in addition to the general laws of flow of a fluid, treats the application of aerodynamics, chiefly in rocketry and modern hi-speed aviation. The book consists of two parts, each forming a separate volume.  The first of them concerns the fundamental concepts and definitions of aerodynamics and the theory of flow over an airfoil and a wing, including an unsteady  flow (Chapters 1-9), while the second describes the aerodynamic design of craft and their individual parts (Chapters 10-15). The two parts are designed for use in a two semester course of aerodynamics, although the first part can be used  independently by those interested in individual problems of theoretical aerodynamics. This book was translated from the Russian by  G. Leib . The book was published by first Mir Publishers in 1985. All credits to the  original uploader. Table of Contents Preface Introduction Chapter 1 Basic Information from Aerodynamics Chapter 2 Kinematics of A Fluid Chapter 3 Fundamentals of Fluid Dynamics Chapter 4 Shock Wave Theory Chapter 5 Method of Characteristics Chapter 6 AirfoilBnd Finite-Span Wing in an Incompressible Flow Chapter 7 An Airfoil in a Compressible Flow Chapter 8 A Wing in a Supersonic Flow Chapter 9 Aerodynamic Characteristics Of Craft in Unsteady Motion References Supplementary Reading Name Index Subject Index

stripped_tags:
p style="background:rgb(255,255,255);border:0px;margin:0px 0px 24px;padding:0px;vertical-align:baseline;color:rgb(51,51,51);font-family:Georgia, 'Bitstream Charter', serif;font-size:16px;",em style="background:transparent;border:0px;margin:0px;padding:0px;vertical-align:baseline;",em,blockquote style="background:rgb(255,255,255);border:0px;margin:0px;padding:0px 3em;vertical-align:baseline;font-style:italic;color:rgb(51,51,51);font-family:Georgia, 'Bitstream Charter', serif;font-size:16px;",p style="background:transparent;border:0px;margin:0px 0px 24px;padding:0px;vertical-align:baseline;",blockquote,strong style="background:transparent;border:0px;margin:0px;padding:0px;vertical-align:baseline;",strong


btih: a7f58ba597f8ddc0721d21dd439bfe10fffad833
collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-apeiron91,fav-ellie_swekla,fav-vncomrade
date: 1982-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: soviet-legislation-on-childrens-rights-progress-1982
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: eng
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2025-07-23T04:53:38Z,2025-07-23T05:38:51Z
publicdate: 2025-07-23T04:53:38Z
publisher: Progress Publishers
subject: soviet literature,soviet law,children's rights,social security for children,protection of children
title: Soviet Legislation On Children's Rights
year: 1982
description:
The protection of children's rights in the Soviet Union was firmly grounded in the humanist and democratic principles of Soviet legislation. This collection begins with key provisions from the USSR Constitution and related laws concerning children's rights in areas such as citizenship and property management. It presents an overview of how the legal framework ensures the safeguarding and development of minors in various aspects of their lives. The collection is divided into six sections, each focusing on a different area. Section II deals with children's rights within the family, while Section III addresses their protection, including access to healthcare and measures to prevent juvenile delinquency. Section IV contains detailed information on laws governing children's education and upbringing. Sections V and VI focus on social security entitlements and work-related privileges granted to adolescents, respectively. To aid accessibility, the laws are not reproduced in full but presented as excerpts, with an explanation provided for this format. Since the USSR Constitution outlines the overarching legal principles, the collection includes only those republic-level laws that differ or expand on the Fundamental Laws, using examples primarily from the Russian Federation. A subject index is included for easier navigation of the material. Translated from the Russian by Jane Sayer Designed by G. Chernigova Compiled by: V.N. Tolkunova, D. Sc. (Law)—Sections I, VI; Е.G. Azarova, Cand. Sc. (Law)—Sections II-V


collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-pio07,fav-sejtan,fav-thegladiator_ofn,fav-winfield_taylor
creator: S. L. Sobolev
date: 1963-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: sobolev-applications-of-functional-analysis-in-mathematical-physics
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: eng
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2021-12-15T12:27:23Z,2026-02-05T23:16:41Z
publicdate: 2021-12-15T12:27:23Z
title: Applications Of Functional Analysis In Mathematical Physics
year: 1963
description:
The present book arose as a result of revising a course of lectures given by the writer at the Leningrad State University. The notes for the lectures were taken and revised by H. L. Smolicki and I. A. Jakovlev, who contrib­ uted to them a series of valuable remarks and additions. Several additions, arising naturally during the lectures, were also made by the author himself. In this fashion there came into being this monograph, a unifying treat­ ment from a single point of view of a number of problems in the theory of partial differential equations. There are considered in it variational methods with applications to the Laplace equation and the polyharmonic equations as well as the Cauchy problem for linear and quasi-linear hyper­ bolic equations. The presentation of the problems of mathematical physics demands a suitable consideration of some new results and methods in functional analysis, which constitute in themselves the basis of all the later material. The first part is concerned with this basis. The material indicated above, the particular problems posed, and the methods for their investigation are not to be found in the ordinary course in mathematical physics and in particular, they are not in my book Equations of mathemati­cal physics. The present book is of value for graduate students and re­search workers.

subject:
mathematical physics,soviet,mathematics,functional analysis,linear functionals,generalized derivatives,variational methods,hyperbolic partial differential equations


date: 1947-01-01T00:00:00Z
external-identifier: urn:lcp:Soviet Short Stories - FLPH - 1947:epub:1f7a8890-4d7a-43cb-8f25-ec781dba4b85
identifier: soviet-short-stories-flph-1947
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: eng
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2024-07-11T11:15:38Z,2026-02-05T23:52:18Z
publicdate: 2024-07-11T11:15:38Z
publisher: Foreign Languages Publishing House
subject: soviet literature,russian literature,short stories
title: Soviet Short Stories
year: 1947
collection:
mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-ken_liddy,fav-labell905,fav-lance_oliver_friedom,fav-madi_burke,fav-malak_alotaibi,fav-nikemaul,fav-pio07,fav-rohit_gupta696,fav-seamusrua,fav-sureshpal360,fav-yoshiyamadeep

description:
The present collection is composed of stories written by Soviet authors during the past decade, with the exception of the three pre-revolutionary stories by Maxim Gorky with which the volume opens. Original scan by DLI. Note: Scan quality is poor and just readable at times. CONTENTS Maxim Gorky A MAN IS BORN 11 MALVA 25 HOW A SONG WAS COMPOSED 91 Alexei Tolstoi THE RUSSIAN CHARACTER .97 A STRANGE STORY 107 Mikhail Sholokhov HATE 123 Alexander Fadeyev EARTHQUAKE 146 Sergei Sergeyev-Tsensky THE OLD DOCTOR 162 Boris Gorbatov FRIENDSHIP 183 THE RETURN OF SATANAU 212 Konstantin Simonov MATURITY 225 THE CANDLE 246 Ilya Ehrenburg THE ACTRESS 252 Vasili Grossman LIFE 260 Valentin Katayev OUR FATHER 296 Vadim Kozheinikov MARCH APRIL 309 Pavel Bazhov THE MISTRESS OF THE COPPER HILL THE IRON GRANNIE 351 Leonid Sobolev HIS SWEETHEART 366 Yuri Dombrovsky FETIS ZYABLIKOA 375 Sergei Dikovsky THE COMMANDANT OF BIRD ISLAND 385 Konstantin Paustovsky NASTYA THE LACEMAKER 412 Ilya Ilf and Eugene Petrov COLUMBUS REACHES PORT 419 THE WONDER GUESTS 428 Arkadi Gaidar THE TELEGRAM 436

format:
Daisy,DjVuTXT,Djvu XML,EPUB,Item Tile,LCP Encrypted EPUB,Metadata,OCR Page Index,OCR Search Text,Page Numbers JSON,Scandata,Single Page Processed JP2 ZIP,Text PDF,chOCR,hOCR


backup_location: ia905306_17
creator: Shaskol’skaya and El’tsin
identifier: SelectedProblemsInPhysics-ShaskolskayaAndEltsin
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: eng
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2015-06-03T11:46:01Z,2026-04-25T18:59:53Z
publicdate: 2015-06-03T11:46:01Z
subject: problems in physics,maths,mir publishers,physics,Olympiad,technology
title: Selected Problems In Physics
collection:
mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-ali6666,fav-andersson_romero,fav-fredorm2017,fav-hello_world201,fav-kautilya947,fav-mahak_yadav778,fav-marut_singh,fav-munif_muttafik,fav-nikemaul,fav-pb_ess,fav-pio07,fav-rilberte_costa,fav-seafarer54,fav-sebastiano_seggiaro,fav-shauhram,fav-timomartin,fav-todd_yodd

description:
The present collection of problems is a further development and revision of our book Selected Physics Problems, which was published in 1949 and was soon sold out. The basis of our earlier book was formed’ by problems set over a number of years in the “Olympic” examinations set in Physics .to schoolchildren. by the Physics Faculty of the Lomonosov State University in Moscow. A large number of teachers and a number of the students of the Physics Faculty of the Moscow State University took part in composing and selecting the. “Olympic” problems. What’s special about the book is that the solutions offered are not cryptic and do not rely solely on “formulas”/”recipes” but are in a discussion form. The authors try to convey their reasoning to the reader and only after convincing the reader do they write equations. Thus the book presents a very conceptual and process-oriented approach to understanding physics through solving insightful problems. Most of these problems can be solved from the knowledge of physics acquired in school; but we have not felt ourselves confined within the limits of the secondary-school syllabus, but have counted on pupils who have an interest in physics and are widening their knowledge by independent reading. The solution of such problems, or even an attentive analysis of the solutions given, should help schoolchildren to learn to apply their knowledge when grappling with concrete problems.The

stripped_tags:
span style="color:rgb(51,51,51);font-family:Georgia, 'Bitstream Charter', serif;font-size:16px;font-style:italic;line-height:24px;background-color:rgb(255,255,255);",p style="border:0px;margin:0px 0px 24px;padding:0px;vertical-align:baseline;color:rgb(51,51,51);font-family:Georgia, 'Bitstream Charter', serif;font-size:16px;line-height:24px;background:rgb(255,255,255);",blockquote style="border:0px;margin:0px;padding:0px 3em;vertical-align:baseline;font-style:italic;color:rgb(51,51,51);font-family:Georgia, 'Bitstream Charter', serif;font-size:16px;line-height:24px;background:rgb(255,255,255);",p style="border:0px;margin:0px 0px 24px;padding:0px;vertical-align:baseline;background:transparent;",blockquote


backup_location: ia905704_35
contributor: Mirtitles
creator: V. A. Uspensky
date: 1987-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: GodelsIncompletenessTheorem
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: eng
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2013-08-15T11:39:11Z,2026-02-04T22:03:32Z
publicdate: 2013-08-15T11:39:11Z
publisher: Mir Publishers
title: Godels Incompleteness Theorem (Little Mathematics Library)
year: 1987
collection:
mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-_superuser,fav-allykat92,fav-arch_org_user,fav-aristo25,fav-edward_soper,fav-fernando_mora_hern_ndez,fav-gerardo_gallegos_ochoa_gaog680518,fav-mahmoud_mahmoud918,fav-munif_muttafik,fav-nt_hn,fav-pb_ess,fav-pio07,fav-scorpionerosso80,fav-theneonew

description:
 Few discoveries have had as much impact on our perception of human thought as Gödel’s proof in 1930 that any logical system such as usual rules of arithmetic, must be inevitably incomplete, i.e. , must contain statements which are true but can never be proved. Professor Uspensky’s makes both a precise statement and also a proof of Gödel’s startling theorem understandable to someone without any advanced mathematical training, such as college students or even ambitious high school student. Also, Uspensky introduces a new method of proving the theorem, based on the theory of algorithms which is taking on increasing importance in modern mathematics because of its connection with computers. This book is recommended for students of mathematics, computer science, and philosophy and for scientific layman interested in logical problems of deductive thought.

subject:
mathematics. logic,godel,incompleteness theorem,mir publishers,propositional calculus,deductive theory,algorithms


creator: D. V. Sivuchin
date: 1985-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: sivuchin-meccanica-corso-di-fisica-generale-i-mir-estere-1985
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: ita
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2022-06-06T12:32:18Z,2026-02-05T23:15:28Z
publicdate: 2022-06-06T12:32:18Z
publisher: Edizioni Estere, Edizioni Mir
title: Meccanica - Corso Di Fisica Generale - Volume I
year: 1985
collection:
mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-argita_zhollanji,fav-giulio_libri,fav-lawrencedc,fav-llelouch,fav-miky_stega,fav-olavo_oliveira,fav-todasoliton

description:
 Nel primo volume il lettore troverci un'esposizione sistematica diffondendosi della meccanica classica non relativistica. Tuttavia vista I impossibilita di esporre questifondamenti senzafare rverimento ad altri settori di questa scienza, gia dal primo volume daremo qualche nozione sulla teoria della relativita e sulla meccanica quantistica. Sarebbe altrimenti im- possibile precisare il limite di validita della meccanica classica non relativi- stica. Saranno date alcune nozioni di meccanica quantistica, molto breve- mente e senza lunghe spiegazioni. Saremo invece piti precisi sulla meccanica relativistica o meccanica della teoria della relativita. N rapporto massa- velocita viene presentato come un fatto sperimentale. Ci pare che questo siasufficientenonsoloper unostudioqualitative,maancheper unostudio quantitativodeiproblemi difisica piti semplici.  Una parte notevole dei problemi citati in questo corso P stata proposta agli studenti durante gli esami per iscritto e utilizzata dopo negli studi pratici. AN 'elaborazionedi questi problemi hanno preso parte molti professori dell acattedradi fisica dell' institutodi fisica etecnicadi Mosca. Traduzione dal russo di Jurij Voikov

subject:
fisica,meccanica,cinematica,le leggi di Newton,lavoro e energia,le oscillazioni armoniche,meccanica dei solidi,la gravitazione,meccanica dei corpi elastici,meccanica dei fluidi,rapporti di similitudine e dimensionol,Corso Di Fisica Generale


btih: 3fe2bae2fa299011634669e0fcc517f4f5ba08ab
collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-swarup_dey
creator: Ласло Фукс
date: 1977-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: Fuchs-Beskonechnye-abelevy-gruppy-vol-2-1977-ru
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: rus
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2021-01-05T12:37:08Z,2026-02-04T21:57:50Z
publicdate: 2021-01-05T12:37:08Z
title: Ласло Фукс. Бесконечные абелевы группы. Том 2. 1977
year: 1977
description:
Ласло Фукс. Бесконечные абелевы группы. Том 2. 1977. Издательство "Мир" László Fuchs. Infinite abelian groups. vol 2. 1977

stripped_tags:
span style="color:rgb(44,44,44);font-family:'Helvetica Neue', Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif;font-size:14px;background-color:rgb(255,255,255);",div style="color:rgb(44,44,44);font-family:'Helvetica Neue', Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif;font-size:14px;background-color:rgb(255,255,255);"

subject:
абелевы группы,бесконечные абелевы группы,абелева группа,матеша,математика,матан,наука,издательство "Мир",Мир,Ласло Фукс,Laszlo Fuchs,Fuchs,Фукс,abelian groups,abelian group,infinite abelian groups,Mir,Mir titles,math,maths,mathematics


btih: 4e19d7a22725e89138bde464e372c73bfa24d2fe
collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan
creator: Z. Lurye
date: 1960-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: z.-lurye-lesions-of-the-nervous-system-associated-with-internal-diseases-flph-1960
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: eng
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2025-11-09T11:23:07Z,2025-11-09T11:54:18Z
publicdate: 2025-11-09T11:23:07Z
publisher: Foreign Languages Publishing House
title: Lesions Of The Nervous System Associated With Internal Diseases
year: 1960
description:
This book is intended not only for neurologists and therapeutists; it is of interest to the general practitioner as well. The book covers the ciinic, pathological anatomy and pathogenesis of nervous lesions in internal diseases. It also sheds light on cuestions relating to the treatment of these lesions. Special attention is devoted to neuropathological syndromes observed in diseases of the cardiovascular system, blood and haemopoietic organs, the lungs, liver and metabolic disorders. The second, revised and supplemented edition of this book was published in the Soviet Union in 1960. Translated from the Russian by L. Gavurina Contents Foreword – 7 Chapter I. Lesions Of The Nervous System Associated With Cardiovascular Diseases Congenital Diseases Of The Heart And Main Blood Vessels – 9 Rheumatic Endomyocarditis – 17 Cerebral Rheumatism, Embolism Of Cerebral Vessels, Chorea Minor – 19 Acute And Subacute Septic Endocarditis – 23 Mycotic Aneurysms Of Cerebral Vessels, Cerebral Abscess And Purulent Meningitis, Meningo-Encephalitis – 26 Stenocardia And The Zakharin–Head Zones – 28 Myocardial Infarction – 34 Shoulder–Hand Syndrome – 39 Chronic Cardiac Insufficiency – 41 Paroxysmal Tachycardia – 44 Heart Block And The Morgagni–Adams–Stokes Syndrome – 46 Aneurysm And Aortic Thrombosis – 49 Hypertensive Disease – 51 Nervous Symptoms In The Initial Phases Of Hypertensive Disease, Rise In Intracranial Pressure, Hypertensive Crisis And Acute Cerebral Oedema, Transitory And Minor Focal Lesions Of The Cerebrum, Cerebral Haemorrhage – 54 Thromboangiitis Obliterans – 77 Periarteritis Nodosa – 82 Temporal Arteritis – 85 Acute Systemic Lupus Erythematosus – 107 Takayasu Syndrome (Pulseless Disease, Or Aortic Arch Syndrome) – 110 Chapter II. Lesions Of The Nervous System Associated With Diseases Of The Haemopoietic Organs And Blood Pernicious Anaemia (Addison–Biermer Disease) – 113 Erythraemia (Polycythaemia) – 125 Leukosis – 130 Lymphogranulomatosis – 141 Haemorrhagic Diathesis – 150 Multiple Myeloma (Rustitsky’s And Kahler’s Disease) – 153 Sarcoidosis (Besnier–Boeck’s And Schaumann’s Disease) – 155 Chapter III. Nervous Lesions Associated With Pulmonary Diseases Tuberculosis Of The Lungs – 161 Vegetative Syndromes, Tubercular Neuritis And Polyneuritis, Serous Meningitis And Other Non-Specific Reactions, Embolism Of The Cerebral Vessels During Artificial Pneumothorax – 170 Cancer Of The Lungs, Metastasis In The Central Nervous System, Neuritis, Pancoast’s Syndrome, Polyneuritis – 179 Pneumonia – 183 Meningitis And Meningism, Serous Meningitis, Focal Lesions Of The Brain, Polyneuritis – 185 Pulmonary Abscess – 187 Pulmonary Emphysema – 189 Chapter IV. Nervous Lesions Associated With Diseases Of The Digestive System The Ulcerous Disease – 193 Polyneuritis Associated With Intestinal Diseases – 202 Wernicke’s Haemorrhagic Polioencephalitis – 206 Chapter V. Nervous Lesions In Diseases Of The Liver Hepatolenticular Degeneration – 207 Hepatic Coma – 209 Meningeal Syndrome – 213 Polyneuritis – 217 Chapter VI. Nervous Lesions Associated With Diseases Of The Kidneys Azotaemic Uraemia – 218 Eclamptic Uraemia – 219 Paralysis In Renal Hyperkalaemia – 222 Chapter VII. Nervous Lesions Associated With Endocrine And Metabolic Disorders Thyrotoxicosis – 223 Hypothyrosis And Myxoedema – 226 Parathyroid Hypofunction (Tetany) – 239 Diabetes Mellitus – 246 Hypoglycaemia And Hyperinsulinism – 247 Addison’s Disease – 249 Acute Porphyria – 251

subject:
soviet literature,soviet medicine,nervous system,cardiovascular diseases,blood disorders,pulmonary diseases,digestive system,liver disorders,kidney diseases,endocrine disorders


btih: 920aa3339861603d100f222ded6be67289d900df
collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-goguoksana,fav-tiny-moon,fav-yoshiyamadeep
creator: G. Menovshchikov
date: 1984-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: singing-rabbit-raduga-1984
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: eng
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2024-09-19T17:21:39Z,2026-02-05T23:15:08Z
publicdate: 2024-09-19T17:21:39Z
publisher: Raduga Publishers
title: Singing Rabbit (Eskimo Folk Tales)
year: 1984
description:
A little book of Eskimo folk tales adapted for children. Translated by Anatoly Bilenko  Drawings by Tatyana Chursinova How the Raven and the Owl Painted Each Other The Eider Ducks and the Fox  The Singing Rabbit Note: Scan quality is not great.

subject:
soviet literature,children's books,illustrated books,story books,folk tales,animal stories,magic stories


btih: 1c21d6d2b8716ac594edbcc06019873ad7066008
collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-abisha_dhas,fav-dia05
date: 1979-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: mousie-goes-for-water-lithuanian-rhymes-in-tamil-progress-1979
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: tam
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2024-12-07T13:25:02Z,2026-02-05T20:37:47Z
publicdate: 2024-12-07T13:25:02Z
publisher: Progress Publishers
year: 1979
description:
A collection of Lithuanian children's rhymes translated to Tamil. தமிழில் மொழிபெயர்க்கப்பட்ட லிதுவேனியன் குழந்தைகளின் ரைம்களின் தொகுப்பு. ஓவியர்: தி.பல்ச்சூனேனே

subject:
soviet literature,children's books,illustrated books,story books,சோவியத் இலக்கியம்,குழந்தைகள் புத்தகங்கள்,விளக்கப்பட புத்தகங்கள்,கதை புத்தகங்கள்

title:
நீர் மொள்ள அனுப்பினோம் சுண்டெலியை லித்துவானிய நாடோடிப் பாட்டுக்கள் (Mousie Goes For Water Lithuanian Rhymes In Tamil )


btih: f820c4943b8d7d4871ec47babe05e1cf2b97371e
creator: N. Acherkan ( Ed.),N. Acherkan,V. Push,N. Ignatyev,V. Kudnov
date: 1969-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: n.-acherkan-ed.-machine-tool-design-vol.-3-mir-1969
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: eng
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2025-01-15T14:44:58Z,2026-02-23T17:43:19Z
publicdate: 2025-01-15T14:44:58Z
publisher: Mir Publishers
stripped_tags: strong
subject: soviet literature,mechanical engineering,production engineering
title: Machine Tool Design Vol. 3
year: 1969
collection:
mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-ali_ebrahimi458,fav-bookiesnookie,fav-captain1949,fav-jfecheverria,fav-leonardo662020,fav-matt_404,fav-mike_morgan829,fav-mohamad_soltanie,fav-munif_muttafik,fav-nikemaul,fav-pedro_placido,fav-pevann,fav-pio07,fav-rafaeltm,fav-sarajanesmith,fav-sheverbheverb

description:
Volume 3 of the fundamental work "Machine Tool Design" contains Part Five. The complete work is to be published in four volumes. Part Five deals with machine tool design proper. It is a comprehensive scientific treatment of the subject and is a revised and complemented version of a previous Russian edition, which has become a reliable reference book for all Soviet machine tool engineers and has been translated into French. Such questions as performance criteria, basic design data, principal specifications, and the development of the kinematic scheme of a new machine tool are dealt with in great detail. Design recommendations are given, as well as the necessary calculation data for the basic elements of machine tools—speed and feed gearboxes, stepless drives, rapid traverse mechanisms, spindles and spindle bearings, mechanisms for rectilinear motion, small displacement and periodic motion, reversing devices, beds, columns, tables and other housing-type components, slideways and antifriction ways. Of great interest are the chapters on machine tool control systems and dynamic calculations and analysis in machine tool design. Part Five was written by Professor N. Acherkan, D.Sc. (Eng.), Professor V. Push, D.Sc. (Eng.), N. Ignatyev, Candidate of Eng. Sc., and V. Kudnov, Candidate of Eng. Sc., all from the faculty of the Machine Tool Engineering Institute in Moscow. All four volumes now added  Volume 1 https://archive.org/details/n.-acherkan-ed.-machine-tool-design-volume-1-mir-1968 Volume 2 https://archive.org/details/n.-acherkan-ed.-machine-tool-design-vol-2-mir-1980_202501 Volume 3 https://archive.org/details/n.-acherkan-ed.-machine-tool-design-vol.-3-mir-1969 Volume 4 https://archive.org/details/n.-acherkan-ed.-machine-tool-desing-vol.-4-mir-1965


btih: a5d12575a7926edbbb2f20892dd51cb28e4ba362
creator: N. Akhmetov,M. Azizova,L. Badygina
date: 1982-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: n.-akhmetov-m.-azizova-l.-badygina-problems-and-laboratory-experiments-in-inorga
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: eng
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2024-12-30T12:43:17Z,2026-05-18T08:50:10Z
publicdate: 2024-12-30T12:43:17Z
publisher: Mir Publishers
subject: soviet literature,chemistry,inorganic chemistry,problems and solutions
title: Problems And Laboratory Experiments In Inorganic Chemistry
year: 1982
collection:
mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-argita_zhollanji,fav-dahan_wang,fav-dnaultra5,fav-fitri_tamaranii,fav-jetmorgann,fav-munif_muttafik,fav-nikemaul,fav-ode127,fav-pio07,fav-shauhram,fav-theneonew,fav-zhanture

description:
The content of general and inorganic chemistry, as well as the methodology of teaching, has substantially changed in recent years. Essentially, an entirely new course has been developed. The material is now discussed from the standpoint of modern concepts in quantum mechanics, thermodynamics, and atomic structure. The course in practical general and inorganic chemistry must meet the same requirements. In our opinion, this can be achieved through exercises and laboratory experiments, which illustrate theory and stimulate the student to independent thought, teaching them how to apply theory to practical needs. The student must know how to handle chemicals properly and be able to perform laboratory experiments. Each experiment should be considered a piece of research (at the level of first-year students) with its own objective, theoretical basis, and experimental proof of the conjectured result. The experiments must guide the student from superficial acquaintance with substances to an understanding of their properties, thorough knowledge of their structure and thermodynamics, and further to carrying out an oriented experiment. This laboratory manual, in our opinion, will serve the purpose of bringing the teaching process closer to the solution of practical problems in chemical research. This manual is the culmination of our experience in teaching general and inorganic chemistry at the Kazan Chemical-Technological Institute. The first part of the book is devoted to general theoretical problems in inorganic chemistry, while the second part focuses on inorganic chemistry proper. The material is presented in such a way that all elements in a given subgroup can be characterized, while the experience gained in examining the properties of one element can be extended to the study of other elements in the subgroup. The arrangement of the material in the book facilitates the student’s independent studies. The solution to difficult problems is given at the end of the book. Bibliographies will guide the student in their independent reading. The appendices will also significantly help students in their studies and in solving the problems presented in this book. The data in the tables are taken from the cited literature. Translated from the Russian by Alexander Rosinkin


btih: 9834197ac925431c9d9906cd97d01d7b3bcef0f6
collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-hodibaba,fav-vignam
creator: நாம் ஐயோரிஷ் (Naum Ioyrish)
date: 1982-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: naum-ioyrish-bees-and-people-in-tamil-mir-1982
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: tam
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2024-09-11T15:33:22Z,2026-05-28T09:51:32Z
publicdate: 2024-09-11T15:33:22Z
publisher: Mir Publishers
title: தேனீக்களும் மக்களும் (Bees And People In Tamil)
year: 1982
description:
A book about bees and their habits and interaction with humans. தேனீக்கள் மற்றும் அவற்றின் பழக்கவழக்கங்கள் மற்றும் மனிதர்களுடனான தொடர்பு பற்றிய புத்தகம். மொழிபெயர்ப்பாளர்: சிற்பி பாலசுப்பிரமணியம் All credits to Guptaji

subject:
soviet literature,popular science,honey bees,apiary,honey bee behaviour,honey bee hive,சோவியத் இலக்கியம்,பிரபலமான அறிவியல்,தேனீக்கள்,தேனீ வளர்ப்பு,தேனீ நடத்தை,தேனீ ஹைவ்


creator: Samuil Marshak
date: 1974-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: samuil-marshak-the-rainbow-book-verses-for-children-progress-1974
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: eng
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2023-09-04T15:35:54Z,2026-02-05T23:08:34Z
publicdate: 2023-09-04T15:35:54Z
publisher: Progress Publishers
subject: Soviet Literature,Children's Books,Illustrated Books,poems for children,rhymes for children
title: The Rainbow Book Verses For Children
year: 1974
collection:
mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-bljhes,fav-cashinc,fav-dachweiler,fav-elv_mi,fav-goguoksana,fav-iancul,fav-mrsrosenquist,fav-nikila,fav-sondos3446,fav-thepoetharri,fav-zitu_li

description:
Look how they laugh, these children, listening to Marshak’s tales about the bad-mannered bearcub and the piglets who wanted to look grown-up. Who wouldn’t love to' romp in a garden with the bumpety ball or visit Marshak’s circus with its A troupe of juggling bearcubs. Squirrel acrobats, Jumbo, tightrope-walker, Chorus-singing cats. .. . All these and many other stories in verse are included in The Rainbow Book by Samuil Marshak (i 887-1964), a well-known Soviet poet, one of the founders of Soviet literature for children. In this book, Marshak collected his favourite verses written at different periods of his life. The drawings are by the talented artist Mai Miturich. As Marshak himself once said, “there could hardly be anything more attractive than these pictures”. The Rainbow Book received a first degree diploma at the All-Russia book contest, as well as several prizes at exhibitions abroad. Drawings by Mai Miturich For this book M. Miturich received a silver medal at the International Book Illustrators Exhibition held in Leipzig, 1965. Translated from the Russian by Dorian Rottenberg.


btih: 532755767358aba0ed01f657e88952e66a9b0eda
collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan
creator: યુરી ઓલેશા (Yuri Olesha)
date: 1970-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: yuri-olesha-three-fat-men-in-gujarati-1970
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: guj
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2026-01-12T07:39:05Z,2026-01-12T07:53:41Z
publicdate: 2026-01-12T07:39:05Z
publisher: Progress Publishers
stripped_tags: em
title: ટીન મોટે (Three Fat Men In Gujarati)
year: 1970
description:
The Three Fat Men by Yuri Olesha is a political fairy tale set in an imaginary country ruled by three cruel and greedy tyrants known as the Three Fat Men. They exploit the poor and maintain power through fear, soldiers, and rigid laws. Opposing them is a revolutionary movement led by craftsmen, workers, and intellectuals who dream of justice and equality. Central to the story is the scientist Tub, the acrobat Tibul, and a young girl named Suok, who looks exactly like a mechanical doll owned by the rulers. Through disguise, rebellion, and courage, the revolutionaries expose the weakness and moral emptiness of the tyrants. The mechanical doll, symbolising artificial power, is replaced by a living, compassionate child, symbolising humanity and freedom. Olesha uses fantasy and satire to criticise tyranny and celebrate social justice, imagination, and collective action. યુરી ઓલેશાની  ધ થ્રી ફેટ મેન  એક કલ્પિત દેશમાં આધારિત રાજકીય પરીકથા છે, જ્યાં ત્રણ લોભી અને ક્રૂર શાસકો -- ત્રણ સ્થૂળ પુરુષો -- ગરીબ લોકો પર અત્યાચાર કરે છે. તેઓ સૈનિકો, ભય અને કડક કાયદાઓ દ્વારા પોતાની સત્તા જાળવી રાખે છે. તેમના વિરોધમાં કામદારો, કારીગરો અને બુદ્ધિજીઓથી બનેલું એક ક્રાંતિકારી આંદોલન ઊભું થાય છે. વાર્તાના મુખ્ય પાત્રોમાં વૈજ્ઞાનિક ટ્યુબ, કલાકાર ટિબુલ અને સુઓક નામની એક બાળકી છે, જે શાસકોની યાંત્રિક ગુડિયાની જેમ જ દેખાય છે. છલ, સાહસ અને સંઘર્ષ દ્વારા ક્રાંતિકારીઓ શાસકોની નૈતિક ખોખલાશને બહાર લાવે છે. યાંત્રિક ગુડિયો ખોટી અને નિર્જીવ સત્તાનું પ્રતિક છે, જ્યારે જીવતી બાળકી માનવતા અને સ્વતંત્રતાનું પ્રતિક બને છે. ઓલેશા કલ્પના અને વ્યંગ્યનો ઉપયોગ કરીને દમનકારી શાસન પર પ્રશ્ન ઊભા કરે છે અને ન્યાય, માનવ મૂલ્યો અને સામૂહિક સંઘર્ષને મહત્ત્વ આપે છે.


collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-muhammadbishal7,fav-munif_muttafik
creator: মাতভে তেভেলভ (Matvey Tevelev)
date: 1960-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: snegovetser-hotel-snego-vetser-hotele-matvey-tevelev_202309
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: ben
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2023-09-09T12:12:36Z,2026-02-05T23:16:32Z
publicdate: 2023-09-09T12:12:36Z
publisher: Foreign Languages Publishing House
subject: soviet,children's books,সোভিয়েত সাহিত্য,শিশুদের বই
title: স্নেগোভেস্টার হোটেল (Snegovetser Hotel in Bengali)
year: 1960
description:
A story book for children. শিশুদের জন্য একটি গল্পের বই. Translated from Russian to Bengali রাশিয়ান থেকে বাংলা অনুবাদ All credits to sovietbooksinbengali blog.


creator: A. S. Smogorzhevskii
date: 1961-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: smogorzhevskii-the-ruler-in-geometrical-constructions-popular-lectures-in-mathematics-vol.-5
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: eng
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2021-12-03T15:58:47Z,2026-02-05T23:16:23Z
publicdate: 2021-12-03T15:58:47Z
title: The Ruler In Geometrical Constructions (Popular Lectures In Mathematics Vol. 5)
year: 1961
collection:
mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-augustus2025,fav-carson_main,fav-gerardo_gallegos_ochoa_gaog680518,fav-john_dickinson514,fav-ms157,fav-munif_muttafik,fav-nikemaul,fav-pb_ess,fav-pio07,fav-seafarer54,fav-shauhram,fav-t_pugsley,fav-teek5000,fav-verante

description:
The study of the constructive power of a ruler and compas­ ses, that is of the set of problems soluble by means of these classical tools of geometric constructions (both together or each separately), was carried out fully only in the 19th centu­ ry. Until then some mathematicians regarded the ruler and compasses as universal instruments, which, if used together, were capable of solving any construction problem# This point of view played a negative role in the histoiy of geometry# It prompted a premeditated attempt to regard each problem on construction as soluble by means of a ruler and compasses and led to the misuse of enormous effort on the futile search for non-existing solutions; this happened, for instance, with problems on squaring the circle, trisecting an angle, dupli­ cation of the cube*. The investigation of constructions carried out by means of a ruler alone was given a stimulus by the development of the theory of perspective and by the necessity of performing constructions over large portions of the earth's surface, where the application of compasses with a large opening is technically impossible, while the construction of straight lines is easily achieved by the use of surveying instruments. In the present book the most typical construction problems, soluble by means of ruler alone, are considered.  Foreword The cases when the effectiveness of the use of the ruler is enhanced by the use of a previously drawn definite auxiliary figure in the plane of construction (for example two parallel straight lines or two intersecting circles) are worthy of attention. Many of these cases are also considered by us. In our presentation, we shall keep to the methods of syn­ thetic geometry, i.e. we avoid the application of methods characteristic of arithmetic and algebra. We only permitted some minor deviations from this principle in some of the initial sections, motivated by the desire to simplify the presentation. We should observe that the proofs of theorems and solutions of problems based on the application of methods of synthetic geometry are often distinguished by great elegance and origin­ ality; we hope that the reader will find in this book many examples confirming these words. We draw the attention of the reader to Section 18, where it is shown that, using the ruler alone, it is impossible to construct the centres of two given non-concentric circles if these circles have no common point. It is well known, that 'proofs of impossibility1 belong, mostly, to the class of difficult mathematical problems and are usually based on profound and difficult reasoning. We think, that the reader will be interested in the contents of the section mentioned above, where one such proof is to be found.

subject:
mathematics,soviet,geometry,geometrical constructions,constructions with ruler only,inverse with a circle,cross ratio,projective geometry,rectilinear figures,circle,triangles,polygons,brianchon theorem,pascal's theorem,proofs


backup_location: ia906703_25
creator: B. N. Ivanov
date: 1989-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: IvanovFundamentalsOfPhysicsMir1989
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: English
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2018-04-21T12:42:48Z,2026-02-04T22:29:42Z
publicdate: 2018-04-21T12:42:48Z
stripped_tags: em,blockquote
title: Fundamentals Of Physics
year: 1989
collection:
mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-0papai,fav-1saucywench,fav-aadya_r_burli,fav-ali_zaidan_thamyeez194,fav-anay_rasal,fav-andr_s_robles,fav-anonymous814,fav-archiveuser096,fav-argita_zhollanji,fav-arthurpariz,fav-captain1949,fav-charles_smith504,fav-dimasngb,fav-dives1012,fav-dwariberiamoon,fav-emad_sadeghi,fav-ferrymangraveyard,fav-floura28zz,fav-fredorm2017,fav-glueballads,fav-hajer_ghassan_al_khafaji,fav-hc80,fav-hello_world201,fav-ilem,fav-inky_doodle,fav-jaswinder406,fav-joel_argo,fav-jwile62,fav-kennedy_cajachagua,fav-khoshmaram,fav-kosmos_yt,fav-kuraiseikatsu,fav-lawrencedc,fav-leo_marrow,fav-leonardo662020,fav-liebchenn,fav-logan_beaulieu_sponge_,fav-lorenblee,fav-malthouse,fav-maria_col_n,fav-matteo_rebora856,fav-mi_ko45,fav-michaellabarbosa,fav-michelle_gutierrez765,fav-munif_muttafik,fav-nathan_sutton163,fav-nikemaul,fav-nyggous_kikery,fav-pio07,fav-prorawdogr,fav-raghu13957,fav-ramap,fav-ramsesfra,fav-readrrr,fav-reiss_willetts,fav-rilberte_costa,fav-sfjamin,fav-shizzle84,fav-shree19,fav-sibtainsibu123,fav-snake_ice291,fav-sundeep_maithani,fav-sunny5231,fav-theresa_racer_theresa_apos_s_haunted_history_,fav-timomartin,fav-troubl3maker,fav-user_71996,fav-verante,fav-whitejack,fav-william358

description:
In this post, we will see the book  Fundamentals of Physics  by B. N. Ivanov. About the book: The book being of­fered by the author differs from other existing books on the subject in its nontraditional approach to the course of phys­ics. The principle underlying the preparation of this course can be summarized as follows:  "From atom to matter". What prompted the author to adopt this approach? In­deed, the creation of new materials with unusual mechani­cal, thermal, electrical, magnetic, and optical properties requires a microscopic approach to the problem and a clear understanding of the practical significance of the approach "from atom to matter". This means that the scientists and industrial workers engaged in fields like physical materials science, nuclear and semiconductor engineering, laser ... This book is intended for those who wish to acquire a deeper knowledge of physical phenomena. It can be used by students of physics and mathematical schools, as well as by those who have finished school and are engaged in self- education. A good deal of the material may be useful to teachers delivering lectures on various topics of physics. ... This is not a textbook, but rather a helpbook that should be used in conjunction with the standard textbooks. Nor is the book intended for a light reading; you have to use a pen and paper, think, analyze, and even compute whenever it is necessary. We shall describe physics here in the way re­ searchers understand it today. Physics essentially deals with the fundamental laws of nature. The progress being made at present in all branches of natural science is due, as a rule, to the introduction of physical concepts and techniques in them. This is besides the fact that a knowledge of physical sciences is essential for new industrial ventures lying at the root of technical progress. Physics is fast becoming an important element in the modern civilization. The book was published by Mir in 1989 and was translated from the Russian by R. S. Wadhwa.  PDF | OCR | Bookmarked | 14 MB | 459 pp. | Cover | 300 dpi (upscaled to 600 dpi) Contents Preface 5 To the Reader 7 Chapter 1. Unity of Nature 16 1.1. Hierarchy of Natural Objects 16 1.1.1. Elementary Particles 16 1.1.2. Nuclei 20 1.1.3. Atoms and Molecules 21 1.1.4. Macroscopic Bodies 22 1.1.5. Planets 23 1.1.6. Stars. Galaxies. Universe 25 1.2. Four Types of Fundamental Interactions 26 1.2.1. Bound Systems of Objects. Interactions 26 1.2.2. Gravitational Interactions 26 1.2.3. Electromagnetic Interactions 27 1.2.4. Strong (Nuclear) Interactions 27 1.2.5. Weak Interactions 27 1.2.6. Comparative Estimates for the Inten­sity of All Types of Interactions 29 1.2.7. Fields and Matter 29 1.3. Space and Time 30 1.3.1. Scales of Space and Time in Nature 30 1.3.2. Homogeneity of Space and Time 31 1.3.3. Free Bodies and Inertial Motion 31 1.3.4. Inertial Reference Frames. The Relativ­ity Principle 32 Chapter 2. Mechanics of a Material Particle 34 2.1. Coordinates, Velocity, Acceleration 34 2.2. Galilean Transformations 35 2.2.1. Absolute Nature of Dimensions and Time Intervals 36 2.2.2. Relative Nature of Velocities and the Law of Their Transformation 37 2.2.3. Absolute Nature of Accelerations 37 2.3. Law of Motion in Mechanics 37 2.4. Motion of a Material Particle in a Gravitation­al Field 39 2.5. Momentum. Law of Momentum Conservation 42 2.6. Law of Energy Conservation. Applications and Universal Nature of ConservationLaws 43 2.6.1. Law of Energy Conservation 43 2.6.2. Applications of Conservation Laws 46 2.6.3. Universal Nature of Conservation Laws. Angular Momentum 52 2.7. Ultimate Velocity. Mechanics of High-Energy Particles 54 2.7.1. Experiments on Accelerators and Ulti­mate Velocity 54 2.7.2. Lorentz Transformations 55 2.7.3. Relativistic Energy and Momentum 58 2.7.4. Role of Relativistic Constant c in Phys­ics 61 Chapter 3 Electromagnetic Field 63 3.1. Electric Charge 63 3.2. Method of Field Investigation 64 3.2.1. Equation of Motion of a Charge in a Field 64 3.2.2. Laws of Field Transformation 64 3.3. Laws of Electromagnetic Field 66 3.3.1. New Objects and New Mathematics 66 3.3.2. First Field Equation. Relation Between Electric Field and Electric Charge 67 3.3.3. Second Field Equation. Absence of Magnetic Charges 68 3.3.4. Third Field Equation. Relation Be­ tween Current and “Something” with a Vortex Magnetic Field 68 3.3.5. Fourth Field Equation. Relation Be­tween a Varying Magnetic Field and a Vortex Electric Field 71 3.3.6. Additional Analysis of the Third Field Equation. Relation Between a Varying Electric Field and a Vortex Magnetic Field 72 3.3.7. Maxwell's Field Equations 73 3.4. Constant Electric Field 74 3.4.1. Field of a Stationary Point Charge 74 3.4.2. Field of Charges Distributed over a Sphere, Line or Plane Surface 74 3.4.3. Electrostatic Energy of Charges. Field Potential 77 3.4.4. Field of a Dipole. Charge-Dipole and Dipole-Dipole Interactions 80 3.5. Constant Magnetic Field 82 3.5.1. Magnetic Field of a Direct Current 82 3.5.2. Magnetic Field of a Current Surface 82 3.5.3. Magnetic Moment and Its Relation with Mechanical (Angular) Momentum 83 3.6. Motion of Charges in a Field 85 3.6.1. Motion of a Charge in a Constant Uni­form Electric Field 85 3.6.2. Motion of a Charge in a Constant Uni­form Magnetic Field 86 3.6.3. Motion of a Charge in a Coulomb Field 86 3.7. Fields of Moving Charges. Emission 91 3.7.1. Field of a Uniformly Moving Charge 91 3.7.2. Emission by a Charge Moving with an Acceleration 95 3.7.3. Emission by a Charge Moving Uniformly in a Circle 98 3.8. Electromagnetic Waves 100 3.8.1. Some Properties of Radiation Fields 100 3.8.2. Travelling Waves 100 3.8.3. Emission of Electromagnetic Waves by Oscillating Charges. Energy and Mo­mentum of Waves 102 3.8.4. Free Oscillations of a Field. Standing Waves 104 3.9. Propagation of Light 106 3.9.1. Interference of Electromagnetic Waves 106 3.9.2. Diffraction of Electromagnetic Waves 107 3.9.3. Geometrical Optics 109 Chapter 4. Atomic Physics and Quantum Mechan­ics 4.1. Planetary Model of Atom 110 4.2. Experiments on Diffraction of Particles 110 4.3. The Uncertainty Relation 115 4.4. Probability Waves 117 4.4.1. Complex Numbers. Euler's Formula 118 4.4.2. Complex Probability Waves. The Superposition Principle 119 4.4.3. Limiting Transition to Classical Me­chanics 121 4.5. Electron in an Atom 123 4.5.1. Energy and Its Quantization 123 4.5.2. Angular Momentum and Its Quanti­zation 128 4.5.3. Probability Amplitudes and Quan­tum Numbers 130 4.6. Many-Electron Atom 132 4.6.1. Spin of an Electron 132 4.6.2. Systems of Identical Particles. Quan­tum Statistics 134 4.6.3. Atomic Quantum States 137 4.7. Quantization of Atomic Radiation 139 4.7.1. Quantum Transitions. Line Spectra 139 4.7.2. Photon. The Concept of Parity. Selec­tion Rules 140 4.8. Photon-Electron Interaction. The Photoelec­tric Effect. The Compton Effect 146 4.9. Simultaneous Measurement of Quantities and the Concept of the Complete Set of Meas­urable Quantities 150 4.10. Molecules 151   Chapter 5. Macroscopic Bodies as Aggregates of Particles. Thermal Phenomena 155 5.1. The Basic Problem of Statistical Physics 155 5.2. Macroscopic Quantities. Fluctuations 157 5.3. Statistical Analysis of the Gas Model 159 5.3.1. Computer Experiments 159 5.3.2. Reversibility of Microscopic Processes in Time and Irreversibility of Macro­scopic Processes 160 5.4. Entropy 161 5.5. Temperature 162 5.6. Equilibrium Distribution of Particles in a Body 167 5.7. Thermodynamic Relations 172 5.8. Ideal Gas 176 5.8.1. Matter and Its States 176 5.8.2. Classical and Quantum Ideal Gases 176 5.8.3. Equation of State for an Ideal Gas 178 5.8.4. Heat Capacity of an Ideal Gas 181 5.8.5. Reversible Thermal Processes 184 5.9. Statistics and Thermodynamics of Radiation 188 5.10. Crystals 194 5.10.1. Crystal Lattice 194 5.10.2. Types of Lattice Bonds 195 5.10.3. Mechanical Properties of Crystals 196 5.10.4. Electron Energy Spectra of Crystals 204 5.10.5. Lattice Heat Capacity 206 5.10.6. Electron Gas in Metals 213 5.11. Phase Transitions 218 Chapter 6. Macroscopic Motion of Media. non­ Equilibrium Processes 225 6.1. Nonequilibrium States of Bodies 225 6.2. Macroscopic Motion 226 6.3. Equations of Hydrodynamics of an Ideal Liquid 228 6.3.1. Matter Conservation Law in Hydrody­namics 228 6.3.2. Equation of Motion in Hydrodynamics 231 6.4. Hydrodynamic Analysis of Problems on Viscous Flow, Heat Conduction, and Diffusion 233 6.4.1. Viscosity 233 6.4.2. Flow of a Viscous Liquid Through a Tube 235 6.4.3. Heat Conduction 237 6.4.4. Heat Transfer Between Two Walls 238 6.4.5. Diffusion. Dissolution of a Solid in a Liquid 240 6.5. Kinetic Coefficients in Gases and Their Connec­tion with the Molecular Parameters 242 6.5.1. The Concept of Mean Free Path of Molecules 243 6.5.2. Molecular Treatment of the Diffusion Process 246 6.5.3. Diffusion as a Random Motion of Par­ticles 248 6.5.4. Relations Between Kinetic Coefficients 251 6.6. Resistance to the Motion of Solids in a Liquid 252 6.6.1. Similitude Method. The Reynolds Num­ber 252 6.6.2. Drag at Low Velocities 254 6.6.3. Drag at High (Subsonic) Velocities 257 6.7. Instabilities in Hydrodynamics 259 6 7.1. Transition from Laminar to Turbulent Flows 259 6.7.2. Boundary Layer 260 6.7.3. Turbulent Viscosity and Thermal Diffusivity 262 6.7.4. Transition from Molecular to Convective Heat Transfer. Solar Granulation 263 6.8. Oscillations and Waves in a Liquid 266 6.8.1. Various Forms of Wave Motion 266 6.8.2. Wave Characteristics 267 6.8.3. Linear and Nonlinear Waves 269 6.8.4. Solitons and Other Nonlinear Effects 269 6.8.5. Highly Perturbed Media 270 6.8.6. Oscillations of a Charged Drop and the Fission of Heavy Nuclei 271 6.9. Macroscopic Motion of Compressible Media 274 6.9.1. Generalized Form of the Bernoulli Equa­tion 274 6.9.2. Compressibility Criterion for a Medium and the Velocity of Sound 275 6.9.3. Flow in a Tube with a Varying Cross Section 276 6.9.4. Laval Nozzle 277 6.10. Shock Waves 278 6.10.1. Propagation of Perturbations in a Com­pressible Gas Flow 278 6.10.2. General Relations for a Shock Wave 281 6.10.3. Shock Waves in an Ideal Gas 285 6.10.4. The Problem on a High-Intensity Explo­sion in the Atmosphere 289 6.11. Hydrodynamic Cumulative Effects 290 6.11.1. Cumulative Jets 291 6.11.2. Bubble Collapse in a Liquid 296 6.11.3. Converging Spherical and Cylindrical Shock Waves 297 6.11.4. The Role of Instabilities in Suppress­ing Cumulation 297 6.11.5. Emergence of a Shock Wave on the Surface of a Star 298 6.12. Cavitation in a Liquid 299 6.13. Highly Rarefied Gases 301 6.14. Macroscopic Quantum Effects in a Liquid 304 6.15. Generalizations of Hydrodynamics 307   Chapter 7. Electromagnetic Fields in Media. Electrical, Magnetic, and Optical Properties of Substances 309   7.1. Superconductivity 309 7.2. Electrical Conductivity of Metals 310 7.3. Direct Current 315 7.4. Dielectric Conductance 319 7.4.1. Electrons and Holes. Exciton States 319 7.4.2. Semiconductors 320 7.5. Electric Fields in Matter 322 7.5.1. Field Fluctuations in a Substance 322 7.5.2. Electrostatic Fields in Metals 324 7.5.3. Electrostatic Fields in Insulators. Polar­ization of a Substance 325   7.6. A Substance in a Magnetic Field 330 7.6.1. Diamagnetic Effect 330 7.6.2. Paramagnets. Orientation Magnetization 333 7.6.3. Spontaneous Magnetization. Ferromag­netism 335 7.6.4. Magnetic Properties of Superconductors. Quantization of Large-Scale Magnetic Flux 338 7.7. Alternating Currents and Electromagnetic Waves in a Medium. Optical Properties of Media 342 7.7.1. A.C. Fields and a Substance 342 7.7.2. Induced EMF 343 7.7.3. A.C. Circuits. Solutions of Differential Equations 344 7.7.4. Generation of Electromagnetic Waves 353 7.7.5. Some Laws of Optics and the Velocity of Propagation of Electromagnetic Waves in a Medium. Reflection and Refrac­tion of Waves 355 7.7.6. Refractive Index of Insulators. Disper­sion and Absorption of Light 361 7.7.7. Refractive Index of Metals. Skin Effect. Transparency of Metals to Hard Radia­tion 364 7.7.8. Nonlinear Optics Effects 365 7.7.9. Lasers 369 CHAPTER 8. PLASMA 373 8.1. General Remarks 373 8.2. Quantum Effects in Plasma. Tunneling of Nuclei Through a Potential Barrier 374 8.3. Relativistic Effects in Plasma. Mass Defect in Nuclear Fusion and Energy Liberated in the Process 379 8.4. Plasma Statistics. Equation of State for Plas­ma. Thermal Radiation of Plasma 380 8.5. Plasma Kinetics. Mobility of Ions and Its Relation with Diffusion. Electrical Conductivity of Plasma 384 8.6. Magnetohydrodynamics and Plasma Instabili­ties. Tokamaks 385 8.7. Oscillations and Waves in Plasma. Propagation of Radio Waves in the Ionosphere 388 CHAPTER 9. STELLAR AND PRESTELLAR STATES OF MATTER 392 9.1. State of Matter at Ultrahigh Temperatures and Densities 392 9.2. Stars as Gaseous Spheres 394 9.2.1. Calculation of Pressure and Temperature at the Centre of a Star 394 9.2.2. Temperature of the Surface and the Total Emissive Power of aStar 396 9.2.3. Energy Transfer in Stars 396 9.3. Sources of Stellar Energy 397 9.3.1. Analysis of Possible Sources of Stellar Energy 397 9.3.2. Nuclear Reactions of the Proton-Proton Cycle 399 9.4. White Dwarfs 401 9.4.1. Possible Evolution of Stars of the Type of the Sun 401 9.4.2. Density and Size of White Dwarfs 401 9.4.3. Limiting Mass of WhiteDwarfs 403 9.5. Superdense Neutron Stars 404 9.5.1. Size of Neutron Stars 404 9.5.2. Rotation and Magnetic Fields of Neutron Stars 405 9.5.3. Radio Emission by Pulsars 406 9.5.4. Internal Structure of Neutron Stars 406 9.5.5. Gravitational Effects in the Vicinity of a Neutron Star 409 9.6. Gravitation and Relativity 411 9.6.1. Equivalence Principle 411 9.6.2. Geometry and Time in Non-inertial Ref­erence Frames 412 9.6.3. Einstein's Equations 413 9.7.Expansion of the Universe 413 9.7.1. Friedman's Cosmological Solutions 413 9.7.2. Discovery of "Expansion" of the Uni­verse 415 9.7.3. Critical Density 416 9.8. Hot Universe 418 9.8.1. Discovery of Background Thermal Ra­diation 418 9.8.2. Charge-Asymmetric Model of Early Universe 419 9.8.3. Change in Density and Temperature of Prestellar Matter in the Process of Cosmological Expansion 421 9.8.4. State of Aggregation at Early Stages of Evolution of Hot Universe 422 9.9. Fusion of Elements in Stars 425 Concluding Remarks 432 Appendices 433 Subject Index 447

format:
Abbyy GZ,Daisy,DjVuTXT,Djvu XML,EPUB,JPEG Thumb,Metadata,Scandata,Single Page Processed JP2 ZIP,Text PDF,Unknown

subject:
physics,mechanics,electrodynamics,relativity,hydrodynamics,conservation laws,maxwell's equations,universe,plasma,waves,oscillations,atomic physics,nuclear physics,quantum mechanics,light,electromagnetic waves,materials,solid state physics,fields,magnetic field,electric field,stars,conductors


avg_rating: 5
backup_location: ia906905_3
creator: Mirtitles
date: 1970-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: InTheSearchForBeautySmilga
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: eng
mediatype: texts
num_reviews: 1
oai_updatedate: 2019-06-05T05:30:08Z,2026-02-04T22:27:53Z,2023-09-19T14:40:46Z
publicdate: 2019-06-05T05:30:08Z
reviewdate: 2023-09-19T14:40:46Z
subject: non-euclidean geometery,general theory of relativity eculid,Omar khayyam,bolyai,lobachevsky,gauss
title: In The Search For Beauty Smilga
year: 1970
collection:
mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-abhijeet_tiwari222,fav-akumar26,fav-ashallal,fav-irohamca,fav-munif_muttafik,fav-nikemaul,fav-pb_ess,fav-raghu13957,fav-seafarer54,fav-swansaredead

description:
The book takes us on a epic journey on the origins of  non-Euclidean geometry   based on the parallel lines postulate and its  culmination in  General theory of relativity  of  Einstein . It starts with era of Greek geometers,  Euclid and his  fifth postulate . Also the mathematical genius of the poet, polymath  Omar Khayyam  is given. Then the pages turn to mathematical giants like  Bolyai ,  Lobachevsky ,  Gauss  and their contributions to the development of non-Euclidean geometry. Then we come to general relativity and the final chapter on Einstein. The book is illustrated with witty cartoons throughout.  The book was translated from the Russian by  George Yankovsky . The book was published by Mir Publishers in 1970.

format:
Abbyy GZ,Additional Text PDF,DjVuTXT,Djvu XML,EPUB,Image Container PDF,Item Tile,Metadata,Scandata,Single Page Processed JP2 ZIP,Unknown

stripped_tags:
span style="color:rgb(51,51,51);font-family:'Libre Baskerville', serif;font-size:16px;background-color:rgb(255,255,255);",a href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Non-Euclidean_geometry" style="background:rgb(255,255,255);border:0px;margin:0px;padding:0px;vertical-align:baseline;color:rgb(116,51,153);font-family:'Libre Baskerville', serif;font-size:16px;" rel="ugc nofollow",a href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/General_relativity" style="background:rgb(255,255,255);border:0px;margin:0px;padding:0px;vertical-align:baseline;color:rgb(116,51,153);font-family:'Libre Baskerville', serif;font-size:16px;" rel="ugc nofollow",a href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Einstein" style="background:rgb(255,255,255);border:0px;margin:0px;padding:0px;vertical-align:baseline;color:rgb(116,51,153);font-family:'Libre Baskerville', serif;font-size:16px;" rel="ugc nofollow",a href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Euclid" style="background:rgb(255,255,255);border:0px;margin:0px;padding:0px;vertical-align:baseline;color:rgb(116,51,153);font-family:'Libre Baskerville', serif;font-size:16px;" rel="ugc nofollow",a href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Fifth_postulate" style="background:rgb(255,255,255);border:0px;margin:0px;padding:0px;vertical-align:baseline;color:rgb(116,51,153);font-family:'Libre Baskerville', serif;font-size:16px;" rel="ugc nofollow",a href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Omar_Khayyam" style="background:rgb(255,255,255);border:0px;margin:0px;padding:0px;vertical-align:baseline;color:rgb(116,51,153);font-family:'Libre Baskerville', serif;font-size:16px;" rel="ugc nofollow",a href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Bolyai" style="background:rgb(255,255,255);border:0px;margin:0px;padding:0px;vertical-align:baseline;color:rgb(116,51,153);font-family:'Libre Baskerville', serif;font-size:16px;" rel="ugc nofollow",a href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Lobachevsky" style="background:rgb(255,255,255);border:0px;margin:0px;padding:0px;vertical-align:baseline;color:rgb(116,51,153);font-family:'Libre Baskerville', serif;font-size:16px;" rel="ugc nofollow",a href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Gauss" style="background:rgb(255,255,255);border:0px;margin:0px;padding:0px;vertical-align:baseline;color:rgb(116,51,153);font-family:'Libre Baskerville', serif;font-size:16px;" rel="ugc nofollow",em style="background:rgb(255,255,255);border:0px;margin:0px;padding:0px;vertical-align:baseline;color:rgb(51,51,51);font-family:'Libre Baskerville', serif;font-size:16px;",em


avg_rating: 0
btih: 03729537b3f2e68622aab4de345343e2f10da86d
date: 1978-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: the-sun-princess-and-her-deliverer-a-lithuanian-folk-tales-progress-1978
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: eng
mediatype: texts
num_reviews: 1
oai_updatedate: 2024-08-06T15:27:40Z,2026-02-13T22:19:36Z,2026-02-13T22:19:27Z
publicdate: 2024-08-06T15:27:40Z
publisher: Progress Publishers
reviewdate: 2026-02-13T22:19:27Z
title: The Sun Princess And Her Deliverer – A Lithuanian Folk Tales
year: 1978
collection:
mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-diana_gageanu,fav-ennis_bird,fav-irohamca,fav-llahidee_koler,fav-sakalaublah,fav-subastral,fav-suza124,fav-vaivacloaca,fav-vonjamestein

description:
A Lithuanian folk tale of princess and her rescuer.  Drawings by A. Makunaite Translated by Irina Zheleznova

subject:
soviet literature,children's literature,illustrated books,fairy tales,folk tales,giants,prince,princess tales


btih: 1547c42ae68e46d3475a8539e38a0674f3b88253
collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-baha_tuna,fav-munif_muttafik
date: 1964-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: structure-and-decision-making-in-soviet-education-1964
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: eng
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2025-03-11T05:38:20Z,2026-02-06T00:05:16Z
publicdate: 2025-03-11T05:38:20Z
subject: soviet education,soviet schools,soviet pedagogy,western perspectives
title: Structure And Decision Making In Soviet Education
year: 1964
description:
The Soviet educational system operates under the direct influence and control of the Communist Party, with the Presidium of the Central Committee serving as the ultimate authority over social, political, economic, and educational policies. All governmental agencies, from the Council of Ministers to local school-building units, function as legitimizing agents of Party decisions. Fundamental educational policies are initially drafted by the Central Committee’s Department of Schools, Higher Education, and Science, which conducts formal hearings before finalising policies for Party and governmental adoption. Once an educational policy is approved, administrators at all levels have minimal flexibility in its implementation, ensuring strict adherence to Party directives. Education in the Soviet Union is managed through a five-tiered geopolitical structure: all-union, union-republic, regional, district, and local levels, with the Communist Party maintaining oversight through its primary units embedded in all government and educational institutions. This organisation enables close supervision and enforcement of policies across the system. A growing trend towards re-centralisation of authority suggests the possible creation of a central Ministry of Education to oversee elementary and secondary education, akin to the existing Ministry of Higher and Specialized Secondary Education, which controls higher and technical education.


backup_location: ia906704_28
creator: H. D. Ikramov
date: 1983-01-01T00:00:00Z
format: Abbyy GZ,DjVuTXT,Djvu XML,EPUB,Item Tile,Metadata,Scandata,Single Page Processed JP2 ZIP,Text PDF
identifier: IkramovLinearAlgebraProblemsBook
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: English
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2018-05-09T17:59:37Z,2026-02-04T22:24:12Z
publicdate: 2018-05-09T17:59:37Z
title: Linear Algebra: Problems Book
year: 1983
collection:
mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-ahylla,fav-austin_conder_oscar_,fav-carson_main,fav-debopriyo_ghosh,fav-elv_mi,fav-francisco_perdomo,fav-hello_world201,fav-jimbontron,fav-leandre_dumont,fav-mahesh_004,fav-munif_muttafik,fav-nikemaul,fav-pb_ess,fav-pio07,fav-pramod_surya_makkena,fav-renan481,fav-timomartin,fav-vignam

description:
In this post, we will see the book Linear Algebra: Problems Book by H. D. Ikramov. This is the associated problem book for the Linear Algebra by V. V. Voyevodin which we saw in the last post.  About the book: The present book closely follows the structure of the book by V. Voyevodin with some insignificant deviations demanded by the particulars of the course of study. Thus, since the corresponding topic of the course of lectures is studied at the very end of the first term, seminar classes cannot keep up with the course and so the section devoted to metric spaces is included in Chapter 8. It is a basic requirement that any problem book should contain a sufficient number of useful and comprehensive problems for seminar classes, home-assignments, tests and examinations. The author hopes that this requirement has been fulfilled. Moreover, he has attempted to supply the strongest students with a material for personal study, and to lead them to problems currently faced in computational algebra. PDF | OCR | Bookmarked | 330 p. All credits to the original uploader. Contents Front Cover 1 ,-7 Title Page 4 ,-72 Contents 6 ,-161 Preface 8 ,-197 CHAPTER 1 Linear Spaces 12 42 1.0. Terminology and General Notes 12 ,42 1.1. Definition of Linear Space 18 ,457 1.2. Linear Dependence 20 ,372 1.3. Spans. Rank of Vector Sets 23 ,75 1.4. Basis and Dimension of Space 27 ,-144 1.5. Sum and Intersection of Subspaces 30 ,281 CHAPTER 2 Euclidean and Unitary Spaces 34 45 2.0. Terminology .and General Notes 34 ,45 2.1. Definition of Euclidean Space 36 ,405 2.2. Orthogonality, Orthonormal Basis, Orthogonalization Procedure 39 ,238 2.3. Orthogonal Complement, Orthogonal Sums of Subspaces 42 ,202 2.4. Lengths, Angles, Distances 46 ,232 2.5. Unitary Spaces 49 ,392 CHAPTER 3 Determinants 53 -105 3.0. Terminology and General Notes 53 ,-105 3.1. Evaluation and the Simplest Properties of Determinants 57 ,389 3.2. Minors, Cofactors and the Laplace Theorem 64 ,297 3.3. Determinants and the Volume of a Parallelepiped in a Euclidean Space 70 ,291 3.4. Computing the Determinants by the Elimination Method 75 ,72 CHAPTER 4 Systems of Linear Equations 82 -298 4.0. Terminology and General Notes 82 ,130 4.1. The Rank of a Matrix 83 ,526 4.2. Planes in a Linear Space 87 ,438 4.3. Planes in a Euclidean Space 90 ,170 4.4. Homogeneous Systems of Linear Equations 93 ,382 4.5. Nonhomogeneous Systems of Linear Equations 100 ,143 CHAPTER 5 Linear Operators and Matrices 108 598 5.0. Terminology and General Notes 109 ,85 5.1. The Definition of a Linear Operator, the Image and Kernel of an Operator 113 ,212 5.2. Linear Operations over Operators 118 ,291 5.3. Multiplication of Operators 120 ,490 5.4. Operations over Matrices 125 ,-43 5.5. The Inverse of a Matrix 138 ,147 5.6. The Matrix of a Linear Operator, Transfer to Another Basis, Equivalent and Similar Matrices 147 ,-43 CHAPTER 6 Linear Operator Structure 153 -213 6.0. Terminology and General Notes 153 ,-213 6.1. Eigenvalues and Eigenvectors 154 ,127 6.2. The Characteristic Polynomial 157 ,287 6.3. Invariant Subspaces 162 ,415 6.4. Root Subspaces and the Jordan Form 167 ,245 CHAPTER 7 Unitary Space Operators 179 -229 7.0. Terminology and General Notes 179 ,-148 7.1. Conjugate Operator. Conjugate Matrix 183 ,-174 7.2. Normal Operators and Matrices 188 ,238 7.3. Unitary Operators and Matrices 192 ,150 7.4. Hermitian Operators and Matrices 197 ,-331 7.5. Positive-Semi definite and Positive-Definite Operators and Matrices 202 ,470 7.6. Singular Values and the Polar Representation 209 ,232 7.7. Hermitian Decomposition 214 ,441 7.8. Pseudosolutions and Pseudoinverse Operators 217 ,143 7.9. Quadratic Forms 222 ,88 CHAPTER 8 Metric Problems in Linear Space 228 -331 8.0. Terminology and General Notes 228 ,-49 8.1. Normed Linear Space 231 ,274 8.2. Norms of Operators and Matrices 236 ,-112 8.3. Matrix Norms and Systems of Linear Equations 240 ,611 8.4. Matrix Norms and Eigenvalues 245 ,343 Hints 254 ,-229 Answers and Solutions 267 ,-59 Index 325 ,-23

stripped_tags:
div class="page" title="Page 9",div class="layoutArea",div class="column",div class="page" title="Page 10"

subject:
mir publishers,linear algebra,vector spaces,eigenfunctions,eigenvalues,linear operators,orthogonal,bilinear forms,matrices,second order curves,hermitian operators,unitary operators,determinants,systems of linear equations,structure,basis,unitary space operators


btih: 5bf826501b0a2a1f2b938229a3361b6fbdc7653d
collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-aghori_king
date: 1980-01-01T00:00:00Z
description: बच्चों के लिए एक रूसी लोक कथा अनुवाद मदनलाल मधू चित्रकार येव्गेनी रच्योव
identifier: the-fox-and-the-hare-a-russian-folktale-in-hindi-raduga-1980
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: hin
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2024-08-30T15:53:57Z,2026-02-06T00:16:01Z
publicdate: 2024-08-30T15:53:57Z
publisher: Raduga Publishers
title: लोमडी और खरगोश (The Fox And The Hare A Russian Folktale In Hindi )
year: 1980
stripped_tags:
span style="color:rgb(44,44,44);font-family:'Helvetica Neue', Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif;font-size:14px;background-color:rgb(255,255,255);",br style="color:rgb(44,44,44);font-family:'Helvetica Neue', Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif;font-size:14px;" /,div style="color:rgb(44,44,44);font-family:'Helvetica Neue', Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif;font-size:14px;"

subject:
soviet literature,children's literature,illustrated books,story books,folk tales,fairy tales,सोवियत साहित्य,बच्चों का साहित्य,सचित्र किताबें,कहानी की किताबें,लोक कथाएं,परियों की कहानियां


btih: ed81a3d707ccffa327cdea97411fded95e1b303a
collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan
creator: কায়ুম তাংগ্রিকুলিয়েভ ( K. Tangrykuliev)
date: 1988-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: the-golden-goblet-shonar-peyala-k.-tangrykuliev_202512
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: ben
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2025-12-11T11:05:36Z,2025-12-11T11:17:29Z
publicdate: 2025-12-11T11:05:36Z
publisher: Raduga Publishers
title: সোনার পেয়ালা (The Golden Goblet in Bengali)
year: 1988
description:
আদরের ছোটোরা, বইটি লিখেছেন প্রখ্যাত সোভিয়েত সাহিত্যিক এবং কবি কারুম তাংগ্রিকুলিয়েভ। তার কাছে যদি যেতে চাই, তাহলে আমাদের ট্রেনে, না, বরং বিমানে চাপা ভালো, কেননা যেতে হবে অনেক দূরে, সোভিয়েত ইউনিয়নের দক্ষিণে, গরমের দেশ তুর্কমেনিয়ায়। আশ্চর্য' জায়গা। শহরের রাস্তায় সেখানে দেখা যাবে নানা রঙের মোটরগাড়ির পাশেই গুরুগম্ভীর ভারবাহী উট কিংবা চোখ-ড্যাবডেবে গাধা। খেতে ফলে শুধু গম নয়, তুলোও, যা থেকে পরে বানানো হয় ছেলে-বুড়ো সকলের পরার মতো পোশাক-আশাকের কাপড়। আর ঝগিচাগুলো কী নেই সেখানে। লালচে আপেল, বাদামি নাশপাতি, টসটসে পাকা কোয়া-ভরা ডালিম, খোপা থোপা আঙুর, খুবানি, বাদাম। লতাভু'ইয়ে পেকে ওঠে বড়ো বড়ো মিষ্টি বাপ্তি, পেটমুটো তরমুজ। তুর্কমেনিয়ায় ফলে যা কিছু, স্বাদ, স্বাস্থ্যকর, তা ফলার লোকে, তারাই তা বোনে, জল দেয়, যত্ন নেয়, এমনি-এমনি তো আর কিছু বাড়ে না। তারপর ফসল তোলে, সেটাও কম খাটুনির ব্যাপার নয়। এইসব কথাই কায়ুম তাংগ্রিকুলিয়েভ বলেছেন তাঁর বইয়ে। কারাকুম মরুভূমির কাছে এক গ্রামে তাঁর জন্ম, সেখানেই কেটেছে বাল্যকাল। ছোটো থেকেই কায়ম জেনেছেন কৃষি শ্রম কী জিনিস, খেতে, শবজি ভু'ইরে, বাগানের কাজে সাহায্য করেছেন বড়োদের। তিনি দেখেছেন লোকে শুকনো মরুভূমিতে নিয়ে এল জলভরা নতুন নদী কারাকুম খাল, মরামাটি হয়ে উঠল সবুজ খেত, ফলন্ত বাগিচা। ছোটোদের সেই কথা বলারই ইচ্ছে হয়েছে তাঁর। আজ প'চিশ বছর ধরে আমাদের সমস্ত প্রজাতন্ত্রের, বিদেশেরও অনেক শিশু পড়ে আসছে কারুম তাংগ্রিকুলিয়েডের হাসিখুশি কবিতা, মনকাড়া গল্প আর উপাখ্যান। তা পড়ে মনে হয় যেন নিজেরাই পৌঁছে গেছি সেই দেশে, তুর্কমেনিয়ায়। তার জন্যে আমাদের সবার বদ্ধ, সুসাহিত্যিক কাম তাংগ্রিকুলিয়েভকে ধন্যবাদ। ইয়া, আকিম অনুবাদ: ননী ভৌমিক ছবি এঁকেছেন গেওর্গি ইউদিন All credits to sovietbooksinbengali blog.

subject:
soviet literature,children's books,সোভিয়েত সাহিত্য,শিশুদের বই,russian folk tales,রাশিয়ান লোককাহিনী


btih: 97f3001feb15276d128333c1b18e70df221d4473
collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-kaavya12345216,fav-nikemaul,fav-prasadam,fav-the_bode,fav-vedanta9587
date: 1980-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: the-frog-rider-folk-tales-from-china
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: eng
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2024-12-12T07:49:59Z,2026-02-06T00:16:08Z
publicdate: 2024-12-12T07:49:59Z
publisher: Foreign Languages Press Beijing
subject: chinese literature,children's stories,children's books,illustrated books,folk tales,fairy tales
title: The Frog Rider (Folk Tales From China)
year: 1980
description:
A Chinese picture story book for children. The Frog Rider 1 The Wooden Horse 24 Ma Liang and His Magic Brush 47 The Story of Hero Shigar 60 The Third Son and the Magistrate 71  Seeking Her Husband at the Great Wall 83 Olive Lake 92 How the Brothers Divided Their Property 100 Stories About Nasrdin Avanti 111


btih: cf07477106be6628147cd196c0263977d30bec75
creator: G.V. Petrovich (Ed.)
date: 1969-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: the-soviet-encyclopedia-of-space-flight-mir-1969
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: eng
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2025-07-25T10:26:23Z,2025-11-16T22:46:21Z
publicdate: 2025-07-25T10:26:23Z
publisher: Mir Publishers
subject: soviet literature,soviet space programme,rockets,cosmonauts,training,space missions
title: The Soviet Encyclopedia Of Space Flight
year: 1969
collection:
mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-allinspiring,fav-artursz,fav-cameron_perry269,fav-carthorse,fav-cctu_pico_sena,fav-dnaultra5,fav-ellie_swekla,fav-koolobo2,fav-lukas_korso,fav-nikemaul,fav-pio07,fav-vncomrade

description:
The second half of the twentieth century witnessed humanity’s entry into the space age, with the Soviet Union leading the way. It was the first to launch artificial satellites of the Earth, Moon, and Sun, as well as interplanetary stations and manned spaceflights, including the first spacewalk. These achievements were followed by the United States and other nations. By 1969, the USSR had placed hundreds of spacecraft into orbit, marking extraordinary progress in just twelve years since Sputnik-1. Space exploration had already begun to impact daily life and inspired the creation of reference works around the world. The roots of this rapid advancement lay in decades of theoretical and practical development, notably the work of Soviet scientist K. E. Tsiolkovsky and the later evolution of powerful liquid-propellant engines. These engines made space travel feasible, enabling missions across the solar system. However, as space ambitions expanded, limitations of liquid propulsion highlighted the need for nuclear and electric engines. These new technologies promised to revolutionise long-distance space travel, enhancing interplanetary missions by allowing in-flight refuelling and gravitational assists. Reflecting these developments, the Encyclopedia of Space Flight compiled by Soviet experts aims to provide a comprehensive, alphabetically arranged reference on space science and technology. It covers topics from spacecraft and propulsion to space medicine, communication, and law, with special emphasis on Soviet contributions and history. Though the scope is constrained by space, the encyclopedia seeks to serve a broad audience—from specialists to general readers—while including detailed indexes, bibliographies, and technical data to support further study and future editions. On October 4, 1957. Sputnik 1 heralded the beginning of the space era. Space flight has become a concomitant of our daily life: the interest in space exploration is universal. The Soviet Encyclopedia Space Flight contains more than 1400 articles in all spheres of space flight and engineering. It provides. the reader with authoritative information on space exploration. Edited by a group of leading experts in space science and engineering


collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-pio07
creator: A. Samarski,E. Nikolaiev
date: 1981-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: samarski-nikolaiev-methodes-de-resolution-des-equations-de-mailles-mir-1981
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: fre
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2022-08-03T08:56:22Z,2026-02-05T23:08:23Z
publicdate: 2022-08-03T08:56:22Z
publisher: Éditions Mir
title: Méthodes De Résolution Des Équations De Mailles
year: 1981
description:
Un grand merci à Henri Leveque pour le scan original. Traduit du russe par Oleg Partchevski La résolution numérique des équations différentielles de la phy­ sique mathématique par la méthode des différences finies s'opère en deux étapes: 1) on procède d’abord à l’approximation discrète de l’équation différentielle sur un maillage (expression du schéma aux différences) ; 2) on résout sur ordinateur les équations aux différences constituant des systèmes d’équations algébriques linéaires d’ordre élevé d’aspect spécial (mauvais conditionnement, structure en bandes de la matrice du système). Il n’est pas toujours rationnel d’appliquer à ces systèmes les méthodes générales de l’algèbre linéai­ re vu la nécessité de stocker un énorme volume d’information, de même qu’en raison des calculs laborieux que ces méthodes exigent. Pour la résolution des équations aux différences, on développe depuis longtemps des méthodes spéciales qui tiennent plus ou moins compte de la nature spécifique du problème et permettent d’obtenir la solution en un nombre moindre d’opérations, comparé à celui exigé par les méthodes générales de l’algèbre linéaire. Le présent livre fait suite à celui de A. Samarski et V. Andréev « Méthodes aux différences pour équations elliptiques » étudiant une série de problèmes qui se rapportent à l’approximation discrète, à la construction d’opérateurs de différences et à l’appréciation de la vitesse de convergence des schémas aux différences pour des problèmes aux limites types de la variante elliptique. Dans ce livre on n’étudie que les méthodes de résolution des équations aux différences. L’ouvrage est de fait divisé en deux parties. La première partie (ch. I-IV) est réservée à l’application des méthodes directes de résolution des équations aux différences, la seconde (ch. V-XV) à la théorie des méthodes itératives de résolu­tion des équations de mailles de forme générale et à leur application aux équations aux différences. Lors de l’utilisation des méthodes directes, un rôle important est attaché à la forme spéciale des équa­tions aux différences. Pour la résolution des équations triponctuelles unidimensionnelles, on s’adresse à différentes variantes dels méthode du balayage (balayage monotone, non monotone, cyclique, en flux, etc.).

subject:
mathématique,méthode de balayage,équations aux différences linéaires,méthode de réduction totale,méthode de séparation des variables,théorie des méthodes itératives,résolution numérique,équations différentielles


collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-fuffo,fav-pio07
creator: I. N. Roïtenberg
date: 1974-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: roitenberg-theorie-de-la-commande-automatique-mir-1974
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: fre
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2022-12-25T06:44:51Z,2026-02-05T23:05:39Z
publicdate: 2022-12-25T06:44:51Z
publisher: Éditions Mir
title: Théorie De La Commande Automatique
year: 1974
description:
La théorie du contrôle automatique est devenue de nos jours une discipline très vaste, ses résultats présentant un grand intérêt théorique et pratique. Actuellement l'étude de cette branche scientifique s’impose non seulement aux spécialistes, mais encore aux étudiants de nombreuses spécialités. L’ouvrage que nous proposons au lecteur est un cours professé par l’auteur aux étudiants en Mécanique de la faculté de Mécanique et des Mathématiques de l’Université de Moscou. En guidant ses lecteurs depuis les notions initiales de la théorie de la commande jusqu’aux problèmes actuels, l’auteur a tenu également à rendre évidente la liaison qui existe entre les problèmes et les méthodes de la théorie de la commande du mouvement d’une part et les principes généraux de la mécanique analytique de l’autre. Il nous paraît inutile de donner ici un énoncé sommaire de nombreux problèmes de la théorie de la commande moderne. L’auteur a pris à tâche de traiter avec force détails et le plus rigoureusement possible une série de problèmes actuels de cette théorie. De plus, les problèmes exposés dans ce livre, et qui présentent un intérêt particulier, peuvent servir de base à l’étude ultérieure des monographies et des articles consacrés aux divers aspects particuliers de cette théorie et notamment, aux problèmes de commande des systèmes à paramètres répartis, de la théorie de poursuite, de stabilisation optimale, d’adaptation, etc. L’auteur tient à exprimer sa profonde reconnaissance à Nikolaï Krassovski de l’Académie des Sciences de l’U.R.S.S. qui a révisé le manuscrit et a fait des remarques précieuses qui ont beaucoup contribué à améliorer le présent ouvrage. La traduction française de cet ouvrage contient quelques compléments inexistants dans l’édition russe. L’auteur a remanié tout particulièrement le chapitre six relatif à la théorie des systèmes stochastiques. Les paragraphes ajoutés (§§27, 29, 31, 32, 33 et 34) portent sur les problèmes de filtrage optimal des processus aléatoires multidimensionnels et les problèmes de commande optimale des systèmes stochastiques. Traduit du russe par Valentin Polonski Un grand merci à Henri Leveque pour le scan original.

external-identifier:
urn:lcp:Roitenberg - Théorie de la commande automatique - Mir - 1974:epub:a6c97e19-6509-4376-ad1f-9091675c8107

subject:
systemes commandés linéaires,systemes commandes non lineaires,fonctions des matrices,programmation dynamique,principe du maximum,theorie de la commande optimale,systèmes stochastiques,degré de liberté,problèmes variationnels,position du problème,processus aléatoires,théorie globale du filtrage,commande optimale


collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-floura28zz,fav-kathyusha
creator: Th. Margoulova
date: 1977-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: th.-margoulova-les-centrales-nucleares-mir-1977
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: fre
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2023-06-04T03:18:28Z,2026-02-06T00:14:56Z
publicdate: 2023-06-04T03:18:28Z
publisher: Éditions Mir
subject: physique,centrales nucléaires,installations
title: Les Centrales Nucléares
year: 1977
description:
La première édition russe du manuel « Les centrales nucléaires», parue en 1969, s’est vite épuisée. Depuis la parution de cette édition, un tel manuel s’est avéré d’autant plus nécessaire que la technique nucléaire a connu un développement considérable. On a donc préparé une seconde édition. L’accueil favorable du public — le manuel s’est vu attribuer en 1971 le prix d’Etat de l’U.R.S.S. — ainsi que les opinions exprimées par des savants, des techniciens et des enseignants ont incité à ne pas modifier la structure du manuel et l’exposé de la partie théorique du cours. Pourtant, étant donné l’évolution de la technique nucléaire au cours de ces dernières années, on a indu dans cet ouvrage de nouveaux renseignements sur l’équipement des centrales nucléaires, remanié et complété les chapitres correspondants. Le volume total du manuel est resté inchangé grâce à la suppression de certains renseignements surannés. De même que dans la première édition, le propos de ce livre concerne essentiellement les centrales nucléaires à eau ordinaire dont la prédominance a été confirmée ces dernières années. La seconde édition du manuel comprend les schémas de principe des circuits thermiques pour tous les types de centrales nucléaires soviétiques, les renseignements sur toutes les turbines équipant ces centrales et la représentation, dans les diagrammes i-s, des transformations qui s’effectuent dans ces centrales. On a examiné plus en détail (par comparaison avec la première édition du manuel) les problèmes de la sûreté des centrales nucléaires, des sphères de protection et de l’arrangement des équipements. Traduit du russe par V. Kolimêev Un grand merci à Henri Leveque pour le scan original.


collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-willgetback
creator: সের্গেই আন্তোনভ (Sergei Antonov)
date: 1960-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: ten-novels-by-writers-of-soviet-east-soviet-praccher-dashti-galpa_202309
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: ben
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2023-09-24T08:50:07Z,2026-02-06T00:12:52Z
publicdate: 2023-09-24T08:50:07Z
publisher: Foreign Languages Publishing House
title: সোভিয়েত প্র্যাচার দস্তি গালপা (Ten Novels by Writers of Soviet East in Bengali)
year: 1960
description:
সোভিয়েত ইউনিয়নের পূর্ব অংশের দশজন সোভিয়েত লেখকের উপন্যাসের সংকলন রাশিয়ান থেকে বাংলা অনুবাদ A compilation of novels by ten Soviet writers from the eastern parts of Russia. Translated to Bengali from Russian

subject:
soviet,children's books,সোভিয়েত সাহিত্য,শিশুদের বই,soviet literature,russian novel,russian writers,soviet writers,short stories,রাশিয়ান উপন্যাস,রাশিয়ান লেখক,সোভিয়েত লেখক,ছোট গল্প


btih: f00a0a35f9fb6953c4075cf6777564c5d0096c56
collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-aghori_king,fav-shakti15,fav-sureshpal360
creator: शराफ़ रशीदोव (Sharaf Rashidov)
date: 1974-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: sharaf-rashidov-victor-in-hindi-progress-1974
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: hin
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2024-09-27T16:08:11Z,2026-05-10T05:58:40Z
publicdate: 2024-09-27T16:08:11Z
publisher: Progress Publishers,प्रगति प्रकाशन
title: विजेता (Victor In Hindi)
year: 1974
description:
Sharaf Rashidov's  "Vijeta"  (Victor) explores the themes of resilience and triumph in the face of adversity. Set against the backdrop of Soviet Uzbekistan, the novel portrays the transformation of the region through industrial and agricultural development. The protagonist's journey reflects the broader social and economic struggles of the era, encapsulating the challenges faced by workers and citizens striving to contribute to the nation's progress. Through personal and collective victories, the story highlights the perseverance required to overcome obstacles in life​. शराफ़ रशीदोव की  "विजेता"  (Victor) संघर्ष और जीत की कहानी है, जिसमें प्रतिकूल परिस्थितियों के बावजूद सफलता की थीम उभरती है। सोवियत उज़्बेकिस्तान की पृष्ठभूमि में स्थापित यह उपन्यास उस समय के औद्योगिक और कृषि विकास के माध्यम से क्षेत्र के बदलाव को दर्शाता है। मुख्य पात्र की यात्रा उस समय की सामाजिक और आर्थिक चुनौतियों का प्रतीक है, जो कामगारों और नागरिकों की उन कठिनाइयों को उजागर करता है जिनका सामना वे अपने राष्ट्र के विकास में योगदान देने के लिए करते हैं। व्यक्तिगत और सामूहिक जीत के ज़रिए, कहानी इस बात पर ज़ोर देती है कि जीवन की चुनौतियों को पार करने के लिए धैर्य और संकल्प कितना आवश्यक है​. अनुवादक मदन लाल मधु  डिजाइनर क. विसोत्स्काया Note: Scan quality is poor, barely readable at times. 

stripped_tags:
em,div style="margin-top:1.43em;margin-bottom:1.43em;margin-right:5rem;color:rgb(44,44,44);font-family:'Helvetica Neue', Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif;font-size:14px;",span class="whitespace-nowrap text-token-text-secondary dark:text-token-text-tertiary",span class="whitespace-normal",div class="inline-flex max-w-full"


btih: 77f9903c9c356024a4f9eaa18345b19ee2864a45
collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-sadam_bapar810
creator: व्सेवोलोद विश्नेवस्की (V. Vishnevsky)
date: 1985-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: v.-vishnevsky-an-optimistic-tragedy-a-play-in-marathi-raduga-1985
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: mar
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2025-05-19T05:11:15Z,2026-02-06T01:45:14Z
publicdate: 2025-05-19T05:11:15Z
publisher: Raduga Publishers,राढुगा प्रकाशन
stripped_tags: strong
title: आशावादी शोकांतिका तीन अंकी नाटक (An Optimistic Tragedy A Play In Marathi )
year: 1985
description:
व्ह्सेवोलोद विश्नेवस्की (१९००–१९५१)  – एक सुप्रसिद्ध सोव्हिएत नाटककार आणि सार्वजनिक कार्यकर्ते होते. त्यांनी तीन युद्धांमध्ये भाग घेतला. पहिल्या जागतिक युद्धाच्या काळात, अजून पोरवयात असतानाच, ते युद्धआघाडीवर पळून गेले आणि पलटणीत दाखल झाले. त्यांना सैनिकाच्या सर्वोच्च बहुमानाची पदके मिळाली. महान ऑक्टोबर क्रांतीनंतर विश्नेवस्की आरमारी सेवेत दाखल झाले. पुढे त्यांनी लष्करी सेवा सोडून लेखक बनण्याचा निर्णय घेतला. महान पितृभूमिरक्षक युद्धाच्या (१९४१–१९४५) काळात ते युद्धवार्ताहर बनले आणि युद्धाचे वृत्तांत लिहू लागले. `आशावादी शोकांतिका’  या नाटकातील घटना १९१७ सालच्या ऑक्टोबर क्रांतीनंतर अवघ्या काही महिन्यांच्या अवधीत घडतात. नाटकातील मुख्य घटनेसाठी विश्नेवस्कींनी एक अत्यंत असंभाव्य आणि विरोधाभासी प्रसंग निवडला आहे: अराजकवादी खलाशांच्या पलटणीचा कमिसार, म्हणजेच राजकीय नेता, म्हणून एका महिलेची नेमणूक केली जाते. सर्व पारंपरिक नियम झुगारून नाटककार तिला युद्धनौकेवर दाखवतो – जिथे बाईला प्रवेश निषिद्ध मानला जातो, हे सर्वश्रुत आहे. मात्र, ही घटना काल्पनिक नाही. क्रांतीच्या काळात अशा घटना घडलेल्या आहेत. कमिसारच्या व्यक्तिरेखेचे प्रेरणास्थान असणाऱ्यांपैकी  लारीसा रेइस्नेर यांचे नाव विशेष उल्लेखनीय आहे. पीटर्सबर्गच्या एका प्राध्यापकाची ही मुलगी लेखिका होती, आरमारी अधिकाऱ्यांची कमिसार होती आणि क्रांतिकारी खलाशांचे तिने नेतृत्व केले. अशा असामान्य घटनेमधून लेखक विचाराचे सर्वविजयी बळ दाखवतो – असा विचार जो क्रांतीला खलाशांपर्यंत, आणि अखिल जनतेपर्यंत नेतो. अनुवाद : अनिल हवालदार सजावट : यू० स्कोवरदनीकोव

subject:
soviet literature,russian literature,soviet life,सोव्हियेत साहित्य,रशियन साहित्य,सोव्हियेत जीवन,soviet plays.


btih: a7a02a7ed87bdaf160cd9920e19a3c2175b9a7a8
collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-ellie_swekla
date: 1980-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: the-little-shepherd-a-ukrainian-folk-tale-dnipro-1980
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: eng
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2026-03-13T13:02:27Z,2026-03-13T13:07:45Z
publicdate: 2026-03-13T13:02:27Z
publisher: Dnipro Publishers
subject: soviet literature,children's literature,ukrainian literature,ukrainian folk tales
title: The Little Shepherd - A Ukrainian Folk Tale
year: 1980
description:
A beautifully illustrated folk tale from Ukraine.  Translated from the Ukrainian by Anatole Bilenko Illustrated by Volodimir Aptekarev


btih: 3f705524e230e5d9d847b6927058e39c4a4e5da7
collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-ifndefine,fav-lukas_korso223,fav-nikemaul,fav-prasadam
creator: Lin Songying
date: 1988-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: the-bird-doctors-beginning-science-dolphin-beijing-1988
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: eng
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2024-10-08T11:01:07Z,2026-02-06T00:15:33Z
publicdate: 2024-10-08T11:01:07Z
publisher: Dolphin Beijing
title: The Bird Doctors ( Beginning Science)
year: 1988
description:
A little story book for children about the symbiotic relationship between birds and different animals to get tick and insects out. Illustrated by Li Rongshan All credits to Guptaji

subject:
chinese literature,children's literature,children's stories,illustrated books,picture story books,beginning science


btih: 46aa2482231376b11fbca306af1a699d57d531dc
collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-cosmicbrother,fav-pio07,fav-yoshiyamadeep
creator: Sergei Ivanov
date: 1982-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: sergei-ivanov-a-book-of-boats-and-ships-malysh-1982
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: eng
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2024-09-21T15:48:01Z,2026-04-16T11:55:54Z
publicdate: 2024-09-21T15:48:01Z
publisher: Malysh Publishers
title: A Book Of Boats And Ships
year: 1982
description:
A little book about ships and boats for children. Fabulously illustrated. Illustrated by A. Beslik  Translated by Galina Glagoleva

subject:
soviet,literature,children's literature,picture story book,illustrated books,ships,large ships,stories about ships,ocean


btih: 459e24adbcbbb11079f04058bdeeaa313bb60e01
collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan
creator: యస్. మిహల్కోవ్ (Sergei Mikhailov )
date: 1975-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: sergei-mikhailov-from-carriage-to-spaceship-in-telugu-progress-1975
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: tel
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2025-12-24T06:30:11Z,2025-12-24T07:24:12Z
publicdate: 2025-12-24T06:30:11Z
publisher: Progress Publishers
title: బండినుండి వ్యోమనౌకకు (From Carriage To Spaceship In Telugu)
year: 1975
description:
రవాణా సాంకేతికత చరిత్రపై ఒక పుస్తకం రష్యన్ నుండి అనువాదం చిత్రణ: విటాలీ స్టాట్సిన్స్కీ A book about history of transport technology.  Translated from the Russian  Illustrated by Vitaly Statsinsky Many thanks to Anil Battula Garu for sharing these scans.

subject:
popular science,history of technology,history of transportation,soviet literature,flight,automobiles,cars,spaceship,children's science


creator: बी. सर्गेयेव (B. Sergeev)
date: 1985-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: sergeev-physiology-for-everyone-manoranjak-sharir-kriya-vidnyan-in-marathi-mir-1985
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: mar
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2023-05-09T11:38:08Z,2026-02-05T23:13:17Z
publicdate: 2023-05-09T11:38:08Z
publisher: Mir Publishers,मीर प्रकाशन
title: मनोरंजक शरीर-क्रिया विज्ञान (Physiology For Everyone In Marathi)
year: 1985
collection:
mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-aakash_gupta496,fav-amsubodhini,fav-arjun_gawade,fav-indian_stars133,fav-nagendra_nerurkar,fav-ratnkala,fav-spinturaart

description:
आपला ग्रह, पृथ्वी, शेकडो हजारो सजीव प्राण्यांचे घर आहे. आयुष्य सर्वत्र पसरले आहे. ते सर्वात उंच पर्वतांच्या शिखरावर चढले आहे, जिथे जवळजवळ हवा नाही, आणि महासागरांच्या विस्ताराखाली लपले आहे, पाण्याने केलेल्या प्रचंड दाबाशी स्वतःला जुळवून घेत आहे. उष्ण, कोरड्या वाळवंटात जीवन आले आहे.आणि आर्क्टिकच्या शाश्वत बर्फात जिवंत प्राणी ऑक्सिजनच्या अनुपस्थितीत, चिरंतन अंधारात आणि शांततेत रुपांतर झाले आहेत. पण, जिथे जिवंत जीव स्थायिक झाले आहेत, त्यांना अन्न हवे आहे जे त्यांच्या शरीरात वितरित केले पाहिजे, आणि त्यांना चयापचय प्रक्रिया पार पाडावी लागेल. त्यांना त्यांच्या वातावरणात घरीच वाटणे आणि प्रजातींचे अस्तित्व सुनिश्चित करण्यासाठी कुटुंबे सुरू करणे देखील आवश्यक आहे. हे पुस्तक आपल्याला निसर्गाच्या आश्चर्यकारक शोधांबद्दल सांगेल ज्यामुळे प्राण्यांना आपल्या पृथ्वीवर पोलाट करणे शक्य झाले आहे, जसे की ते जिवंत लालटेन, रडार, प्राणी उर्जा केंद्रे, पचन रहस्ये, रक्ताच्या परिसंचरणाच्या स्वयंचलिततेसह कार्य करते, जे शरीराची सर्वात परिपूर्ण वाहतूक प्रणाली आहे, फोटो - आणि ऑडिओ-रिसेप्टर्सची रचना रहस्यमय तिसरा डोळा, जीवनाचे गुप्त कार्य, जीवनाचे गुप्त कार्य, जीवनाचे गुप्त कार्य, जीवनाचे गुप्त कार्य, जीवनाचे गुप्त कार्य, जीवनाचे गुप्त कार्य, जीवनाचे गुप्त कार्य, जीवनाचे गुप्त कार्य, जीवनाचे गुप्त कार्य, जीवनाचे गुप्त कार्य, जीवनाचे गुप्त कार्य, जीवनाचे गुप्त कार्य, जीवनाचे गुप्त कार्य, जीवनाचे गुप्त कार्य, जीवनाचे गुप्त कार्य, जीवनाचे गुप्त कार्य, जीवनाचे गुप्त कार्य मेंदू आणि पुनरुत्पादनाची वैशिष्ट्ये. निसर्गाच्या कल्पक कल्पनेशी मनुष्य परिचित होऊ लागला नाही, पण तो उत्क्रांतीच्या प्रक्रियेला सामोरे जात आहे आणि निसर्गाच्या सर्व खजिना आणि शोधांचा उपयोग करत आहे. या पुस्तकाचा उद्देश वाचकांचे लक्ष जिवंत प्राण्यांच्या विज्ञानाच्या अंतहीन क्षितिजाकडे वेधणे हा आहे. अनुवाद - वसंत सहस्त्रबुद्धे हे पुस्तक उपलब्ध करून दिल्याबद्दल मराठी विज्ञान परिषदेचे अनेक आभार  स्कॅनमध्ये मदत केल्याबद्दल विक्रम यांचे आभार

subject:
life science,physiology,biology,animals,plants,water,senses,sex,food,living beings,circulatory system,जीवन विज्ञान,शरीरशास्त्र,जीवशास्त्र,प्राणी,वनस्पती,पाणी,इंद्रिय,लिंग,अन्न,जिवंत प्राणी,रक्तप्रवाह प्रणाली,popular science,children's science,लोकप्रिय विज्ञान,मुलांचे विज्ञान


collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-filomela8
creator: Sergei Akasakov
date: 1979-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: sergei-akasakov-the-little-scarlet-flower-progress-1979
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: eng
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2023-02-09T13:30:06Z,2026-02-05T23:13:28Z
publicdate: 2023-02-09T13:30:06Z
publisher: Progress Publishers
subject: soviet literature,children's stories,illustrated books,stories for children,Russian literature
title: The Little Scarlet Flower
year: 1979
description:
A picture story book for children. Drawings by Marina Topaz Translated from the Russian by James Riordan

stripped_tags:
font color="#2c2c2c" face="Helvetica Neue, Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif",span style="font-size:14px;background-color:rgb(255,255,255);",font


btih: aaf191daec24598a929628861896fb445ac1e196
collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan
creator: ஷ. அமோனஷ்விலி (Sh. Amonashvili)
date: 1987-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: sh.-amonashvili-hello-children-in-tamil-progress-1987
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: tam
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2025-02-15T14:23:17Z,2026-02-05T23:13:48Z
publicdate: 2025-02-15T14:23:17Z
publisher: Progress Publishers
title: குழந்தைகள்‌ வாழ்க (Hello, Children! In Tamil )
year: 1987
description:
A book about children and their learning by Soviet pedagogue Sh. Amonashvili. This book presents insights gained from working with six-year-old children in a school setting. The author provides a comprehensive analysis of his educational experiences, offering observations on the development of young students' personalities. Written in the form of a narrative and reflective account, the book captures the teacher's role in shaping an engaging and enriching school environment for children. It explores the psychological characteristics of this age group, along with the specific content, approaches, and methods employed in their education and upbringing. சோவியத் பாடப்புத்தியலாளர் ஷ. அமோனாஷ்விலி எழுதிய குழந்தைகள் மற்றும் அவர்களின் கற்றலுக்கு அர்ப்பணிக்கப்பட்ட ஒரு புத்தகம். இந்த கைநூல், பள்ளியில் ஆறு வயது குழந்தைகளுடன் பெற்ற அனுபவங்களை விளக்குகிறது. ஆசிரியர் தனது கல்விசார்ந்த அனுபவங்களை விரிவாக ஆய்வு செய்து, இளைய மாணவர்களின் தன்மைகளின் உருவாக்கத்தைப் பற்றிய கவனிக்கத்தக்க நோக்குகளை வழங்குகிறார். ஒரு கதையுமாகவும் ஆசிரியரின் சிந்தனையாகவும் எழுதப்பட்ட இந்த நூல், குழந்தைகளுக்கான உற்சாகமான பள்ளி வாழ்க்கையை வடிவமைப்பதில் ஆசிரியரின் பங்கை வெளிப்படுத்துகிறது. இது இந்த வயதுக்குழுவின் உளவியல் பண்புகளையும், அவர்களின் கல்வி மற்றும் வளர்ச்சிக்காக பயன்படுத்தப்படும் குறிப்பிட்ட உள்ளடக்கங்கள், அணுகுமுறைகள் மற்றும் முறைகளையும் ஆராய்கிறது. மொழிபெயர்ப்பாளர்‌: டாக்டர்‌ இரா. பாஸ்கரன்‌. Original scan from Tamil Digital Studies at Toronto Universtiy. This is a cleaned. optimised scan.

subject:
soviet literature,children's literature,teaching and learning,soviet education,soviet pedagogy,சோவியத் இலக்கியம்,குழந்தைகள் இலக்கியம்,கற்பித்தல் மற்றும் கல்வி,சோவியத் கல்வி,சோவியத் பாடப்புத்தியல்


collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan
creator: ಬೆಯೆನಲೀಯೆವ್ (Sh. Beishenaliev)
date: 1980-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: sh.-beishenaliev-horned-lamb-in-kannada
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: kan
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2023-05-21T10:28:35Z,2026-02-05T23:13:46Z
publicdate: 2023-05-21T10:28:35Z
publisher: Progress Publishers
title: ಕೊಂಬಿನ ಕುರಿ (Horned Lamb In Kannada)
year: 1980
description:
A small picture story book for children in Kannada (translated from Russian) ಕನ್ನಡದಲ್ಲಿ ಮಕ್ಕಳಿಗಾಗಿ ಒಂದು ಸಣ್ಣ ಚಿತ್ರ ಕಥೆ ಪುಸ್ತಕ (ರಷ್ಯನ್ ಭಾಷೆಯಿಂದ ಅನುವಾದಿಸಲಾಗಿದೆ) ಅನುವಾದ: ಗೋಪಾಲಕೃಷ್ಣರಾವ್ ಚಿತ್ರಗಳು: ಯಲ್. ಇಲಿನಾ Many thanks to Guptaji for the original scan.

subject:
children's book,story book,illustrated books,animal stories,soviet literature,ಮಕ್ಕಳ ಪುಸ್ತಕ,ಕಥೆ ಪುಸ್ತಕ,ಸಚಿತ್ರ ಪುಸ್ತಕಗಳು,ಪ್ರಾಣಿ ಕಥೆಗಳು,ಸೋವಿಯತ್ ಸಾಹಿತ್ಯ,ನವಕರ್ನಾಟಕ,Navakarnataka folk tale,fairy tale,ಜಾನಪದ ಕಥೆ,ಕಾಲ್ಪನಿಕ ಕಥೆ


btih: 37748b6f19206c63273c79ce8bee12501acbc481
collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan
creator: অ্যান্টন মাকারেনকো (Anton Makarenko)
date: 1976-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: road-to-life-part-1-jiban-joyer-pothey-part-1-anton-makarenko_202412
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: ben
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2024-12-06T11:30:14Z,2026-02-05T23:05:33Z
publicdate: 2024-12-06T11:30:14Z
publisher: Progress Publishers
subject: russian novel,soviet literature,রাশিয়ান উপন্যাস,সোভিয়েত সাহিত্য
title: জিবান জোয়ার পোথে Part 1 ( Road To Life Part 1)
year: 1976
description:
Part 1 of Anton Makarenko Road to Life translated to Bengali অ্যান্টন মাকারেঙ্কো রোড টু লাইফের অংশ 1 বাংলা ভাষায় অনুবাদ করা হয়েছে  All credits to sovietbooksinbengali blog.


collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-ahylla,fav-jacques_bourret,fav-leo_gastivaires,fav-lizra,fav-pio07,fav-slumj
creator: M. Postnikov
date: 1994-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: postnikov-lecons-de-geometrie-iv-semestre-geometrie-differentielle-volume-1-urss-1994
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: fre
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2023-02-03T15:25:00Z,2026-02-05T22:01:57Z
publicdate: 2023-02-03T15:25:00Z
publisher: URSS
title: Leçons De Géométrie IV Semestre Géométrie Différentielle Volume 1
year: 1994
description:
Ce livre continue les Variétés différentiables *). 11 s’agit d’un autre manuel (plus complet que le cours de géométrie qu’on lit aujourd'hui) à l'intention des étudiants en mathématiques des Universités. Dans la préface des Variétés différentiables, nous avons suffisamment parlé du but général de la série. Ce but reste toujours le nôtre, mais cet ouvrage diffère un peu des volumes déjà parus. Le fait est que l'enseignement de la géométrie dans les Universités soviétiques ne repose sur aucun principe directeur, ou peu s’en faut. Tandis que l’analyse a, par exemple, pour elle la tradition tant en ce qui concerne les manuels qu’en matière des conférences, les géomètres nagent complètement : quels matériaux inclure dans le programme ? comment les enseigner ? comment les exposer ? Ce n'est qu’après avoir bien «rodé» plusieurs manuels conçus dans des optiques différentes qu'un professeur peut fixer délibérément le contenu et le style même de son cours. Pour l'instant, tout manuel doit servir à de nombreux cours obligatoires différemment orientés, ce qui en augmente sensiblement le volume. Par contre, il laisse aux enseignants une grande liberté de manoeuvre, et les esprits éveillés en tirent beaucoup plus qu’ils n’apprennent pendant la leçon. concret du livre. Aussi nous nous bornons à de brefs commentaires. La Première leçon est une sorte d’introduction dont on n’a en fait besoin que lorsqu’on a affaire aux fibrés principaux. Mais la négliger complètement, c’est se priver d’une vue d’ensemble de la question et rétrécir son horizon. Nous conseillons de la passer en première lecture pour y revenir chaque fois que la nécessité s’en fait sentir. Les leçons 2 à 5 sont consacrées aux revêtements et au groupe fondamental. L’exposé y est concentrique, si bien qu’on peut omettre la leçon 5, voire se borner aux leçons 2 et 3, car dans chaque cas, on reçoit une information plus ou moins exhaustive. (C’est également vrai pour certaines leçons suivantes.) Dans la leçon 6, on introduit les fibrés vectoriels, thème numéro un du livre. On peut commencer par cette leçon, mais on ne saurait s’en passer. La leçon 7 illustre la réduction du groupe structural d’un fibré vectoriel par l’exemple des fibrés métrisables. Dans la leçon 8, on examine les variétés différentiables qui admettent une structure presque complexe et on établit en particulier les valeurs de n pour lesquelles une sphère de dimension n est presque complexe ou parallélisable. La réduction du groupe structural dans le cas général est étudiée dans la leçon 9 et on introduit à ce propos la notion do géométrie de Klein. On aborde la géométrie différentielle proprement dite dans la leçon 10 (on l’a déjà dit d’ailleurs), où l’on définit géométriquement la connexion sur un fibré vectoriel en tant qu’une espèce do champ de sous-espaces horizontaux. On peut la lire immédiatement après la leçon 6. PRÉFACE 13 La leçon 11 présente les dérivées covariantes dont on établit la correspondance biunivoque avec les connexions. Dans la leçon 12, on décrit le transport de la connexion ^ d é riv a tion covariante) d'un fibré vectoriel donné sur ses puissances tensorielles quelconques. L’auteur a voulu que ce transport précède la construction de la multiplication tensorielle (et en constitue la motivation). On considère certes, en plus de la multiplication tensorielle, les foncteurs continus arbitraires. La notion de produit tensoriel de fibrés aidant, on introduit la différentielle covariante (début de la leçon 13). La partie restante de la leçon et deux leçons suivantes sont consacrées à la théorie des groupes de Lie. (Dans la pratique, on adjoint la fin de la leçon 14 à la leçon 15.) Les leçons 16 et 17 familiarisent le lecteur avec les connexions sur les fibrés principaux qu’on compare ensuite avec celles sur les fibrés vectoriels. On les réduit aisément à une leçon et demie (voire à une seule) aux dépens des exemples et des explications détaillées. Dans la première partie de la leçon 18, on introduit le groupe d’holonomie et on démontre (moyennant les théorèmes généraux de la leçon 15) qu’il s’agit d’un groupe de Lie, puis qu’un fibré est réductible à son groupe d’holonomie. Lorsqu’il lit son cours, le professeur n'a pas à se soucier outre mesure de la rigueur ni des notations, si bien que les deux démonstrations sont rapides et faciles. La seconde partie de la leçon (qui n’est pas liée directement à la première) établit que chaque fibré vectoriel sur une variété séparée paracompacte admet au moins une connexion et qu’il est donc trivialisable au-dessus de tout voisinage sphérique. Dans la leçon 19, on calcule le transport parallèle le long d’un lacet et on asseoit dessus la notion de tenseur de courbure. On discute d’autres définitions du tenseur. En omettant deux dernières parties, on peut lire cette leçon immédiatement après la leçon 11. La leçon 20 est centrée sur le problème d’exprimer les éléments du groupe d'holonomie à l’aide du tenseur de courbure. Une discussion heuristique est suivie du théorème d'Ambrose-Singer qui fournit la réponse voulue. A cet effet, on détermine le transport parallèle, la forme de courbure et le groupe d'holonomie pour les fibrés principaux quelconques. Dans la leçon 21, un théorème d’existence des relèvements horizontaux (nécessaire au cas général d’Ambrose-Singer) est démontré pour les fibrés principaux quelconques. On discute une deuxième définition de la forme de courbure des connexions sur un fibré principal, l’identité de Bianchi et l ’équation de structure d’Elie Cartan. On expose enfin la construction quaternionique des instantons. Sur ce, on en finit au fond avec la géométrie différentielle, et on revient (après une brève incursion dans la théorie des champs de jauge de Yang-Mills) à la topologie (leçon 22). On présente la théorie des classes caractéristiques de Weyl (qu’on retrouve dans la leçon 23) qui s’inspire des principes de la géométrie différentielle, et les idées clefs de la théorie des /^-groupes. Dans la leçon 24, on prouve (avec des lacunes) le théorème d’Adams sur la parité de l’invariant de Hopf pour n ^ 2 , 4, 8 et on examine en détail ses divers homologues algébriques. La leçon 25 étudie les fibres au-dessus des sphères. On introduit à ce propos les groupes d’homotopie. Dans la leçon 26, on calcule les groupes JTnSm» et on démontre un théorème de Hopf {application des variétés dans les sphères de meme dimension). La leçon finale expose (avec force lacunes) un procédé de calcul des groupes des sphères et leur application au problème de l’invariant de Hopf. L’Annexe in fine a été ajouté sur épreuves. Ce sont les leçons 6, 10, 11 et 19 qui constituent le coeur du livre. Le cours de géométrie (réduit à l’extrême) lu à la Faculté mécanicomathématique (voir préface des Variétés différentiables) se borue à ces leçons (et à une partie des leçons 5 et 12), après quoi on passe à la géométrie de Riemann. Nous répétons une fois de plus que la géométrie de Riemann et les questions afférentes feront l’objet du volume suivant. Un grand merci à Henri Leveque pour le scan original.

subject:
Fibres,Groupes topologiques,Topologie,Revêtements.,Classes d’homotopie,Espaces,Groupe des automorphismes,Fibrés vectoriels,Géométries de Klein,Courbes horizontales.,Champs de sous-espaces horizontaux,Différentielle covariante,Théorème de Frobenius,Théorème de Freudenthal,Connexions,Tenseur,Equations de Maxwell,Fibrés principaux sur les sphères,Invariant de Hopf


btih: 51ad8af55a96fc56fd23c5ed27b7a46dcd6300ab
collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-shreyans_shah
creator: से. विनेत्स्की (S. Venetsky)
date: 1987-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: s.-venetsky-tales-about-metals-in-marathi-mir-1987
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: mar
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2025-05-13T16:19:07Z,2026-03-21T19:08:50Z
publicdate: 2025-05-13T16:19:07Z
publisher: Mir Publishers,मीर प्रकाशन
title: धातूंच्या नवलकथा (Tales About Metals In Marathi )
year: 1987
description:
कित्येक युगांपासून धातू मानवाची सेवा अत्यंत प्रामाणिकपणे आणि आस्थेवाईकपणे करत आहेत. मूलद्रव्यांवर स्वामित्व मिळविणे, निसर्गाचे गूढ उकलणे, उपयुक्त व शक्तिशाली यंत्रसामग्रीची निर्मिती करणे, आणि मोठमोठे कारखाने उभारणे—या सर्व प्रयत्नांमध्ये धातूंचा सिंहाचा वाटा आहे. धातूंचे जग मोठे वैविध्यपूर्ण आणि चित्ताकर्षक आहे. काही धातूंचा, उदाहरणार्थ तांबे, लोह, शिसे, पारा, सोने, रूपे (चांदी) आणि कथील यांचा इतिहास हजारो वर्षांपूर्वीचा आहे, तर काहींचा शोध अगदी अलिकडच्या काही दशकांमध्येच लागला आहे. धातूंचे गुणधर्म कमालीचे विभिन्न असतात. पारा शून्य अंशाखालच्या तापमानातही गोठत नाही, तर टंगस्टनला सर्वात प्रदीप्त ज्वालाही भस्म करू शकत नाहीत. लिथियमला तर "पट्टीचा पोहणारा" म्हणता येईल—पाण्याच्या तुलनेत तो निम्मा हलका आहे आणि कितीही प्रयत्न केला तरी पाण्यात बुडणार नाही. सर्व धातूंमध्ये ओस्मिअम वजनात सर्वात जड असून पाण्यात टाकल्यास दगडापेक्षा जास्त वेगाने खाली जाईल. चांदी विद्युतवाहनासाठी सदैव तयार असते, तर टायटॅनियमला मात्र या "खेळात" काहीही रस नसतो—त्याची विद्युतवाहकता चांदीच्या फक्त एक-तीनशेव्या भागाइतकीच असते. आपण जिथे नजर टाकू तिथे लोखंडाचे अस्तित्व जाणवते, तर होमिअम पृथ्वीच्या पृष्ठभागावर इतक्या कमी प्रमाणात आढळतो की त्याची किंमत ऐकून आश्चर्यचकित व्हावे—कणभर शुद्ध होमिअम सोन्याच्या शंभरपट अधिक महाग आहे. तथापि, या सर्व भिन्नतेनंतरही एक गोष्ट सर्व धातूंमध्ये सामाईक आहे—ते सर्व एका मोठ्या कुटुंबाचे सदस्य आहेत. एस. आय. वेनेत्स्की यांच्या "धातूंच्या नवलकथा" या पुस्तकात अनेक धातूंच्या शोधाचा इतिहास आणि त्यांचे वर्तमान व भविष्यकालीन उपयोग यांचे शैलीदार वर्णन आहे. लेखकाचा उद्देश प्रत्येक धातूबद्दल पद्धतशीर माहिती देण्याचा नव्हता. धातूंच्या इतिहासात अनेक रोमहर्षक प्रसंग आढळतात—कधी ते अद्भुत वाटावेत, कधी विनोदी, तर कधी शोकात्म. लेखकाने या मानवी अनुभवांचाच पट उलगडण्याचा प्रयत्न या पुस्तकातून केला आहे. ज्यांना विज्ञानाचे जग उलगडण्याची आस आहे आणि ज्यांचे कुतूहल नेहमी जागृत असते, त्यांच्या करिता हे पुस्तक आहेच. पण ज्यांनी शाळा आणि कॉलेजचा निरोप घेतला असला तरी आजूबाजूच्या गोष्टींबद्दल अधिक जाणून घेण्याची ओढ कायम ठेवलेली आहे, अशांसाठीही हे पुस्तक उपयुक्त आहे. अनुवाद: कै . वसंत द. सहत्रबुद्धे अनुक्रमणिका एक सर्वात हलका धातू  ७ दोन अवकाशयुगाचा धातू  ११ तीन ग्लानिरोधक धातू  २४ चार मातीपासून रूपे  ३३ पाच पृथ्वीचा पुत्र  ४४ सहा ‘जीवनसत्त्व व्ही’  ५५ सात ‘रेडलेडचे’ गूढ  ६२ आठ लोखंडाचा जुना सहकारी  ७२ नऊ मूतोंमंत कष्टकरी  ८२ दहा वैद्यकीय बंदुकीतील दारू  ९५ अकरा तांब्याच्या रूपात सैतान  १०५ बारा अतिप्राचीन व नामांकित धातू  ११५ तेरा युरेनियम कांड्यांसाठी ‘आवरण’  ११७ चौदा खोली क्र ४१ मधील रहिवासी  १२३ पंधरा लोहमित्र मॉलिब्डेनम  १३६ सोळा कुलीनतेचा वारसा मिरविणारे रूपे  १५२ सतरा कठीण पण मृदु  १६६ अठरा ‘यातनांमध्ये’ जन्मलेला  १७४ एकोणीस प्रकाश देणारा  १८९ वीस तीन कुलपांच्या तिजोरीत  १९० एकवीस धातूंचा राजा व राजेलोकांचा धातू  १९९ बावीस प्रवाही क्षुपे  २१४ तेवीस रोमचा सर्वनाश करणारा  २२२ चोवीस विसाव्या शतकाचे इंधन  २३०

subject:
soviet literature,popular science,children's science,science,metallurgy,elements,metals,chemistry,history of science,periodic table,सोव्हिएत साहित्य,लोकप्रिय विज्ञान,मुलांसाठी विज्ञान,विज्ञान,धातुविज्ञान,मूलद्रव्ये,धातू,रसायनशास्त्र,विज्ञानाचा इतिहास


creator: B. I. Stepanov,V. P. Gribkovskii
date: 1968-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: stepanov-gribkovskii-theory-of-luminescence
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: eng
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2022-05-03T07:23:15Z,2026-02-06T00:04:09Z
publicdate: 2022-05-03T07:23:15Z
subject: physics,solids,quantum mechanics,luminescence,absorption,emission,classical theory,light,radiation
title: Theory Of Luminescence
year: 1968
collection:
mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-area5150,fav-floura28zz,fav-gerardo_gallegos_ochoa_gaog680518,fav-janit_pongpuak,fav-matt_404,fav-nezih_dural,fav-nikemaul,fav-pb_ess,fav-pio07,fav-theneonew

description:
In the present monograph, an attempt is made to give an account of the fundamentals of the theory of luminescence or, more precisely, the theory of photo-luminescence. The first three chapters are concerned with classical emission theory, and the quantum mechanics and quantum-electro­ dynamics which are necessary for the understanding of the physical processes leading to luminescence. The next two chapters discuss the general principles of the theory of absorption and luminescence without reference to any specific models of matter. These chapters are devo­ ted to a detailed study of the optical properties of the har­ monic oscillator and of systems of particles with two, three or more energy levels. Much of the material given in this book is based on the original work carried out at the Institute of Physics of the Academy of Sciences Byelorussian SSR. In particular, a detailed description is given of the effect of the thermal emission background, the properties of negative radiation fluxes and negative luminescence. Non-linear optical phen­ omena which arise in the interaction of matter with high, and occasionally with ordinary, fluxes of radiation are systematically investigated. They include departures from Bouguer’s law, depolarisation, induced dichroism and amplification and generation of radiation in media with negative absorption coefficients.

stripped_tags:
div class="page" title="Page 13",div class="layoutArea",div class="column",span style="font-size:16pt;font-family:TimesNewRomanPSMT;"


btih: e55b600f61a0526e24335a6d1fd0669b56dc86d6
collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan
creator: Ambrose Bierce
date: 1982-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: ambrose-bierce-tales-and-fables-progress-1982
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: eng
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2026-05-20T09:31:34Z,2026-05-20T12:48:11Z
publicdate: 2026-05-20T09:31:34Z
publisher: Progress Publishers
subject: soviet literature,american literature,humour,satire
title: Ambrose Bierce - Tales And Fables
year: 1982
description:
Compiled and Preface by A. M. Zverev Commentary by E. M. Mednikova Illustrations by G. A. Dauman Editor S. B. Belov Selected Works. Compiled by A. M. Zverev. The present edition introduces readers to the finest examples of the work of the well-known American writer Ambrose Bierce. Bierce’s short fiction is distinguished by its thematic diversity. Included here are works written in the tradition of Edgar Allan Poe’s ``tales of terror'', satirical sketches in the spirit of Mark Twain, and stories devoted to the bitter fate of the common man in late nineteenth-century America. In The Devil's Dictionary and Fantastic Fables, Bierce caustically mocks the official virtues of the bourgeois America of his time. The edition is supplied with a preface and commentary and is intended for a wide readership of English-language readers.


btih: 0d160a20f61452852b1903d3defe000532c7d9b0
collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan
creator: Rasul Gamzatov
date: 1976-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: rasul-gamzatov-selected-poems-progress-1976
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: eng
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2026-05-20T11:50:39Z,2026-05-20T12:44:44Z
publicdate: 2026-05-20T11:50:39Z
publisher: Progress Publishers
subject: soviet literature,soviet poets,soviet poetry
title: Rasul Gamzatov - Selected Poems
year: 1976
description:
Daghestan lies in the Caucasus, bordering the Caspian. There, in the small Avar village of Tsada high in the mountains, Rasul Gamzatov, a leading contemporary Soviet poet, was born in 1923 into the family of the folk bard Gamzat Tsadasa, People’s Poet of Daghestan. “My father named me Rasul, which in Arabic means ‘representative’,” explains Rasul Gamzatov. “Happy is the poet whose readers say he is ‘the spokesman of our country and of our poetry’. A writer’s life is judged not by his years but by his books, and there’s no better measure of a person than his work.” Rasul Gamzatov was fortunate in his poetic career: his first verse was published when he was only 14. Since then, more than 40 books of verse have appeared in Avar, his mother tongue, in Russian, and in many other languages of the peoples of the USSR. The qualities of his poetry which attract readers are its originality and spontaneity, its Oriental love of aphorism, its striking imagery, wisdom, and sly humour. It is truly poetry of the people and, at the same time, the work of a contemporary writer who is highly aware of his civic responsibilities. In 1963 Rasul Gamzatov was awarded a Lenin Prize for his book of verse, ``Lofty Stars''. His public and social activities are manifold. He is a member of the Presidium of the USSR Supreme Soviet and chairman of the board of the Union of Daghestan Writers. He is active in the work of the Soviet Committee for Solidarity with the Peoples of Asia and Africa and does a great deal for peace and international friendship. Translated by Peter Tempest Designed by Grigory Dowman Translated from the Avar into Russian by Naum Grebnev and Yakov Kozlousky CONTENTS Foreword A Few Words About Myself Poems Good Morning! Look Out of the Window... To Faraway Stars... Stars Heroic Forebears I Recall Mother Tongue The Kremlin.. How Can I Help but Love My Land. Zest for Life... Friendship My Elder Brother Died Twelve Years Ago A Warrior’s Heart is Like a Fire! The Mountain Youth Prayer Cranes On Land, as in the Sea To My Mother Fate Has Been Kind The Hero Never Spares a Thought for Death Saddle My Father’s Horse! Keep Your Friends Old Hillmen Poor Little Sheep The Dagger Once a Bard of Ancient Glory... Tarry To You! The Rose of Bulgaria Yellow Leaves Such Follies Trouble Us In “Sleep... A Poem About Paper To Be Alone Is All I Ask I Had a Vision as I Drowsed Verse Stealers Father, I Do Not Read to You A Curse Song The Sight of Friend Stay, Joy! If in This World a Thousand Men In Akhvakh Three Women My Spirit Compulsively Kindles Three Times I Fell Footprints in the Snow To P. U. Come, Say What Was the Fire Grant Me but One Glance Adoring At the Window Up There Sleep, My Darling! It’s Time for Me to Go If Every Loving Thought and Look A Hundred Women I Adore Inscriptions On Doors and Gates On Tombstones On Daggers On Wine Horns On Sticks On Cloaks On Saddles On Hearth Stones On Cradles On Rocks Octaves An Octave Is Eight Lines of Verse Travelling the World, I’ve Gathered A Mountain Breeze His Cradle Rocks Should I Ever Turn to Metal Like Steam‑Locos We Arrive Time, You Oppress Me and Cruelly Test Me Great Courage in the Heat of Strife Old Stone House My Father Built My Neighbour in a Lively Tone Morning and Evening, Noonday and Night I Pause Before the Classroom Door My Childhood Days Are Far Behind A Tiny Grain of Sand Will Bruise Fame, Go Away, Leave the Living Alone! Lute, Where Are the Clear and Clever Airs The Firmament by No Means Always Appears So Firm Where Are You, Happiness? Cat, Whither Rushing For Three Whole Days I Wined and Dined Our Ancestors, Not Pressed for Time I Do Not Wait Upon a Word There Are Three Songs People Treasure Don’t Stare at Me so Proudly There! With Tender Thoughts at Dawn I Rise Mountain Stream, It’s Lack of Rain Why Drag the Fact Up Every Day In Vain You Cry with Jealousy I Don’t Believe in Miracles They Say I Am Lavish with Love Walk Abroad and Wear No Coat? Our Hill Folk, Jealous of Their Own Small Plots Tell Me, Timeless River So Many Men Were Torn Away Woman, Wear Your Gayest Dresses A New Dawn Breaks in Soft Grey Light What’s the Use of Gold or Diamonds A Young Man in the Village Dying Men, Who Know Little Children Burgeoning Frighten Me Never Knowing What the Day Will Offer Back on the Road Again The Night Is Tedious as Prose Down My Window Raindrops Pour All Day It Pours Early Guests Are Early Gone People, Why Are You So Slow? I Thought All the Trees Were in Lily‑White Blossom Time, Do No Brag! Babes Cannot Say The Twentieth Century is Grim with Rage Although the War Took You Away A Man with an Imposing Hat For Lullabies I Feel No Inclination Like a River in Full Spate At Song: Birds and at Nightingales Do Not Cast a Stone! Folk in Hiroshima City Our World’s a Ship Behold the Taj Mahal Already Twenty Years Have Passed The Eagle Halted In Late April The Tale I Now Recall Our Hillmen with a Noble Gesture


creator: V. E. Levin
date: 1981-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: v.-e.-levin-nuclear-physics-and-nuclear-reactors-mir-1981
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: eng
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2023-09-15T11:15:49Z,2026-04-01T15:43:09Z
publicdate: 2023-09-15T11:15:49Z
publisher: Mir Publishers
stripped_tags: strong,ol
title: Nuclear Physics And Nuclear Reactors
year: 1981
collection:
mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-carson_main,fav-chloeroses,fav-dives1012,fav-floura28zz,fav-gherling,fav-janit_pongpuak,fav-jissica_122m,fav-matt_404,fav-mehmet_onat803,fav-munif_muttafik,fav-nikemaul,fav-pb_ess,fav-pio07,fav-polytetrafluoroethylene,fav-r_raghavendra_prasad,fav-rafaeltm,fav-socex,fav-theneonew,fav-timomartin,fav-vignam

description:
The book is based on the lectures of the author at the  Obninsk Polytechnical school. The textbook is divided into two parts, "Nuclear Physics" and "Nuclear Readers". Part one describes the fundamentals of atomic physics, as well as Hie re of the atomic nucleus and radioactivity, registration and dosimetry of ionizing Radiations, and their Interaction with matter. Methods for accelerating charged particles, the properties of cosmic radiation and the physics at neutrons are also discussed. An introduction to atomic power engineering presented in the second part. The construction, physics and operation pf nuclear reactors, the development and economics of atomic power are also considered. The textbook is intended for students in physics technical schools, for technicians working in physics laboratories or servicing nuclear reactors and other atomic installations. Translated from the Russian by L. N. Bell Many thanks to Quantum AI for the original scans. CONTENTS PART ONE ATOMIC AND NUCLEAR PHYSICS Atomic Physics 1.1 Matter and Electricity 1.2 Probability and Spectra 1.3 Mass and Energy 1.4 Electromagnetic Radiation 1.5 Structure of the Atom 1.6 Atomic Spectra Fundamentals of Quantum Mechanics 2.1 The Subject of Quantum Mechanics 2.2 Quantum States of Electrons in Atoms 2.3 Uncertainty Principle Atomic Nucleus 3.1 Properties of the Atomic Nucleus 3.2 Binding Energy of the Nucleus 3.3 Energy Levels of Nuclei 3.4 Nuclear Forces and Stability 3.5 Models of the Nucleus Radioactivity 4.1 General Properties of Radioactivity 4.2 Radioactive Series 4.3 Law of Radioactive Decay 4.4 Alpha Decay 4.5 Beta Decay 4.6 Internal Conversion and Nuclear Isomerism 4.7 Applications of Radioactive Substances Interaction Between Ionizing Radiations and Matter 5.1 Particle Flux Density and Intensity of Ionizing Radiation 5.2 Interaction Between Heavy Charged Particles and Matter 5.3 Range of Heavy Particles in Matter 5.4 Interaction Between Beta Particles and Matter 5.5 Interaction Between Electromagnetic Radiation and Matter 5.6 Radiation Doses 5.7 Characteristics of Gamma Radiation Sources 5.8 Calculation of Protective Shields for Point Gamma Sources Measurement of Ionizing Radiations 6.1 Ionization Methods for Measurement of Radiations 6.2 Volt-Ampere Characteristic of a Gas Discharge 6.3 Ionization Chamber 6.4 Proportional Counters 6.5 Geiger-Muller Counters 6.6 Scintillation Counters 6.7 Semiconductor Detectors 6.8 Other Techniques for Measuring Radiations Accelerators of Charged Particles 7.1 Applications of Accelerators 7.2 Linear Accelerators 7.3 The Cyclotron and Synchrocyclotron 7.4 Electron Accelerators 7.5 Proton Synchrotron Nuclear Reactions 8.1 General Definition and Nuclear Reaction Equations 8.2 Laws of Conservation of Energy and Momentum in Nuclear Reactions 8.3 The Compound Nucleus 8.4 Effective Cross Section and Yield of Nuclear Reactions 8.5 Nuclear Reactions Induced by Charged Particles 8.6 Nuclear Reactions at High Energies 8.7 Thermonuclear Reactions 8.8 Transuranic Elements Cosmic Radiation 9.1 Nature of Cosmic Radiation 9.2 Radiation Belts of the Magnetosphere 9.3 Elementary Particles Neutron Physics 10.1 Properties of Neutrons 10.2 Neutron Sources 10.3 Neutron Spectrometers 10.4 Neutron-Induced Nuclear Reactions 10.5 Neutron Detection 10.6 General Law of Attenuation of the Neutron Flux Density 10.7 Neutron Diffusion 10.8 Neutron Slowing-Down 10.9 Thermal Neutrons 10.10 Nuclear Fission 10.11 Nuclear Fission Chain Reaction PART TWO NUCLEAR REACTORS Design and Classification of Reactors 11.1 Reactor Design 11.2 How Reactors Are Used 11.3 Homogeneous and Heterogeneous Reactors 11.4 Thermal, Fast, and Intermediate Neutron Reactors 11.5 Classification of Power Reactors by Coolants and Moderators 11.6 Reactor Structural Materials Reactor Physics 12.1 Neutron Multiplication Factor 12.2 Neutron Flux Density and Leakage 12.3 Parameters of a Critical Bare Reactor 12.4 Reactors with Reflectors Reactor Operation 13.1 Reactivity and Reactor Period 13.2 Reactivity Temperature Coefficient 13.3 Changes in Nuclear Fuel Composition 13.4 Control Devices of the Safety Control System 13.5 Reactor Start-Up and Shutdown 13.6 Heat Generation and Heat Exchange in Reactors Atomic Power Engineering 14.1 Development of Atomic Power Engineering 14.2 Atomic Power Economics 14.3 Research and Experimental Reactors 14.4 Graphite-Water Reactors 14.5 Vessel Water-Water Power Reactors (WWPR) 14.6 Fast Neutron Reactors Appendix International System of Units (SI) Fundamental Constants Physical and Nuclear Properties of Some Elements Physical Properties of Some Moderators Half-lives of Some Radioactive Substances Values of e^(-x) and e^x Functions Subject Index

subject:
physics,soviet,nuclear physics,quantum mechanics,nuclear reactions,elementary particles,nuclear reactors,nuclear reactor design


btih: c02ddfbc875decd71f1dff119ede57eca5533df0
collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan
creator: সের্গেই আন্তোনভ (Victor Matsulenko)
date: 1987-01-01T00:00:00Z
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: ben
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2025-12-10T13:24:02Z,2025-12-10T16:02:01Z
publicdate: 2025-12-10T13:24:02Z
publisher: Progress Publishers
subject: soviet literature,history,second world war,soviet red army,nazi germany
year: 1987
description:
 A short history of the second world from a Soviet perspective. Translated to Bengali All credits to sovietbooksinbengali blog.

identifier:
second-world-war-short-historical-review-dwitiyo-biswajuddho-sankhipto-itihas-victor-matsulenko_2025

title:
দ্বিতীয় বিশ্বযুদ্ধ সংক্ষিপ্ত ইতিহাস ভিক্টর মাতসুলেঙ্কো (Second World war Short Historical Review in Bengali)


collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan
creator: S. N. Vernov (Ed.),G. E. Kocharov (Ed.)
date: 1971-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: s.-n.-vernov-g.-e.-kocharov-eds.-proceedings-of-the-sixth-winter-school-on-space
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: eng
licenseurl: https://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/mark/1.0/
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2023-11-18T08:30:20Z,2026-02-05T23:07:30Z
publicdate: 2023-11-18T08:30:20Z
publisher: NASA Technical Translations,Israel Program for Scientific Translations
title: Proceedings Of The Sixth Winter School On Space Physics ( Part I)
year: 1971
description:
 AKADEMIYA NAUK SSSR NAUCHNYI SOVET PO KOMPLEKSNOI PROBLEME "KOSMICHESKIE LUCHI KOL' SKII FILIAL IM.S. M„ KIROVA POLYARNYI GEOFIZICHESKII INSTITUT Academy of Sciences of the USSR-Scientific Council on Cosmic Rays Kola Branch im. S. M. Kirov-Polar Geophysical Institute S.N. Vernov, G.E. Kocharov (Eds.) Proceedings of the Sixth Winter School on Space Physics (Part I) - NTT - IPST - 1971 (Trudy Shestoi Vsesoyuznoi ezhegodnoi zimnei shkoly po kosmofizike) (Apatity, 18March—1April1969) Edited by  Translated from Russian Israel Program for Scientific Translations Jerusalem 1971 Translated by IPST staff Table of Contents Section 1. THE UNIVERSE, GALAXIES AND STARS THE FIRST APATITY STAGE IN THE HISTORY OF THE WINTER SCHOOL ON SPACE PHYSICS ISOTROPIZATION OF INHOMOGENEOUS CENTRALLY SYMMETRIC COSMOLOGICAL MODELS V. A.Ruban and A. D. Chernin FORMATION OF GALAXIES IN AN EXPANDING UNIVERSE A.G. Doroshkevich THE SEPARATION OF GALAXIES INTO THE HALO AND THE DISK SUBSYSTEM L. E. Gurevich and A. D. Chernin CLUSTERS OF GALAXIES AND THE COSMOLOGICAL EXPANSION A.D. Chernin EXPERIMENTAL VERIFICATION OF THE GRAVITATION THEORY IN COSMOLOG YA. M. Finkel'shtein EJECTION OF GAS FROM STARS IN THE LATE STAGES OF EVOLUTION G.S. Bisnovatyi-Kogan LOW-FREQUENCY OSCILLATIONS OF A MAGNETIC ROTATING NEUTRON STAR Yu. V. Vandakurov FIELD GENERATION IN MAGNETIC STARS E. M. Drobyshevskii THE SPECTRUM OF THE EXTRAGALACTIC BACKGROUND RADIATION R.A. Syunyaev COMPUTATION OF THE OPACITY OF STARS WITH ALLOWANCE FOR LINE ABSORPTION A. F. Nikiforov and B. V. Uvarov GAMMA-RAY MEASUREMENTS FROM KOSMOS-135 SATELLITE WITH A VIEW TO POSSIBLE DETECTION OF ANTIMATTER METEOR STREAMS B.P. Konstantinov, R.L. Aptekar’, M.M. Bredov, S. V. Golenetskii, Yu. A. Gur’yan, V.N. Il’inskii,E. P. Mazets, and V. N. Panov DETERMINATION OF THE ANTIPROTON FLUX IN PRIMARY COSMIC RAYS E.A. Bogomolov, V.K. Karakad'ko, N.D. Lubyanaya, V. A. Romanov, M. G. Totubalina, and M.A. Yamskchikov GEOCHEMICAL FEATURES OF THE COMPOSITION OF THE UNIVERSE AND THE ORIGIN OF ATOMIC NUCLEI V. V. Cherdyntsev THE PROPERTIES OF NUCLEI FAR FROM THE BETA-STABILITY STRIP E. E. B erlovich Section 2. X RAYS, GAMMA RAYS, ELECTRONS AND NEUTRINO COSMIC GAMMA AND X RAYS S.I. Syrovatskii LOW-ENERGY GAMMA RAYS (0.1-10 MeV) IN THE ATMOSPHERE AND IN OUTER SPACE A. M. Romanov X-RAY AND GAMMA-RAY OBSERVATIONS FROM ARTIFICIAL EARTH SATELLITES M. M. Anisimov, L.S. Bratolyubova-Tsulukidze, N. L. Grigorov, L.F. Kalinkin, A.S. Melioranskii, E.A. Pryakhin, I. A. Savenko, and V. Ya. Yufarkin VARIATIONS OF THE ELECTRON COSMIC-RAY COMPONENT WITH ENERGIES BETWEEN 100 AND 1500 MeV IN THE UPPER ATMOSPHERE A.M. Gal'per and B.I. Luchkov THE NEUTRINO EMISSION OF THE SUN G. E. Kocharov DIFFERENTIAL ROTATION AND NONSPHERICITY OF THE SUN'S SURFACE S. S. Mandrykin and Yu. N. Starbunov NEUTRINO EXPERIMENTS ON ACCELERATORS V. S. Kaftanov Section 3. PHYSICS OF THE SOLAR ACTIVITY AND DYNAMIC PROCESSES IN THE INTERPLANETARY SPACE AND IN THE EARTH'S MAGNETOSPHERE STRUCTURE OF THE INTERPLANETARY SPACE FROM OBSERVATIONS OF LOW-ENERGY COSMIC RAYS IN 1965-1967 S.N. Vernov, G.P. Lyubimov, and N.V. Pereslegina PROPAGATION OF 1.5 MeV SOLAR PROTONS IN THE INTERPLANETARY SPACE S.N. Vernov, E.V. Gorchakov, and G.A. Timofeev INVESTIGATION OF PROTON FLUXES IN THE1.50-50 MeV RANGE WITH ZOND-4 ANDZOND-5 AUTOMATIC INTERPLANETARY STATIONS M. M. Bredov, A. A. Kolchin, V. V. Lebedev, and G.P. Skrebtsov DYNAMIC ALIGNMENT OF ATOMIC AND MOLECULAR SPINS AS A NEW METHOD OF DETERMINATION OF THE INTERPLANETARY MAGNETIC FIELD D.A. Varshalovich RADIATION TRANSFER IN SPACE PHYSICS Yu. N. Gnedin and A. Z. Dolginov SPACE-PHYSICAL INVESTIGATIONS IN THE LABORATORY I. M. Podgorni THE TRAPPING OF CHARGED PARTICLES BY THE MAGNETIC FIELD WITH ALLOWANCE FOR IONIZATION LOSSES D.Kh. Morozov A CONTRIBUTION TO THE THEORY OF PARTICLE ACCELERATION IN INTERPLANETARY PLASMA M. E. Kats and A. K. Yukhimuk A MECHANISM OF ACCELERATION OF THE SOLAR WIND PLASMA M. V. Konyukov QUASIEQUILIBRIUM STRUCTURES IN THE IONIZED ATMOSPHERES OF STARS AND PLANETS V.M. Fadeev RADAR ASTRONOMY OF THE SUN I.M. Gordon PENETRATION OF AURORAL PARTICLES INTO THE EARTH'S ATMOSPHERE L. L. Lazutin MAGNETOSPHERIC ELECTRIC FIELDS AND THE ROTATION OF THE EARTH B. E. Bryunelli MAGNETIC STORM DEVELOPMENT IN THE EARTH'S MAGNETOSPHERE M.I. Pudovkin, S. I. Isaev, and S. A. Zaitseva APPLICATION OF THE METHODS OF MEASUREMENT OF SMALL AND ULTRASMALL QUANTITIES OF VARIOUS ISOTOPES TO ASTROPHYSICAL RESEARCH V. O. Naidenov PLASMA CONTAINMENT IN ADIABATIC TRAPS B. B. Kadomtsev DISTRIBUTION OF THE OUTER BELT PROTONS IN THE 𝜇, L SPACE Yu. I. Gubar' and V.P. Skabanskii SELF-SIMILAR FLOW IN RAREFIED PLASMA M.A. Gintsburg PARTICLE ACCELERATION IN A PLASMA IN OUTER SPACE M.A. Gintsburg COMPARISON OF THE VARIATIONS OF HIGH-ENERGY ELECTRONS AND ULTRA-LOW-FREQUENCY RADIATION A.B. Malyshev, P.M. Svidskii, V.A. Burov, I. G. Kleimenova, and V.A, Troitskaya THE EFFECT OF SOLAR WIND VELOCITY IN HOMOGENEITIES ON THE STRUCTURE OF THE INTERPLANETARY FIELD I.I. Alekseev, A.P. Kropotkin, and A.R. Shister INTERACTION OF HIGH-ENERGY PARTICLES WITHTHE NEUTRAL LAYER OF THE MAGNETOSPHERE TAIL I.I. Alekseev and A.P. Kropotkin LOCALIZATION OF ACTIVE SOLAR REGIONS RESPONSIBLE FOR THE GENERATION OF THE GEO EFFECTIVE AGENT V.P. Nefed'ev APPLICATION OF ELECTRICAL FIELDS IN INTERPLANETARY SPACE AS RADIATION SHIELDING AGAINST PROTONS AND ELECTRONS T. Ya. Ryabova and K. A. Trukhanov

subject:
astronomy,astrophysics,galaxies,universe,elementary particle physics,models of the universe,radiation physics,space physics,plasma physics,cosmology,large scale structure,solar physics,gravitation,cosmic rays,gamma rays,neutron stars,cosmological expansion,stellar physics,radio astronomy,soviet science


collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan
creator: S. Tregub
date: 1964-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: s.-tregub-heroic-life-of-nikolai-ostrovsky-flph-1964
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: eng
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2024-07-10T11:33:55Z,2026-02-05T23:07:32Z
publicdate: 2024-07-10T11:33:55Z
publisher: Foreign Languages Publishing House
subject: soviet literature,biography,soviet writers,how the steel was tempered,soviet life,first world war
title: Heroic Life Of Nikolai Ostrovsky
year: 1964
description:
The Heroic Life of Nikolai Ostrovsky" by S. Tregub details the inspiring journey of Nikolai Ostrovsky, a Soviet writer and Communist activist, known for his novel "How the Steel Was Tempered." Despite being stricken with severe illness that left him blind and paralyzed, Ostrovsky remained a dedicated revolutionary and writer. Tregub's biography emphasizes Ostrovsky's perseverance, ideological commitment, and his role as a symbol of Soviet resilience and determination during challenging times​. Translated from the Russian by Helen Altschuler Designed by Y. Rakuzin  CONTENTS Childhood—Adolescence—Youth 9  Illness. The Struggle to Return to the Ranks 24  The Writing of "How the Steel Was Tempered" 34  Return to the Ranks 47  Sochi, Orekhovaya Ulitsa, 47 61  In Moscow 80  The Summer of 1936 93 Ostrovsky's Last Months 106  "How the Steel Was Tempered" .118  "Born of the Storm" .128  Always in the Ranks .141


btih: ecac81832fb53e129ac6b8697cdffa7cd62d6758
collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-ali_ebrahimi458,fav-atticus_keesling,fav-dstev1,fav-nikemaul,fav-pio07
creator: S. A. Elenev
date: 1983-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: s.-a.-elenev-pressworking-mir-1983
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: eng
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2025-01-15T13:25:50Z,2026-02-05T23:07:29Z
publicdate: 2025-01-15T13:25:50Z
publisher: Mir Publishers
subject: soviet literature,mechanical engineering,production
title: Pressworking
year: 1983
description:
This textbook is intended for vocational training of press working equipment operators and, in particular, for preparing pressmen of class 3. It is written in compliance with the syllabus adopted for vocational schools. The textbook contains data on the press working equipment, design, operation, and repair of press tools, outlines basic operations carried out on presses, discusses the problems involved in inspection of stampings, standardization, and product quality, mechanization and automation of press working, and safety precautions. Translated from the Russian by V. Kochin Contents Chapter I. Introduction to Pressworking 7 Chapter II. Fundamentals of Mechanics of Materials 10 1. Definition of Deformations and Stresses 10 2. Simple Deformations 10 3. Hooke's Law 11 4. Stress-Strain Relationships 14 5. Strength Analysis 15 6. Stress at a Point 17 7. Plasticity Conditions 18 8. Methods of Solving Metalworking Problems 20 9. Physical Nature of Plastic Deformation 21 Chapter III. Pressworking Materials 24 1. Metals and Alloys Used for Pressworking 24 2. Non-Metallic Materials Used for Pressworking 28 3. Mechanical and Workability Tests of Materials 29 Chapter IV. Measuring Tools and Instruments 33 1. Basic Definitions 33 2. Linear Measurements 34 3. Instruments for Checking Surface Straightness and Flatness 37 4. Tools for Measuring Angles and Tapers 38 5. Instruments for Relative Measurements 40 Chapter V. Principal Operations of Sheet Stamping 42 1. Basic Definitions 42 2. Cutting Operations 44 3. Forming Operations 52 4. Combined Operations 68 5. Assembling Operations 68 Chapter VI. Principal Operations of Cold Die Forging 70 1. Basic Definitions 70 2. Cutting Operations 71 3. Forming Operations 72 Chapter VII. Press Tools 77 1. Classification 77 2. Press Tool Components 80 3. Tools for Sheet Metal Stamping 86 4. Tools for Cold Die Forging 100 5. Press Tool Certificate. Manufacture of Press Tools 104 Chapter VIII. Preparation of Materials for Pressworking 107 1. Preparatory Operations 107 2. Blank Layout 110 3. Shearing of Blanks 113 Chapter IX. Pressworking Equipment 117 1. Types of Pressworking Equipment 117 2. Mechanical Presses 117 3. Hydraulic Presses 137 4. Automatic Presses 142 5. Servicing and Accuracy Checks 147 6. Mechanization and Automation of Pressworking 149 Chapter X. Electrical Equipment of Pressworking Machines 162 1. Electric Drive 162 2. Electric Motors 163 3. Control and Protective Devices 164 4. Electrical Measuring Instruments 172 5. Working Station Power Supply 177 Chapter XI. Adjustment and Repair of Press Tools 175 1. Mounting and Adjustment 175 2. Troubles and Remedies 180 3. Repair of Tools 181 4. Life of Press Tools 182 Chapter XII. Pressworking Technology 183 1. Adaptability of Workpiece to Pressworking 183 2. Process Design 184 Chapter XIII. Final and Finishing Operations 193 1. Heat Treatment 193 2. Thermochemical Treatment 199 3. Preparation of Surfaces 200 4. Finishing Operations 202 Chapter XIV. Quality Control of Stampings and Forgings 204 1. Fundamentals of Quality Control at Enterprise 204 2. Types of Production Quality Control [continued]


btih: a29d7a3b51e96d3d57c0c1f368f325b087e66e5c
creator: S.M. Nikolski
date: 1984-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: s.-m.-nikolski-elementos-del-analisis-matematico-editorial-mir-1984
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: spa
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2025-06-05T06:37:39Z,2026-02-05T23:07:36Z
publicdate: 2025-06-05T06:37:39Z
publisher: Editorial Mir
title: Elementos Del Análisis Matemático
year: 1984
collection:
mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-christian_vargas_raudales,fav-francisco_fritis_rojas,fav-fredorm2017,fav-jeico483,fav-kennedy_cajachagua,fav-miss_studios,fav-munif_muttafik,fav-p3puch003141592653,fav-pb_ess,fav-pio07,fav-rzgh

description:
Este libro está destinado a ayudar a los estudiantes que estudian análisis matemático, así como a los profesores que enseñan esta materia en la escuela. También será útil para estudiantes de escuelas técnicas medias y para la autoformación o repaso de temas de análisis matemático contemporáneo. Los dos primeros capítulos, que pueden estudiarse por separado, están dedicados al análisis matemático basado en la geometría y la física, explicando conceptos fundamentales como el límite de sucesiones y funciones, diferenciación e integrales, apoyándose en ejemplos sencillos y razonamientos intuitivos. El tercer capítulo aborda de forma completa el concepto de número real, su representación decimal y las operaciones aritméticas, incluyendo la definición de funciones exponenciales para valores irracionales. El cuarto capítulo trata sobre el binomio de Newton y el análisis combinatorio. Finalmente, el quinto capítulo introduce los números complejos y su uso en la resolución de ecuaciones algebraicas, como las cuadráticas. Traducido del ruso por V. P. Kunaev Todos los créditos a los uploaders originales. INDICE Prefacio Capítulo 1. Análisis matemático § 1.1. Función § 1.2. Función § 1.3. Límite § 1.4. Continuidad de la función § 1.5. Derivada § 1.6. Máximo y mínimo de una función § 1.7. Aplicaciones de la derivada para estudiar las funciones § 1.8. Función primitiva. Integral indefinida § 1.9. Integral definida § 1.10. Propiedades de las integrales definidas § 1.11. Aplicaciones geométricas de las integrales § 1.12. Utilización de las integrales en la física y mecánica Capítulo 2. (Complementario). Fórmula y serie de Taylor § 2.1. Integración por partes § 2.2. Desigualdades para las integrales definidas § 2.3. Polinomios de Taylor § 2.4. Término residual de la fórmula de Taylor § 2.5. Fórmula de interpolación de Lagrange § 2.6. Ecuaciones diferenciales Capítulo 3. Número real § 3.1. Números racionales e irracionales § 3.2. Comparación de los números reales § 3.3. Aproximación decimal del número real § 3.4. Recta numérica § 3.5. Principio de segmentos encajados § 3.6. Operaciones aritméticas. Cálculos aproximados § 3.7. Propiedades de los números reales § 3.8. Función exponencial § 3.9. Función logarítmica § 3.10. Función potencial Capítulo 4. Fórmula del binomio de Newton. Análisis combinatorio § 4.1. Fórmula del binomio de Newton § 4.2. Análisis combinatorio Capítulo 5. Números complejos § 5.1. Noción del número complejo § 5.2. Ecuación  z2=c z 2 = c § 5.3. Empleo de los números complejos en las ecuaciones § 5.4. Representación geométrica de los números complejos § 5.5. Forma exponencial de un número complejo Problemas y preguntas complementarios

stripped_tags:
span class="katex",span class="katex-mathml",span class="katex-html",span class="base",span class="strut",span class="mord",span class="mord mathnormal",span class="msupsub",span class="vlist-t",span class="vlist-r",span class="vlist",span class="pstrut",span class="sizing reset-size6 size3 mtight",span class="mord mtight",span class="mspace",span class="mrel"

subject:
literatura soviética,matemáticas,análisis matemático,límites,integrales,números reales,números complejos,diferenciación,binomio de Newton,análisis combinatorio


collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-boris_nazarov,fav-emmanuel_nu_ez_ruiz,fav-r_ad_m_likov,fav-scot_scorpion
creator: S. Strelkov
date: 1978-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: s.-strelkov-mecanique-mir-1978
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: fre
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2023-06-04T05:04:27Z,2026-02-05T23:07:30Z
publicdate: 2023-06-04T05:04:27Z
publisher: Éditions Mir
title: Mécanique
year: 1978
description:
Ce cours général de mécanique de feu le Professeur S. P. Strelkov est destiné aux étudiants des Départements de physique et de Mathématiques des Universités et des collèges pédagogiques. Il est basé sur le matériel des séminaires et conférences donnés par l'auteur pendant de nombreuses années au Département de physique de l'Université d'État de Moscou. Le présent livre est la traduction révisée de l'édition russe de 1975 dans laquelle le cours a été considérablement refait et agrandi. Cela concerne tout d'abord des divisions aussi importantes de la mécanique que la dynamique d'un corps rigide, la théorie des corps déformables, l'hydrodynamique et dynamique relativiste. La compétence pédagogique de l'auteur fait la présentation des fondamentaux de mécanique extrêmement claire et visuelle. Le livre comprend de nombreux exemples importants et instructifs couvrant un large éventail de phénomènes mécaniques. Le livre peut servir d'introduction à la physique pratique et théorique. S. P. Strelkov était un enseignant talentueux et a écrit de très bons manuels de mécanique et de théorie des vibrations ainsi qu'une collection de problèmes dans le cours général de physique. Un trait caractéristique de son travail scientifique et pédagogique était l'analyse physique approfondie des phénomènes en question. Traduit du russe par Oleg Paktchevski Un grand merci à Henri Leveque pour le scan original.

subject:
mécanique,acoustique,corps déformables,lois du mouvement,corps rigides,ondes,oscillations,théorie de la relativité restreinte,lois de conservation,dynamique d'un corps rigide,théorie des corps déformables,hydrodynamique


btih: 7028b5633e3f3d4036aa76b20babae7b106e9966
collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan
creator: Aleksandr I. Kuprin
date: 2026-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: aleksandr-i.-kuprin-how-i-became-an-actor-1920
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: eng
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2026-05-23T07:36:37Z,2026-05-23T08:14:22Z
publicdate: 2026-05-23T07:36:37Z
publisher: The Mir Titles Project
subject: russian literature,classics of russian literature,russian short stories
title: Aleksandr I. Kuprin How I Became An Actor
year: 2026
description:
A reflective autobiographical piece tracing entry into the theatrical world. It considers chance, vocation, and the gradual formation of an artistic identity. Translated from Russian by Douglas Ashby Originally published in 1920


collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-pio07
creator: A. Samarski,V. Andreev
date: 1978-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: samarski-andreev-methodes-aux-differences-pour-equations-elliptiques-mir-1978
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: fre
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2022-09-24T06:23:41Z,2026-02-06T01:24:46Z
publicdate: 2022-09-24T06:23:41Z
publisher: Éditions Mir
title: Méthodes Aux Différences Pour Équations Elliptiques
year: 1978
description:
Le présent ouvrage développe l’une des méthodes les plus universelles et les plus effectives de résolution des équations elliptiques: la méthode des différences finies. Les auteurs se penchent ici essentiellement sur la construction d’approximations discrètes des équations et conditions subsidiaires pour des problèmes types de physique mathématique. On se limitera à l’étude des problèmes correspondant à des équations et systèmes d’ordre deux cl quatre., en mettant un accent particulier sur ceux qui présentent un intérêt pratique immédiat. Pour cotte raison on a jugé opportun de poser de nombreux problèmes de physique mathématique (chap. 1), de les mettre en équation avec des conditions aux limites. Cet ouvrage a son origine dans les cours professés par les auteurs aux élèves des facultés de mécanique-mathématiques et de physique ainsi qu’à la faculté de calcul numérique et de cybernétique de l’Université de Moscou. Il s’adresse à un largo éventail de lecteurs et peut servir de manuel dans l ’étude des méthode discrètes de résolution d’équations de physique mathématique. L’exposé simple et systématique ne suppose au lecteur aucune connaissance des schémas discrets. Traduit du russo par Djilali Embarek

subject:
équations différentielles,dérivées partielles,équations elliptiques,résolution des équations elliptiques,approximations,physique,physique mathématique


btih: f06c331b6a5d174f1696874562be57f2e927bee4
collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-sureshpal360
creator: इवान बूनिन (Ivan Bunin)
date: 2026-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: ivan-bunin-late-at-night-in-hindi
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: hin
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2026-01-15T14:53:49Z,2026-04-10T11:35:49Z
publicdate: 2026-01-15T14:53:49Z
stripped_tags: strong
title: देर रात को (Late At Night In Hindi)
year: 2026
description:
A quiet, introspective story reflecting on memory, solitude, and fleeting human emotions in moments of silence. Bunin focuses on inner life rather than external action. देर रात को यह कहानी एकांत, स्मृति और मन के सूक्ष्म भावों पर केन्द्रित है, जहाँ बाहरी घटनाओं से अधिक आंतरिक अनुभूति महत्त्वपूर्ण है।


btih: 7f2a6de27c91fabb94cd030eda0c8d97c556770d
collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-sureshpal360
creator: इवान तुर्गनेव (Ivan Turgenev )
date: 1986-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: ivan-turgenev-vasanti-jharna-in-hindi
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: hin
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2025-05-04T13:54:17Z,2026-02-04T22:30:04Z
publicdate: 2025-05-04T13:54:17Z
title: वसंती झरना (Spring Torrents In Hindi)
year: 1986
description:
वसन्ती झरना में इवान तुर्गेनेव एक अधेड़ रूसी व्यक्ति, दिमित्री सानिन की कहानी सुनाते हैं, जो अपनी युवावस्था की एक ग्रीष्मकालीन यात्रा को स्मरण करता है। जर्मनी के फ्रैंकफर्ट नगर में वह जीमिना नामक एक सुंदर और जीवंत युवती से प्रेम करता है, जो एक इतालवी परिवार की पुत्री है। उनका प्रेम गहरा और प्रबल होता है, परंतु सानिन की अस्थिरता और आत्मसंशय के कारण वह प्रेम छिन जाता है। वर्षों बाद, वह पछतावे और स्मृतियों के साथ उस बीते वसंत को याद करता है, जो उसके जीवन का सबसे मधुर, किंतु खोया हुआ समय बन जाता है। यह प्रेम, पश्चाताप और जीवन की क्षणभंगुरता को अत्यंत संवेदनशीलता के साथ चित्रित करती है।


collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-matt_404,fav-seafarer54
creator: B. S. Sotskov,I. Ye. Dekabrun,B. N. Zolotykh,R. S. Kuznetsov,Z. S. Kirillova
date: 1964-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: sotskov-ed.-electric-contacts-ntt-f-339-1964
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: eng
licenseurl: https://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/mark/1.0/
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2022-12-04T08:16:17Z,2026-02-05T23:18:27Z
publicdate: 2022-12-04T08:16:17Z
publisher: NASA Technical Translations
subject: electricity,technology,resistances,contacts,metals,soviet,quantum mechanics,engineering
title: Electric Contacts
year: 1964
description:
This work contains the proceedings of the Third All-Union Conference on Electric Contacts and Contact Materials which took place in Moscow from 1th to the 14th of December 1962. As before, the proceedings cover problems associated with physical processes which take place during the operation of contacts, with the construction of contacts and contact elements, with the characteristics of contact materials and with their production. A series of reports contained in the present volume is devoted to the problems of contact reliability as well as the reliability of devices using contacts. The work is intended for scientists, engineers, and technicians who develop, investigate, design and operate equipment containing contact elements. By B. S. Sotskov, I. Ye. Dekabrun, B. N. Zolotykh, R. S. Kuznetsov, and Z. S. Kirillova Translation of "Elektricheskiye kontakty." Izdatel'stvo Energiya, Moscow - Leningrad, 1964


creator: Nikolai Ostrovsky
date: 1952-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: nikolai-ostrovsky-how-the-steel-was-tempered-part-1-flph-1952
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: eng
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2024-07-11T04:52:28Z,2026-02-05T20:44:56Z
publicdate: 2024-07-11T04:52:28Z
publisher: Foreign Languages Publishing House
subject: soviet literature,soviet novel,world war 1,russian literature
title: How The Steel Was Tempered Part 1
year: 1952
collection:
mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-bibliteca_materialista,fav-chuong_nguyen233,fav-fruitytootykeroro_show,fav-irohamca,fav-koba_kentaro,fav-mrmajohnsen,fav-nikemaul,fav-pio07,fav-repsthomas,fav-turrrtle,fav-tyrese685,fav-vncomrade,fav-volkvulture

description:
"How the Steel Was Tempered" How the Steel Was Tempered is a Soviet novel by Nikolai Ostrovsky. It tells the story of Pavel Korchagin, a young man who becomes a dedicated revolutionary fighter during the Russian Civil War and subsequent socialist construction. Through personal hardship and immense physical suffering, Pavel embodies the virtues of self-sacrifice, perseverance, and loyalty to the communist cause. His journey from an enthusiastic youth to a battle-hardened, paralyzed soldier reflects the ideological tenets of socialist realism, emphasizing the triumph of the human spirit over adversity and the importance of collective over individual goals. Nikolai Ostrovsky and His Struggles Nikolai Ostrovsky, the author of How the Steel Was Tempered, faced significant personal struggles throughout his life. Born in 1904, he joined the Komsomol and later the Red Army, participating actively in the Russian Civil War. At the age of 19, he was severely injured, leading to paralysis and blindness due to a progressive illness. Despite these debilitating conditions, Ostrovsky wrote his novel using a special frame to guide his pen, dictating to his family, and later typing with one finger. His determination to continue his work despite immense physical suffering mirrored the resilience and dedication of his protagonist, making his life story an inspiring testament to perseverance and the human spirit. Translated from the Russian by R. Prokofieva Illustrations by A. Reznichenko Designed by I. Tsarevich Original scan by DLI, this is a cleaned. optimised scan.


creator: Y. Sogomonov,P. Landesmam
date: 1977-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: sogomonov-landesmam-nihilism-today-progress-1977
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: eng
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2023-04-11T07:45:16Z,2026-03-20T18:35:35Z
publicdate: 2023-04-11T07:45:16Z
publisher: Progress Publishers
title: Nihilism Today
year: 1977
collection:
mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-apeiron91,fav-aristo25,fav-ellie_swekla,fav-jordan_christopher_lewans,fav-lenny_filarski,fav-nikemaul,fav-raghu13957,fav-risstof,fav-user60201

description:
Nihilism may be analysed by an internal and external critique of various systematised theories containing nihilistic views. Here the analysis would cover the substance of the criticised theories and their cognitive and social roots, and its purpose would be to show their untenability. We see our task in something quite different—in bringing to light nihilism’s designation and place in the modern battle of ideas. We therefore had to lay bare why and how nihilistic views and feelings have become a factor of the bourgeois mass consciousness, to show how this factor, sometimes called the sense of wretchedness (a term widely used by Hegel in The Phenomenology of Mind), took shape and functions, and also the social context of its mythology. On top of everything, it was necessary to go into the actual meaning of this conception, which the bourgeois theorists have tried hard to obscure. Since we have placed the accent on an examination of how nihilistic ideas undergo modifications and operate on the level of the bourgeois mass consciousness, on their evolution on this level, we do not mention the names, schools and orientations that would have had to be given in an academic analysis of the theoretical genealogy of nihilism and pessimism. We have reduced the number of quotations, literary footnotes, statistical and other data to a minimum. The circumstance that we have had to note or somehow touch upon many aspects of modern social and spiritual life compelled us to draw upon the most diverse sources (documents, articles in the press, philosophical, ethical, sociological and socio-psychological studies, works of art). With the exception of cases where this was required by gratitude, we did not refer the reader to the host of books and papers, on whose basis this book was conceived. This method of exposition, which did not require us to dwell on minutiae, enabled us to concentrate on a general outline of the dynamics of the bourgeois mass consciousness. Lastly, a few words on the compositional character of this book, which sprang from the following considerations. The notion that nihilism died away long ago has some foundation and is based on the fact that overlying the sense of wretchedness are views and feelings that may be regarded as optimistic and which arc usually designated as a sense of contentedness. The impression that this sense of contentedness predominates is what creates the illusion that pessimistic views and emotions arc peripheral. But the contented consciousness is no more than false optimism. The sense of contentedness and wretchedness complement rather than exclude each other. A parallel examination of these forms of bourgeois mass consciousness makes it possible to review its political and moral conflicts and prescribed stereotype behaviour patterns. It opens the way to comprehending the mutations of the bourgeois consciousness, its movement from contentedness to wretchedness, and helps to give a better understanding of the revolutionary character of the dialectical materialistic world outlook, which is the foundation of historical optimism. Translated from the Russian by David Skvirsky

subject:
philosophy,soviet,nihilism,life,contentednes,consumerism,anxiety,neo-hedonism,wretchedness,social reality,stoicism


collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-munif_muttafik,fav-raghav_pran_das
creator: ইউ. কালেসনিকভ (Yu. V. Kolesnikov, ),ইউ. এন. গ্লাজকভ (Yu. N. Glazkov)
date: 1980-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: spaceship-in-orbit-kokhopothe-navajan-u.-kalesnikov_202407
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: ben
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2024-07-03T05:09:57Z,2026-02-05T23:54:07Z
publicdate: 2024-07-03T05:09:57Z
publisher: Mir Publishers
subject: soviet,children's books,সোভিয়েত সাহিত্য,শিশুদের বই
title: কক্ষপথে নভযান (Spaceship in Orbit in Bengali)
year: 1980
description:
"What lies ahead of you is the investigation of the crater-gnawed Moon and the landing on Mars. You are expected to penetrate into the hotbed furnace of Venus, install stations on the satellites of the big planets and probe the opaque atmosphere of Jupiter and Saturn. You are going to study the Sun, near-Sun and interstellar space, and then the innumerable stars. By examining them one by one you will learn that some of the stars are very much the same as the Sun, while others are quite different." মহাশূন্য অভিযান আজ মানবজাতির বৈজ্ঞানিক অগ্রগতির অবিচ্ছেদ্য অংশ। এ দৃষ্টিকোণ থেকে বিচার করলে 'কক্ষপথে নভযান' বইটি নিঃসন্দেহে খুবই আকর্ষণীয়। বইটিতে মহাকাশযাত্রার বাস্তব কাহিনী লিপিবদ্ধ হয়েছে। মানুষের পক্ষে কিভাবে মহাশূন্য এবং আন্তগ্রহ মহাজগতে বিচরণ সম্ভব, এর জন্য কি কি যান্ত্রিক উপকরণ ও কলাকৌশলের প্রয়োজনীয়তা রয়েছে-এ সব কিছুই সহজ ও সরল ভাষায় লিপিবদ্ধ করা হয়েছে। নিঃসন্দেহে বইটি আগ্রহী ও উৎসাহী পাঠকের মহাশূন্য-সংক্রান্ত জ্ঞান-পিপাসা মেটাবে। ইউরী গ্লাজকোভ সোভিয়েত - বৈমানিক-নভচারী, সোভিয়েত ইউনিয়নের বীর, প্রযুক্তিবিদ্যার পি. এইচ. ডি.। তিনি ১৯৩৩ সালে জন্মগ্রহণ করেন ও ১৯৬২ সালে খারকোভ শহরের বিমান- ইঞ্জিনিয়ারিং উচ্চ শিক্ষালয় শেষ করেন। ১৯৬৫ সালে তিনি সোভিয়েত নভচারী দলে যোগ দেন ও পরবর্তীতে একাধিকবার নভযান ও কক্ষপথ-স্টেশনের নিয়ন্ত্রণে অংশগ্রহণ করেন। অবশেষে, ১৯৭৭ সালে 'সায়ুজ ২৪' নভযানে ও কক্ষপথ-স্টেশন 'সালুত-৫'-এর উড্ডয়নে অংশ নেন। ইউরী কালেসনিকোভ সাংবাদিক। তিনি ১৯৩৫ সালে জন্মগ্রহণ করেন এবং ১৯৫৯ সালে মস্কো এনারজেটিক ইনস্টিটিউটের ইলেক্ট-মেকানিক্যাল ফ্যাকাল্টি শেষ করেন। মহাশূন্যবিজ্ঞান, জ্যোতির্বিদ্যা, জীববিজ্ঞান ও ইতিহাসের উপরে ইউ. ভ. কালেসনিকোভের প্রবন্ধ নিয়মিত সোভিয়েত ইউনিয়নের পত্র- পত্রিকায় প্রকাশিত হয়। অনুবাদ: বদরুল হাসান, অভিজিৎ পোন্দার ইউ. কালেসনিকোভ ইউ. গ্লাজকোভ All credits to sovietbooksinbengali blog.


btih: 517b0f82c62a40ee03ad696a22073abc4cacbd78
collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-elena_rondelli
date: 1989-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: the-pike-commands-a-russian-folk-tale-in-gujarati-raduga-1989
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: guj
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2025-06-27T13:10:24Z,2025-06-27T13:15:19Z
publicdate: 2025-06-27T13:10:24Z
publisher: Raduga Publishers
stripped_tags: em
subject: soviet literature,children's literature,illustrated books,story books
title: પાઇક આજ્ઞા આપે છે (The Pike Commands A Russian Folk Tale In Gujarati )
year: 1989
description:
Emelya and the Pike  is a humorous Russian folktale about a lazy young man who catches a magical talking pike. The pike grants his every wish, leading to unexpected adventures and rewards—all without Emelya lifting a finger. એમેલ્યા અને માછલી  એ એક રમૂજી રશિયન લોકકથા છે જેમાં આળસુ એમેલ્યા એક જાદૂઈ બોલતી માછલી પકડી લે છે. આ માછલી એમેલીયાની દરેક ઈચ્છા પૂર્ણ કરે છે, જેનાથી તે મઝેદાર અને આશ્ચર્યજનક ઘટના અનુભવે છે. અનુવાદ - શ્રુતિ મહેતા ચિત્રકાર ત. માવ્રીના


btih: bdaaf82b41e57464f81ebc7b6b024a6c1c093116
collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-apeiron91,fav-nikemaul,fav-sandeepghutke,fav-sticky_pepsi
date: 1977-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: society-and-the-environment-a-soviet-view-current-problems-progress-1977
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: eng
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2025-05-30T11:11:16Z,2026-02-05T23:16:57Z
publicdate: 2025-05-30T11:11:16Z
publisher: Progress Publishers
subject: soviet literature
title: Society And The Environment A Soviet View (Current Problems)
year: 1977
description:
Society and the Environment: A Soviet View  is a collection of essays by prominent Soviet scientists and thinkers, offering a comprehensive perspective on ecological issues and their intersection with social development. The volume explores themes such as the impact of technological progress on the biosphere, the relationship between society and the geographical environment, and the ecological implications of social and economic production. Contributions by noted figures such as Pyotr Kapitsa, Nikolai Semenov, and Viktor Kovda reflect the Soviet scientific community’s engagement with global environmental challenges, while also highlighting the ideological and policy responses within the USSR. The book concludes with official documents and decrees from the Soviet government, underscoring state-level efforts to institutionalise nature conservation and rational resource use. This work provides valuable historical insight into how ecological thought was framed within the Soviet Union during the 1970s, blending scientific analysis with a strong emphasis on planned societal progress and environmental stewardship. This book was prepared by Progress Publishers in cooperation with Social Sciences Today, a journal of the USSR Academy of Sciences. Translated from the Russian by John Williams Original scan from Thomas Mrett's Collection. &gt;  A 1977 Soviet work. Scanned by Ismail, sent to him by Nathan O'Connor. This is a cleaned, optimised scan. Contents Pyotr Kapitsa – Our Home, the Planet Earth Alexander Vinogradov – Technological Progress and Protection of the Biosphere Innokenty Gerasimov – Man, Society and the Geographical Environment Yevgeny Fyodorov and Ilya Novik – Ecological Aspects of Social Progress Pavel Oldak – The Environment and Social Production Nikolai Semenov – Energetics for the Future (Translated by John Bushnell) Feofan Davitaya – Changes in the Atmosphere and Some Problems of Its Protection Viktor Kovda – Land Resources and the Prospects for Their Use Gennady Tsaregorodtsev – The “Technicalisation” of the Environment and Man’s Health Appendices Decision of the Supreme Soviet of the USSR On Measures to Further Improve Nature Conservation and the Rational Utilisation of Natural Resources, September 20, 1972 The Central Committee of the CPSU and the Council of Ministers of the USSR On the Intensification of Nature Conservation and Improved Utilisation of Natural Resources Decree of the Supreme Soviet of the USSR On Measures for the Further Strengthening of the Protection of Mineral Wealth and Its Better Use, July 9, 1975 The Authors

stripped_tags:
em,a href="https://archive.org/details/societyenvironmentsovietview" rel="ugc nofollow",span style="color:rgb(44,44,44);font-family:'Helvetica Neue', Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif;font-size:14px;"


collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-floura28zz,fav-hobs12,fav-pio07
creator: P. Smirnov,E. Mouravne,V. Storojenko,N. Rakpov
date: 1981-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: smirnov-mouravne-storojenko-rakpov-l-agrochimie-mir-1981
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: fre
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2023-04-26T14:38:09Z,2026-02-05T23:16:16Z
publicdate: 2023-04-26T14:38:09Z
publisher: Éditions Mir
title: L' Agrochimie
year: 1981
description:
Un livre sur l'agrochimie. Traduit du russe par E. Borissova Un grand merci à Henri Leveque pour le scan original.

subject:
principes de la nutrition des plantes,composition du sol,engrais minéraux,engrais organiques,systèmes de fertilisation,recherche agrochimique


creator: V. I. Smirnov
date: 1964-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: smirnov-a-course-of-higher-mathematics-vol-2-advanced-calculus
indexflag: index,nonoindex
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2021-10-13T06:25:53Z,2026-02-05T23:16:14Z
publicdate: 2021-10-13T06:25:53Z
title: A Course Of Higher Mathematics Vol 2 Advanced Calculus
year: 1964
collection:
mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-aadya_r_burli,fav-ahylla,fav-andrey_kudriavtsev,fav-claudiu_funaru,fav-fredorm2017,fav-fzkong,fav-gawkingon,fav-gerardo_gallegos_ochoa_gaog680518,fav-janf23,fav-kev009,fav-megan_thorne,fav-munif_muttafik,fav-nikemaul,fav-pio07,fav-salman_gemar,fav-shauhram,fav-vignam,fav-whitejack

description:
This volume is primarily concerned with advanced calculus. Covered are ordinary differential equations, linear differential equations, multiple and line integrals, vector analysis and field theory, and the mathematics necessary for the discussion of problems in classical field theory.

subject:
mathematics,soviet,advanced calculus,ordinary differential equations,linear differential equations,line integral,vector analysis,field theory,classical field theory


collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan
creator: D. V. Sivuchin
date: 1993-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: sivuchin-fisica-nucleare-corso-di-fisica-generale-v-parte-seconda-mir-estere-1993
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: ita
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2022-06-06T13:20:26Z,2026-02-05T23:15:28Z
publicdate: 2022-06-06T13:20:26Z
publisher: Edizioni Estere, Edizioni Mir
title: Fisica Nucleare - Corso Di Fisica Generale - Volume V Parte Seconda
year: 1993
description:
La parte conclusiva del Corso di fisica generale di D. V. Sivuchin contie- ne nozioni generali sui nuclei atomici e sulla radioattività, brevi notizie sui modelli nucleari, elementi della teoria che tratta del passaggio di particelle cariche e di quanta attraverso la materia, notizie generali inerenti le reazioni nucleari, le sorgenti, gli acceleratori e i rivelatori di particelle. Verrà trattata in dettaglio la storia della scoperta del neutrone, il processo di scissione dei nuclei sotto l'azione dei neutroni e la scissione spontanea. Verranno esposti i principi di funzionamento dei reattori nucleari, verranno presentati dati moderni relativi agli elementi transuranici e una visione generale del problema termonucleare. L'ottica neutronica sarà trattata sulla base di una analogia fra l'ottica ondulatoria e l'ottica geometrica. Poiché non esiste una teoria fisica fondamentale del nucleo le questioni della fisica nucleare verranno considerate prevalentemente dal punto di vista sperimentale. In breve verranno studiate le applicazioni della fisica nucleare alle questioni delle sorgenti di energia delle stelle, della loro origine ed evoluzione, ed infine ver- ranno forniti elementi di fisica dei raggi cosmici. Il testo è stato pensato per gli studenti dei politecnici e delle facoltà di fi- sica e di ingegneria.

subject:
proprietà statistiche del nucleo atomico,radioattività,modelli nucleari,reazioni nucleari,raggi cosmici,particelle elementari,nucleo composto,effetto Mössbauer,Corso Di Fisica Generale


btih: 950a603b81aae3b47bbfb902d979e6433a66bb77
collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-alzov,fav-gocha31,fav-leonardo662020,fav-swarup_dey,fav-user_47045
creator: Питер Рейвн,Рэй Эверт,Сьюзан Айкхорн
date: 1990-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: Sovremennaya-botanika-v-2-tomah-tom-2-1990
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: rus
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2021-02-01T15:37:25Z,2026-02-05T23:53:43Z
publicdate: 2021-02-01T15:37:25Z
title: Современная Ботаника В 2 томах. Том 2 Рейвн Эверт Айкхорн 1990
year: 1990
description:
Современная Ботаника В 2 томах. Том 2. Питер Рейвн, Рэй Эверт,  Сьюзан Айкхорн. Издательство "Мир". 1990 Biology of plants. P. Raven, R. Evert, S. Eichhorn. В книге известных ботаников США живо, ясно и наглядно изложены важнейшие проблемы современной ботаники. Достоинство книги - в использовании эволюционно-экологического подхода в изложении и энциклопедически полном охвате материала. В т. 1 рассматриваются физиология растительной клетки, генетика и классификация растений. В т. 2 описаны анатомия и физиология покрытосеменных, эволюция и экология растений. Приводится словарь терминов. Для специалистов-биологов, студентов-биологов, преподавателей биологии в школе, всех интересующихся вопросами биологии.

format:
Archive BitTorrent,DjVu,DjVuTXT,Djvu XML,EPUB,Item Tile,Metadata,OCR Page Index,OCR Search Text,Page Numbers JSON,Scandata,Single Page Processed JP2 ZIP,Text PDF,chOCR,hOCR

stripped_tags:
span style="color:rgb(44,44,44);font-family:'Helvetica Neue', Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif;font-size:14px;background-color:rgb(255,255,255);",div style="color:rgb(44,44,44);font-family:'Helvetica Neue', Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif;font-size:14px;background-color:rgb(255,255,255);"

subject:
ботаника,биология,современная ботаника,наука,botany,modern botany,biology,science,biology of plants,Мир,издательство "Мир",Mir,Mir titles,Mir books


collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-carajava32,fav-sal_olivares
creator: L. Tarassov
date: 1979-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: tarassov-bases-physiques-de-lelectronique-quantique-mir-1979
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: fre
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2023-01-27T13:28:57Z,2026-02-06T00:11:05Z
publicdate: 2023-01-27T13:28:57Z
publisher: Éditions Mir
subject: physique,électronique,l’interaction entre le rayonnement et les particules
title: Bases Physiques De L'électronique Quantique
year: 1979
description:
Le présent ouvrage traite des nombreuses questions relatives aux bases physiques de l’électronique quantique du domaine opti­ que. Ces questions sont examinées dans l’ordre suivant : le rayonne­ ment optique en l’absence de matière (premier chapitre) ; l’interac­ tion entre le rayonnement et les particules matérielles au niveau des processus élémentaires (deuxième chapitre) ; les principales ques­ tions de la physique de la matière ayant trait à l’électronique quan­ tique (troisième chapitre); l’étude générale de l’interaction entre le rayonnement optique et la matière (quatrième chapitre) ; les phé­ nomènes optiques non linéaires (cinquième chapitre). ... Le livre se termine par un bref historique de l’électronique quan­ tique. L’auteur s’est efforcé de donner un tableau suffisamment systé­ matique, riche en informations, des bases physiques de l’électronique quantique ; de montrer les diverses approches des phénomènes phy­ siques, les différentes approximations et les différents procédés de description, de fournir aux lecteurs les informations qui pourront leur permettre d’utiliser les ouvrages spécialisés (monographies, articles, etc.), de mettre l’accent sur la physique des phénomènes sans négliger cependant l’aspect mathématique. Ce livre s’adresse à de larges milieux de lecteurs : aux étudiants, aux élèves-ingénieurs, aux candidats à l’agrégation, ainsi qu’aux ingénieurs et techniciens travaillant dans le domaine de l’électronique quantique et de la technique des lasers. Il peut être utilisé comme manuel. Traduit du russe par Vassili Kolimëev Un grand merci à Henri Leveque pour le scan original.


btih: 3b9e49b244a28837c11dd1e0ed39208725740058
collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan
creator: தத்தியானா மக்காரவா (Tatiana Makarova)
date: 1977-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: tatiana-makarova-the-brave-ant-in-tamil-raduga-1977
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: tam
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2026-04-04T04:52:32Z,2026-05-10T14:56:47Z
publicdate: 2026-04-04T04:52:32Z
publisher: Raduga Publishers
subject: soviet literature,children's literature,illustrated books
year: 1977
description:
Story of a brave ant and his adventures.  Beautifully illustrated மொழிபெயர்ப்பாளர்‌: (பூ. சோமசுந்தரம்‌ திருந்திய வடிவம்‌: நா. முகம்மது செரீபு ஓவியார்‌: கெண்ணாது பவ்லீஷின்‌

title:
விரமான எறும்பு தேவதைக்‌ கதை (The Brave Ant In Tamil )விரமான எறும்பு தேவதைக்‌ கதை (The Brave Ant In Tamil )


btih: ce6d41125c784849e3cb2df939e25c4a1c1e66ea
collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-ilem,fav-lukas_korso223
date: 1977-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: soviet-russian-stories-of-the-1960s-and-1970s-progress-1977
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: eng
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2026-04-05T05:18:53Z,2026-04-05T06:00:30Z
publicdate: 2026-04-05T05:18:53Z
publisher: Progress Publishers
subject: soviet literature,russian literature,soviet stories,anthology
title: Soviet Russian Stories Of The 1960's And 1970's
year: 1977
description:
A Soviet literature anthology This book has been prepared by Progress Publishers jointly with Soviet Literature magazine, which is printed in Moscow in nine foreign languages and 1s distributed in nearly a hundred countries. It consists of translations into English of contemporary Russian Stories which have appeared in Soviet Literature and have won the approval of the foreign reading public. The book includes the work of Muscovites Mikhail Alexeyev, Sergei Krutilin, Nikolai Evdokimov and Yuri Nagibin, Siberians Victor Astafiev and Valentin Rasputin, and Evgeni Nosov from the Kursk region. These outstanding Russian prose-wniters are popular at home and their books have been translated into many languages of the Soviet peoples. The present edition is the first in asenes to be put out jointly by Progress Publishers and Soviet Literature magazine. Jt will be followed by anthologies of contemporary verse and prose from the various republics of the USSR. Compiled by Yurt Bochkarev Translated from the Russian Designed by Vladimir Levinson CONTENTS Foreword. Translated by Alex Miller 7 Sergei Krutilin. DRIVEN RAIN. Translated by Margaret Wettlin 15 Valentin Rasputin. FRENCH LESSON. Translated by Eve Manning 131 Nikolai Evdokimov. A SIMPLE TALE. Translated by Eve Manning 161 Yuri Nagibin. THE LILAC. Translated by Margaret Wet 223 Victor Astafyev. THE FIRST NIGHT BACK. Translated by Arthur Shkarosky-Raffe 265 Evgeni Nosov.CHOPIN, SONATA No. 2. Translated by Diana Miller 301 Mikhail Alexeyev. KARYURKHA. Translated by Eve Manning 353


btih: 40d18074f70a428a35de395a0da8f2ad2554f8ef
collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan
creator: লেভ তলস্তয় (Lev Tolstoy)
date: 1990-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: the-ant-and-the-pigeon-pnipre-o-payra-lev-tolstoy_202512
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: ben
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2025-12-05T13:58:16Z,2025-12-05T14:09:20Z
publicdate: 2025-12-05T13:58:16Z
publisher: Raduga Publishers
subject: soviet,children's books,সোভিয়েত সাহিত্য,শিশুদের বই
title: প্রিনিপ্রে ও পায়রা (The ant and the Pigeon in Bengali)
year: 1990
description:
A collectioon of short stories for children by Lev Tolstoy বিশ্ববিখ্যাত মহান রুশ লেখক লেভ নিকোলাইয়েভিচ তলস্তয়ের কাহিনী ও রূপকথার তিনটি বই 'রাদুগা' প্রকাশন কর্তৃক প্রকাশিত হয়েছে। শিশুদের জন্যই এগুলি বিশেষভাবে লেখা। এগুলির মধ্যে সোভিয়েত চিত্রকর আলেক্সেই পাখোমতের অঙ্গসজ্জাকৃত 'শিশু কাহিনী' সব থেকে জনপ্রিয়তা লাভকরেছে। তোমাদের নিজস্ব মাতৃভ্যয্য ছাড়াও 'শিশু কাহিনী' ৬৭ বার পৃথিবীর ৩০টি বিভিন্ন ভাষায় প্রকাশিত হয়েছে। 'তিনটি ভালুক' ভালুকের কাঁড়েঘরে অনাহৃত অতিথি ছোট মেয়ে মাশা-র বিষয়ে লেখা রূপকথা। বিখ্যাত সোভিয়েত চিত্রকর ইউরি ভাসনেৎসভের অঙ্কিত মজার রঙিন চিত্রসহ এই রূপকথাটি শিশুদের খুবই উপভোগ্য। - তৃতীয় বই লেভ তলস্তয়ের 'সিংহ ও কুকুরছানা' চিত্রকর মাইলেন দুভিদভের অঙ্কিত চিত্র সম্বলিত জীবজন্তুর কাহিনী। অনুবাদ: কৃষ্ণা রায় সম্পাদনা: ননী ভৌমিক ছবি এ'কেছেন মিখাইল রোমাদিন শিশুদের জন্য All credits to sovietbooksinbengali blog.


collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan
creator: Bernard Isaacs; Irina Zheleznova; George Hanna (రష్యన్ జానపద కథలు)
date: 1982-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: the-little-clay-hut-telugu-bal
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: tel
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2022-01-12T11:56:06Z,2026-02-06T00:16:27Z
publicdate: 2022-01-12T11:56:06Z
title: బుల్లి మట్టి ఇల్లు (The Little Clay Hut in Telugu)
year: 1982
description:
Collected in this book are Russian folk tales about animals. They are quaint and intriguing, and though meantfor the tiny tots, will endear themselves to all. The birds and animals in them speak like human beings and they think and act like human beings. Some of them are good and others bad, some are brave and others cowardly, some are foolish and others clever. The splendid drawings of Yevgeny Rachev whose brush takes us into a world of magic are a joy in themselves.  Translated from Russian to Telugu.

subject:
soviet,raduga publishers,folk tales,russian,animal stories,children's literature,chidlren's stories,story book,illustrated books,telugu


btih: 062efeb944949e656f6263e36bcf7fb4e94d66d0
collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-matt_bradley
creator: Nikolai Yevdokimov,Vladimir Lichutin,Nikolai Kuzmin,Valery Murzakov,Anatoly Kim
date: 1982-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: the-nightingale-echo-bew-soviet-stories-raduga-1982
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: eng
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2026-02-19T07:37:52Z,2026-02-19T11:10:54Z
publicdate: 2026-02-19T07:37:52Z
publisher: Raduga Publishers
subject: soviet literature,soviet stories
title: The Nightingale Echo - New Soviet Stories
year: 1982
description:
The writers in this collection belong to different generations, have different literary styles, treat different themes, and live in different geographical regions of the vast Russian Federation of the Soviet Union. Yet all five stories, published in the seventies, have been widely acclaimed by Soviet readers and critics, and in their moral quests, their attitude to the world, man, and the purpose of art, they are characteristic of precisely this decade in Soviet literature. Almost forty years have passed since the Soviet people's great victory in the Second World War, but this war is still not forgotten. It compels us to measure our past, present, and future against it. Story Summaries In Strastnaya Square, Nikolai Yevdokimov, who served at the front himself, traces “how it has ruined people’s lives.” Vladimir Lichutin stands out for his knowledge of the North Russian countryside, its life, and traditions; in the fascinating dramatic clashes of Serafima, he conveys the wisdom of its ordinary people. Nikolai Kuzmin is a great lover of sport which, to quote his own words, “reveals the true value of human life” (Sweet Moment of Success). Valery Murzakov, who appeared on the literary scene after many years in the difficult and demanding profession of geodesist, condemns the spiritual blindness of an outwardly strong and successful man in We Can Walk Now, Mum. In The Nightingale Echo, Anatoly Kim affirms the indestructibility of the spiritual element in human life and faith in the future. These five stories will acquaint the reader with characteristic features of Russian prose in the seventies and some facets of the life and spiritual world of Soviet man. The book also contains biographical notes on the authors. Translated from the Russian by K. M. Cook Designed by Anatoly Kuznetsov Selection and biographical notes by A. Karlin Many thanks to Vikram P. for getting this book to us. Contents Nikolai Yevdokimov STRASTNAYA SQUARE Vladimir Lichutin SERAFIMA Nikolai Kuzmin SWEET MOMENT OF SUCCESS Valery Murzakov WE CAN WALK NOW, MUM Anatoly Kim THE NIGHTINGALE ECHO


btih: 355abaeb0e9847dde4928d3aac6e86620fbe3838
collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-bhaj_govindam,fav-navendur
creator: या. इ. पेरेलमान (Yakov Perelman)
date: 1986-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: yakov-perelman-physics-for-entertainment-in-hindi
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: hin
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2024-12-15T06:56:40Z,2026-02-06T02:07:58Z
publicdate: 2024-12-15T06:56:40Z
subject: soviet literature,popular science,physics,mechanics,physics puzzles,physics problems
title: भौतिक विज्ञान सहज बोध (Physics For Entertainment In Hindi )
year: 1986
description:
विश्वविख्यात भौतिक विज्ञानी या. इ. पेरेलमान की कृति महत्त्वपूर्ण पुस्तक 'Physics for Entertainment' का अनुवाद बी.एस.के. काले अनुवादक देवेन्द्र प्र. शर्मा Many thanks to @life123 for scans Note: There is slight warping on some pages but the print is very clear and readable


btih: bccf25c7be2d3f9e39392251b145b0c2832a9b50
collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan
creator: எவ்கேனி சரூஷின் (Ye. Cherushin (Charushin))
date: 1990-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: ye.-cherushin-my-first-animal-book-in-tamil-raduga-1990
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: tam
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2025-01-23T09:43:03Z,2026-04-08T09:00:39Z
publicdate: 2025-01-23T09:43:03Z
publisher: Raduga Publishers
subject: soviet literature,animals,wild animals,doemstic animals,illustrated books,children's book
title: விலங்குலகிற்குச் செல்வோம் வாருங்கள் (My First Animal Book In Tamil )
year: 1990
description:
A children's book about various wild and domesticated animals. Very beautiful illustrations by Nikita Charushin பல்வேறு காட்டுப்பழங்கிய மற்றும் உழைப்புக்கூடிய விலங்குகளுக்கான ஒரு குழந்தைகள் புத்தகம். நிகிதா சாருஷின் அவர்களின் மிகவும் அழகான வடிவங்கள். ஓவியர்: நிகீதா சரூஷின் . மொழிபெயர்ப்பாளர்: இரா.பாஸ்கரன் பொருளடக்கம் வெப்ப மண்டல நாடுகளி லும் குளிர் மண்டல நாடு களிலும் உள்ள விலங்குகள் 3 காட்டு விலங்குகள் 29 வீட்டு பிராணிகள் 51


collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-aghori_king,fav-fabiolx26,fav-floura28zz,fav-geo1719,fav-nikemaul
creator: Vladimir Yermilov
date: 1960-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: yermilov-anton-pavlovich-chekhov-flph
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: eng
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2022-08-25T12:47:51Z,2026-02-06T02:08:15Z
publicdate: 2022-08-25T12:47:51Z
publisher: Foreign Languages Publishing House
stripped_tags: blockquote,p class="p1"
subject: soviet literature,literary criticism,biography
title: Anton Pavlovich Chekhov (Soviet Literary Criticism)
year: 1960
description:
The book is a comprehensive critique of Chekov's work and life. Translated from the Russian by Ivy Litvinov Designed by Y. Gannushkin Published by Foreign Languages Publishing House, Moscow in 1960s (exact year is not known). 


btih: 9f222a7ae8ce96a5429bd23d661bb6cfae7e3043
collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan
creator: ఎవ్‌ గెని రువ్యూ౦క్సెవ్‌ (Yevgeny Rumyantsev)
date: 1987-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: yevgeny-rumyantsev-coming-together-in-telugu-1987
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: tel
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2025-11-22T14:43:04Z,2025-11-22T15:02:06Z
publicdate: 2025-11-22T14:43:04Z
publisher: Novosti
subject: soviet literature,indo-soviet relations
year: 1987
description:
A book on Indo-Soviet relations. మూలపొళఠం౦ మాస్కోలోని నొవొస్తి వారా సంస్ధది Many thanks to Anil Battula garu for making this scan available.

title:
అభేద్యమైన మైతి సోవియట్‌ -ఫఖారత త్య సంబంధాల న్ధాపన శ౮౦వ వా కి క్రో ట్స్‌ వ౦ (Coming Together In Telugu)


btih: df8adf14bc88d59063f5cfc145d28d812319d338
collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-abisha_dhas
creator: வலேரி ஸூஸ்ல (Valery Suslov)
date: 1976-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: valery-suslov-who-is-the-strongest-in-tamil-progress-1976
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: tam
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2024-12-07T14:08:31Z,2026-02-06T01:45:35Z
publicdate: 2024-12-07T14:08:31Z
publisher: Progress Publishers
title: யார் அதிக பலசாலி? (Who Is The Strongest? In Tamil )
year: 1976
description:
A little book for children telling us about how machines make humans much more stronger than anything in nature. இயற்கையில் உள்ள எதையும் விட இயந்திரங்கள் மனிதர்களை எவ்வாறு மிகவும் வலிமையாக்குகின்றன என்பதைப் பற்றி குழந்தைகளுக்கான ஒரு சிறிய புத்தகம் நமக்குச் சொல்கிறது. ஓவியர் வ. த்ருப்கோவிச்

subject:
soviet literature,children's books,illustrated books,story books,சோவியத் இலக்கியம்,குழந்தைகள் புத்தகங்கள்,விளக்கப்பட புத்தகங்கள்,கதை புத்தகங்கள்


btih: dc279780cf026fc24f45d3f9c12f95d2b907ad25
collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-nikemaul
creator: Valeria Belanina
date: 1987-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: valeria-belanina-pavlovsk-a-guide-raduga-1987
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: eng
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2025-07-09T11:42:05Z,2025-07-09T11:52:31Z
publicdate: 2025-07-09T11:42:05Z
publisher: Raduga Publishers
subject: soviet literature,russian history,russian architecture,travel guides,pavlovsk palace
title: Pavlovsk – A Guide
year: 1987
description:
A visit to the magnificient Pavlovsk Palace with its sumtuous interiors and lovely park which reflects the quit charm of North Russian countryside is something you will never forget. Translated from the Russian by Kathleen Cook-Horujy Editor of the Russian text Yakov Brodsky Editor of the English text Alexandra Вошапоу5Кауа Designed by Vladimir Miroshnichenko Art editor Alla Tomchinskaya Maps by Lyubov Cheltsova Layout by Alexandra Agafoshina Photos by Boris Stezhka


collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-dollyanna,fav-nikemaul,fav-pio07
creator: G. Hanna (translator),D. Skvirsky (translator),Y. Rakuzin (designer)
date: 1958-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: uzbekistan-speaks
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: eng
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2022-05-14T07:11:46Z,2026-02-06T01:44:50Z
publicdate: 2022-05-14T07:11:46Z
subject: LIBRARY OF SOVIET SHORT STORIES,soviet literature,uzbekistan,foreign languages publishing house
title: Uzbekistan Speaks (Short Stories)
year: 1958
description:
A collection of short stories from Uzbekistani authors. Two Chapters from Naval by Aibeck (Musa Tashmuhammedov) 5  Sisters by Askad Mukhtar 45  The Healer of theBlind by Abdullah Kahhar 87  Shirin Comes by Aidyn (Manzura Sabirova) 117  New Year's Party by Rahmat Faizi 127  The First Step by Sa'ida Zunnunova 143  The Authors 154


collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-pio07
creator: V. Starjinski
date: 1985-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: v.-starjinski-methodes-appliquees-en-theorie-des-oscillations-non-lineaires-mir-1985
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: fre
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2023-09-04T13:10:25Z,2026-02-06T01:45:07Z
publicdate: 2023-09-04T13:10:25Z
publisher: Éditions Mir
subject: mathématique,physique,systèmes de Liapounov,Chaînes oscillantes
title: Méthodes Appliquées En Théorie Des Oscillations Non Linéaires
year: 1985
description:
L’ouvrage s’adresse aux ingénieurs mathéinatisants, aux chercheurs en mécanique et en mathématiques appliquées, aux étudiants avancés et aux étudiants post-universitaires qui préparent leur thèse dans les facultés physico-techniques et physico-mathématiques. Les origines du livre remontent a un cours professé par l'auteur dans la section Ingénieurs de la faculté de Mécanique-Mathématiques à l’Université Lomonossov de Moscou de 1956 à 1976. Grâce à la coopération bienveillante de mes collègues de la Chaire des Mathématiques appliquées de l’Université Lomonossov, quelques chapitres de ce livre ont vu le jour en 1970-1972 sous forme de cours polycopiés [1251. Tout ce que l’auteur se croît capable d’apprendre aux lecteurs en matière de théorie des oscillations et de la stabilité, il le doit en tout premier lieu aux chers Boris Boulgakov et Nikoiaî Tchétaïev qui nous ont quittés prématurément. Le but de cette préface était pour ainsi dire de « situer » le livre aux yeux du lecteur. Nous croyons qu’il serait plus juste de l’intituler Quelques variantes appliquées des méthodes utilisées en théorie des oscillations non linéaires Traduit du russe par Vladimir Kotliar Un grand merci à Henri Leveque pour le scan original.


btih: 0e3415ab3ef9d5934f4da24695de22bf79ac40aa
creator: V. Obruchev
date: 1959-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: v.-obruchev-fundamentals-of-geology-popular-outline-flph-1959
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: eng
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2024-07-28T16:50:29Z,2026-02-06T01:45:18Z
publicdate: 2024-07-28T16:50:29Z
publisher: Foreign Languages Publishing House
title: Fundamentals Of Geology - Popular Outline
year: 1959
collection:
mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-cosmicbrother,fav-emad_sadeghi,fav-gerardo_gallegos_ochoa_gaog680518,fav-manuel_hurtado454,fav-munif_muttafik,fav-nikemaul,fav-pio07

description:
A book outlining major areas and observational phenomena of geology for general readers. Lavishly illustrated with photographs of geological phenomena.  Translated from the Russian by David Myshne and Persy Ludwick Introduction 5 I. What the Brook Murmurs 9 II. At the Sea-Shore 37 III. How Water Works Underground 58 IV. Rock Weathering 75 V. Wind Action 99 VI. Travelling Stones 127 VII. Products of the Earth's Entrails 164 VIII. Building and Destruction of Mountains  204 IX. Why the Earth Shakes Now Here and Now There 242 X. Brief History of Our Earth 258 XI, Catastrophes in the History of the Earth  292 XII. What Riches the Earth Contains 329 XIII. The Young Pathfinder 351 Russian Bibliography 372 Original scan by DLI

external-identifier:
urn:lcp:V. Obruchev - Fundamentals of Geology - Popular Outline - FLPH - 1959:epub:0baadac4-06de-47af-b8d5-a459eaa880b3

subject:
soviet literature,popular science,geological timescale,geological phenomena,earthquakes,erosion,rock weathering,sea shore,rivers,history of earth,catastrophes


backup_location: ia905707_2
contributor: Mirtitles
creator: L. V. Tarasov
date: 1986-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: TarasovLaserPhysicsAndApplications
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: eng
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2013-09-16T12:46:05Z,2026-04-15T06:47:28Z
publicdate: 2013-09-16T12:46:05Z
publisher: Mir Publishers
stripped_tags: blockquote
subject: physics,lasers,technology,applications,history,coherence,monochromaticity,fusion,types of lasers
title: Laser Physics And Applications
year: 1986
collection:
mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-floura28zz,fav-hello_world201,fav-infalimus,fav-lucas_honorio_galatti,fav-matt_404,fav-nezih_dural,fav-pb_ess,fav-pio07,fav-prorawdogr,fav-zebresse

description:
Among the outstanding achievements of science and engineering in the 20th century, the laser occupies by right a major position. First lasers made in 1960 paved the way for the vehement development of laser technology. Today, lasers and laser systems find wide lise in many fields of science and engineering. They are employed in communications systems, computers, navigation equipment, measuring instruments, and in complicated technological processes. Biology, medicine, and various chemical and physical investigations utilize lasers to advantage. Wide use of lasers in science and technology is due to the specific properties of laser radiation. The laser is a generator of coherent light. Unlike other sources of light, such as incandescent lamps or arc lamps, the laser produces radiation with a highly regular light field, outstanding in its high coherence, monochromaticity and directivity. The discussion of lasers in this book begins with the evaluation of the physics of processes resulting in coherent optical radiation in the laser. This is the subject to Chapter 1. Chapter 2 takes up the classification of lasers and the physical and engineering benefits of various types of lasers. Application of lasers puts in the forefront the control of laser radiation. This includes not only such aspects of beam control as deflection, scanning and modulation, but also the variation of the regime of oscillation to produce radiation with the desired spatial, temporal, frequency and power characteristics. All these topics are treated in Chapter 3. Finally, Chapter 4 is concerned with diverse applications of lasers in science and engineering. The book was translated from the Russian by M. Edelev and was first published by Mir Publishers in 1986.


btih: 8fd7ebad24c9730d294f69f9eac1af1d71c3abb6
collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan
creator: व्सेवोलोद गार्शिन (Vsevolod Garshin)
date: 2026-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: vsevolod-garshin-the-frog-who-travelled-in-hindi
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: hin
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2026-01-15T16:37:52Z,2026-01-15T16:41:58Z
publicdate: 2026-01-15T16:37:52Z
title: टर्रो मेंढकी का सफ़र (The Frog Who Travelled In Hindi)
year: 2026
description:
A satirical fairy tale about a frog whose vanity leads her to boast of adventures she never completes. Garshin critiques pride and empty self-display through humour. यह व्यंग्यात्मक परीकथा एक घमंडी मेंढकी की कहानी है, जो अपनी यात्राओं का बढ़ा-चढ़ाकर वर्णन करती है। लेखक अहंकार और दिखावे पर कटाक्ष करता है।


creator: लेव तोलस्तोय (Lev Tolstoy)
date: 1981-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: Tolstoy-Anna-Karenina-Parts-1-4-hindi
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: hin
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2022-11-05T08:40:50Z,2026-02-06T00:24:43Z
publicdate: 2022-11-05T08:40:50Z
publisher: प्रगति प्रकाशन (Progress Publishers)
subject: रूस,रूसी साहित्य,रूसी संस्कृति का इतिहास,संस्कृति,हिंदी
title: आन्ना कारेनिना भाग १-४ (Anna Karenina Parts 1-4)
year: 1981
collection:
mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-aghori_king,fav-anand953,fav-gaming_server,fav-h_k_rai,fav-indian_stars133,fav-mahesh_vagadiya,fav-mohammad396,fav-saab_d

description:
अन्ना करेनिना (अंग्रेज़ी: "अन्ना करेनिना", आईपीए: [[अन्ना करेनिना]] रूसी लेखक लियो टॉल्स्टॉय का एक उपन्यास है, जिसे पहली बार 1878 में पुस्तक रूप में प्रकाशित किया गया था ।  व्यापक रूप से लिखे गए साहित्य के सबसे महान कार्यों में से एक माना जाता है, टॉल्स्टॉय ने खुद इसे अपना पहला सच्चा उपन्यास कहा ।  यह शुरू में 1875 से 1877 तक धारावाहिक किश्तों में जारी किया गया था, लेकिन सभी अंतिम भाग आवधिक में दिखाई दे रहे थे रूसी दूत ।  एक दर्जन से अधिक प्रमुख पात्रों के साथ आठ भागों में एक जटिल उपन्यास, अन्ना करेनिना अक्सर 800 से अधिक पृष्ठों में प्रकाशित होता है ।  यह विश्वासघात, विश्वास, परिवार, विवाह, शाही रूसी समाज, इच्छा और ग्रामीण बनाम शहर के जीवन के विषयों से संबंधित है ।  कहानी अन्ना और डैशिंग घुड़सवार सेना के अधिकारी काउंट अलेक्सी किरिलोविच व्रोनस्की के बीच विवाहेतर संबंध पर केंद्रित है जो सेंट पीटर्सबर्ग के सामाजिक हलकों को बदनाम करता है और युवा प्रेमियों को खुशी की तलाश में इटली भागने के लिए मजबूर करता है, लेकिन रूस लौटने के बाद, उनका जीवन आगे बढ़ जाता है ।  ट्रेनें पूरे उपन्यास में एक आदर्श हैं, जिसमें कई प्रमुख कथानक बिंदु या तो यात्री ट्रेनों में या सेंट पीटर्सबर्ग के स्टेशनों पर या रूस में कहीं और होते हैं ।  कहानी रूस के सम्राट अलेक्जेंडर द्वितीय द्वारा शुरू किए गए उदार सुधारों और उसके बाद होने वाले तेजी से सामाजिक परिवर्तनों की पृष्ठभूमि के खिलाफ होती है ।  उपन्यास को थिएटर, ओपेरा, फिल्म, टेलीविजन, बैले, फिगर स्केटिंग और रेडियो नाटक सहित विभिन्न मीडिया में रूपांतरित किया गया है ।  अनुवादक: डा. मदनलाल "मधु" चित्रकार: यूरी कोपिलोव


btih: 376bed8359ed0aaba248143d7641b7656e9b2293
collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan
creator: યુલિયા દુરૂનિના (Yulia Drunina)
date: 1990-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: yulia-drunina-alice-in-gujarati-raduga-1990
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: guj
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2025-06-16T12:11:04Z,2025-06-16T12:17:05Z
publicdate: 2025-06-16T12:11:04Z
publisher: Raduga Publishers
subject: soviet literature,children's literature,illustrated books
title: અલિસ (Alice In Gujarati )
year: 1990
description:
અલિસ નામની નાની સિયાળી વિશેની એક અદભુત પુસ્તક છે, જે લેખકની પાળેલી પાળતૂ સિયાળી હતી. લેખક અલિસને બજારમાંથી લાવે છે એમ વિચારીને કે તે કૂતરું છે, પરંતુ થોડી વાર પછી તેને સમજાય છે કે આ તો એક સિયાળી છે. લેખક અલિસ સાથેની યાદગાર પળોને પોતાના એપાર્ટમેન્ટ અને દેશના ઘરમાં અનુભવે છે. અલિસ સાથેના સાહસો લેખક અને વાચક બંને માટે હંમેશા યાદગાર રહેશે. ચિત્રો: વેનલામિન કોસ્ટિટ્સકી અનુવાદ --શ્રૂતિ મહેતા


btih: 33535cb96303aee98905c939a42d116c171d2f55
collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-navendur
creator: युरी बोंदारेव (Yuri Bondarev)
date: 1978-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: yuri-bondarev-hot-snow-in-marathi-progress-1978
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: mar
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2025-07-03T09:21:54Z,2025-07-03T09:53:14Z
publicdate: 2025-07-03T09:21:54Z
publisher: Progress Publishers
stripped_tags: em
subject: soviet literature,soviet novel,world war 2,soviet red army
title: गरम बर्फ (Hot Snow In Marathi )
year: 1978
description:
Hot Snow  by Yuri Bondarev is a powerful Soviet war novel set during World War II, specifically in the winter of 1942 during the Battle of Stalingrad. The story follows a small Soviet artillery unit tasked with stopping the advance of German tanks aiming to relieve the encircled Sixth Army. Through the bitter cold, lack of resources, and overwhelming odds, the soldiers fight bravely, showing immense courage and sacrifice. The novel highlights the emotional and physical toll of war, the brotherhood among soldiers, and the resilience of the human spirit in extreme conditions. Bondarev, a veteran himself, writes with realism and depth, offering a poignant tribute to those who endured the brutal Eastern Front. गरम बर्फ ही युरी बोंदारेव यांची प्रभावशाली युद्धकादंबरी आहे, जी १९४२ च्या कठीण हिवाळ्यात स्टॅलिनग्राडच्या युद्धाच्या पार्श्वभूमीवर घडते. एका लहानशा सोव्हिएत तोफखाना तुकडीवर जर्मन टँक दलांना अडवण्याची जबाबदारी सोपवली जाते, जे वेढ्यात सापडलेल्या सहाव्या जर्मन सैन्याला मदत करण्यासाठी येत असतात. भीषण थंडी, तुटपुंज्या सुविधा आणि जीवघेण्या हल्ल्यांमध्येही हे सैनिक अपार धैर्य, बांधिलकी आणि त्याग दाखवतात. गरम बर्फ युद्धातील मानसिक-शारीरिक आघात, सैनिकांमधील सखोल नातेसंबंध आणि मानवी जिद्दीचे अत्यंत संवेदनशील चित्रण करते. स्वयंपूर्ण युद्धअनुभव असलेल्या बोंदारेव यांनी ही कथा वास्तवदर्शी आणि प्रभावी शैलीत लिहिली आहे. ही कादंबरी पूर्व लष्करी आघाडीवर लढलेल्या सैनिकांना एक जिवंत आदरांजली ठरते. अनुवाद - अनिल हवालदार सजावट - ग्रिगोरी दाऊमन


btih: e69bdb85d4257a0795bcbcd0660f7c5af14a78e0
collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-dstev1,fav-matt_404,fav-nikemaul,fav-rvalter,fav-sunny5231,fav-vignam
creator: Yu. V. Zaitsev,K. L. Ovsyannikov,V. F. Promyslov
date: 1986-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: yu.-v.-zaitsev-k.-l.-ovsyannikov-v.-f.-promyslov-design-and-erection-of-reinforc
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: eng
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2025-01-11T12:40:47Z,2026-02-06T02:10:28Z
publicdate: 2025-01-11T12:40:47Z
publisher: Mir Publishers
stripped_tags: strong
title: Design And Erection Of Reinforced Concrete Structures
year: 1986
description:
The book presents a systematic and easy-to-follow approach to the physical and mechanical properties of concrete, reinforcing steel, and reinforced concrete, as well as to the basic erection procedures for reinforced concrete structures. Ample space is devoted to the analysis and design principles of reinforced concrete members used in industrial and civic buildings. A special chapter is set aside for prestressed concrete. Erection procedures are discussed with emphasis on Soviet practice in highly industrialised precast reinforced concrete and type-design structural elements. Carefully worked design examples are shown throughout the book, along with a selection of charts associated with the basic Soviet codes of practice. The book gives a step-by-step overall view of the subject, sound and accurate within its limits, and may serve as a framework into which the more detailed and advanced work can be fitted. Edited by V. Promyslov Translated from the Russian by Alexander B. Kuznetsov Preface  8 Introduction  9 Chapter I.  General 12 Chapter II.  Physical and Mechanical Properties of Concrete, Reinforcing Steel, and Reinforced Concrete 14 11.1. Concrete 14 11.2. Reinforcing Steel 18 11.3. Reinforced Concrete 21 Chapter III.  Fundamentals of the Limit-State Design of Reinforced Concrete Structures 26 111.1. General 26 111.2. Analysis and Design in Terms of the First Group of Limit States 27 111.3. Analysis and Design in Terms of the Second Group of Limit States 34 Chapter IV.  Members in Bending 37 IV.1. General 37 IV.2. Normal-Section Strength Analysis of Bending Members — Standard Cases 39 IV.3. Design of Bending Members — Case 1 40 IV.4. Crack-Width Analysis of Bending Members 47 IV.5. Deflection Analysis of Bending Members 48 IV.6. Worked Examples 50 Chapter V.  Inclined-Section Strength Analysis of Members in Bending 54 V.1. General 54 V.2. Inclined-Section Shear Strength Analysis 56 V.3. Bending-Moment Strength Analysis of Inclined Sections 59 V.4. Worked Examples 60 Chapter VI.  Members in Compression 63 VI.1. General 63 VI.2. Accidental-Eccentricity Design of Rectangular-Section Columns 63 VI.3. Accidental-Eccentricity Design of Tied Columns, Spirally Reinforced Columns, and Columns with Encased Steel Sections 66 VI.A. Design of Rectangular Columns Under Loads Applied at Eccentricities Exceeding the Accidental Value 68 VI.3. Worked Examples 72 Chapter VII.  Members in Tension 76 VII.1. Strength Analysis and Design of Members in Tension 76 VII.2. Worked Examples 79 Chapter VIII.  Members in Bending Combined with Torsion 81 Chapter IX.  Prestressed Concrete Structures — Specific Features of Analysis and Design 84 IX.1. General 84 IX.2. Prestressed Concrete Members — Basic Constructional Features 86 IX.3. Prestressing in Steel and Concrete 88 IX.4. Losses of Prestress 90 IX.5. Determination of Stress in Concrete and Steel 92 IX.6. Strength Analysis of Prestressed Concrete Members 94 IX.7. Incipient-Cracking Analysis of Prestressed Concrete Members 99 IX.8. Crack-Width Analysis of Prestressed Concrete Members 104 Chapter X.  Design of Buildings and Structures 103 X.1. Requirements for Prefabricated Reinforced Concrete Members 108 X.2. Construction Types of Buildings 110 X.3. Analysis Principles for Multi- and One-Storey Buildings 111 X.4. Basic Structural Components of Multi-Storey Buildings 112 X.5. Basic Structural Components of One-Storey Buildings 128 X.6. Thin Shell Roofs 137 X.7. Columns and Footings 147 X.8. Special Structures 157 Chapter XI.  Joints in Precast Structures 169 XI.1. General 169 XI.2. Joints in the Skeletons of Multi-Storey Buildings 170 XI.3. Joints in the Skeletons of One-Storey Industrial Buildings 174 XI.4. Joints in Large-Panel Buildings 175 XI.5. Analysis and Design of Embedded Parts 176 Chapter XII.  Preparation of Structural Drawings as Related to Detailing of Reinforced Concrete 180 Chapter XXXI.  Testing and Quality Control of Reinforced Concrete Members and Structures 183 XIII.1. General 183 XIII.2. Nondestructive Testing 183 XIII.3. Nondestructive Test Methods — Fields of Application 188 XIII.4. Testing Under Static Loading 188 Chapter XIV.  Erection of Prefabricated Reinforced Concrete Structures 193 XIV.1. General Erection Principles 198 XIV.2. Erection Facilities 199 XIV.3. Transportation and Storage 207 XIV.4. Erection of Structural Components Directly from Vehicles 210 XIV.5. Erection of Skeleton-Type Industrial Buildings 211 Chapter XV.  Reinforced Concrete Structures — An Outlook for Tomorrow 219 Bibliography  224 Index  225

subject:
soviet literature,civil engineering,reinforced concrete,concrete structures,desing,architecture,precast structures


collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-measupe,fav-munif_muttafik,fav-nikemaul,fav-sewalm
creator: Z. Xueming
date: 1985-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: z.-xueming-air-and-water-popular-science-booklet-series-cstp-1985
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: eng
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2023-11-12T11:08:05Z,2026-02-06T02:11:02Z
publicdate: 2023-11-12T11:08:05Z
publisher: China Science and Technology Press
subject: popular science
title: Air And Water ( Popular Science Booklet Series) CSTP
year: 1985
description:
 FROM THE EDITOR This booklet is intended as H popularizer of scientific knowledge or air and wutcr which com:em us so closely in all spheres of our daily life. Using simple and common cxampll's, this booklet described in general the constituents, the churoctcris- tics ond the utilizations of air ond wulcr. An Account ur employing the scientific accomplishments in thl~ utilization of nit· for human well-being was given. The practical measures for eliminating air pollution and maintaining dean water were Introduced. too. Throughout the booklet the outhor has endcav· ourcd to relate his explanations with scientific observations e1nd findings so us to help the rcude1· get a better understanding of the ideas presented in the booklet. Written in simple and clear terms with vivid illustrations, the booklet is suitable for readers or junior middle school training. AIR AND WATF.R is one of the "Popular Science Booklet Series" thut consists of the follow· ing twelve booklets: Mechunism, Sound, Heat. Flectricity, Air and Water. Light, Astronomy, The Earth's Crust, Meteorology, Animals, Plants, and Physio-Hygiene Translator: Xiao Tongying


creator: Yu. I. Lyúbich,L. A. Shor
date: 1984-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: yu.-i.-lyubich-l.-a.-shor-metodo-cinematico-en-problemas-geometricos-lecciones-p_202206
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: spa
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2022-06-06T05:30:39Z,2026-02-06T02:10:27Z
publicdate: 2022-06-06T05:30:39Z
publisher: Editorial Mir
title: Método Cinemático En Problemas Geométricos (Lecciones Populares De Matemáticas)
year: 1984
collection:
mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-emmanuel_nu_ez_ruiz,fav-gerardo_gallegos_ochoa_gaog680518,fav-llahidee_koler,fav-lucas_carughi,fav-nikemaul,fav-pb_ess,fav-roberto_mart_nez718

description:
A veces, para resolver un problema geométrico, es útil imaginar las transformaciones que sufrirán los elementos de la figura a examinar, si algunos de sus puntos empiezan a desplazarse. La dependencia de unos elementos en función de otros puede pasar a ser evidente en este caso y la solución del problema saltará a la vista. Por lo común. las relaciones entre las magnitudes de los segmentos, de los angulos, etc., en las figuras geométricas son más complicadas que las existentes entre las velocidades de variación de estas magnitudes durante los procesos de deformación de las mismas. Por eso para la solución de los problemas geométricos puede ser útil la "teoria de las velocidades" - la cinemática. En este folleto se dan algunos ejemplos para demostrar cómo la cinemática se aplica a los problemas de la geometría elemental y se propone cierta cantidad de problemas para ejercicios individuales. Previamente se exponen las nociones generales necesarias de cinemática (y de álgebra vectorial). El folleto está escrito basándose en las lecciones dadas en- el circulo matemático escolar adjunto a la Univcrsidad Estatal "A M_ Gorki" de .larkov. Se destina para los alumnos de 9"" y 1omo grados.  Traducido del ruso por G. A. Lozhkin Primera edición 1978 Segunda edición 1984

subject:
geométrico,teoria de las velocidades,cinemática,Matemáticas,problema,Lecciones Populares De Matemáticas


btih: 6fb33678938e0ae65e5b0291b9f2803f8a1a917f
collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-lukas_korso223
creator: বরিস পলেভয় (Boris Polevoi )
date: 1988-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: the-story-about-a-real-man-manusher-moto-manush-boris-polevoi-1988
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: ben
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2025-06-05T11:36:09Z,2026-02-06T00:16:58Z
publicdate: 2025-06-05T11:36:09Z
publisher: Progress Publishers
subject: soviet literature,soviet red army,world war 2,war stories,courage
title: মানুষের মতো মানুষ(The Story About a Real Man in Bengali)
year: 1988
description:
অবশ্যই! বরিস পোলেভয়-এর "দ্য স্টোরি অফ আ রিয়েল ম্যান" (A Story of a Real Man) বইটির সারসংক্ষেপ বাংলায় নিচে দেওয়া হলো: বরিস পোলেভয়-এর "দ্য স্টোরি অফ আ রিয়েল ম্যান" দ্বিতীয় বিশ্বযুদ্ধের পটভূমিতে রচিত একটি মর্মস্পর্শী উপন্যাস, যা সোভিয়েত ফাইটার পাইলট আলেক্সেই মারেসিয়েভ-এর (উপন্যাসে মেরেসিয়েভ নামে পরিচিত) বাস্তব জীবনের ঘটনা অবলম্বনে লেখা। ১৯৪২ সালের এপ্রিল মাসে, আলেক্সেইয়ের বিমান জার্মানদের বিরুদ্ধে যুদ্ধ করতে গিয়ে ভূপাতিত হয়। গুরুতর আহত অবস্থায় তিনি শত্রুদের এলাকা থেকে ফিরে আসার জন্য ১৮ দিন ধরে বরফ ঢাকা অরণ্যের মধ্য দিয়ে হামাগুড়ি দিয়ে পথ চলেন। অবিশ্বাস্য ইচ্ছাশক্তি এবং অদম্য সাহসের জোরে তিনি অবশেষে সোভিয়েত নিয়ন্ত্রিত এলাকায় পৌঁছাতে সক্ষম হন। হাসপাতালে তার উভয় পা হাঁটুর নিচ থেকে কেটে বাদ দিতে হয় ফ্রস্টবাইটের কারণে। শারীরিক এই চরম প্রতিকূলতা সত্ত্বেও আলেক্সেই তার স্বপ্ন পূরণে বদ্ধপরিকর থাকেন। তিনি একজন ফাইটার পাইলট হিসেবে আবার উড়তে চেয়েছিলেন। এই অসম্ভব লক্ষ্য অর্জনের জন্য তিনি কৃত্রিম পা লাগিয়ে দীর্ঘ এক বছর ধরে কঠোর অনুশীলন এবং থেরাপির মধ্যে দিয়ে যান। তার প্রেমিকা এবং হাসপাতালের অন্য রোগীদের অনুপ্রেরণা তাকে এই কঠিন পথে এগিয়ে যেতে সাহায্য করে। অবশেষে, ১৯৪৩ সালের জুন মাসে তিনি আবারও বিমানে উড়তে সক্ষম হন এবং যুদ্ধক্ষেত্রে ফিরে আসেন। এই বইটি কেবল একটি ব্যক্তিগত বীরত্বের গল্প নয়, বরং এটি মানব মনের অদম্য সাহস, দৃঢ় সংকল্প এবং প্রতিকূলতার বিরুদ্ধে জয়লাভের এক অনুপ্রেরণামূলক আখ্যান। অনুবাদঃ সমর সেন সম্পাদনা: পূর্ণিমা মিত্র অঙ্গসজ্জা: ক. ইশিন All credits to  Sovietbooksinbengali  blog

stripped_tags:
span style="color:rgb(44,44,44);font-family:'Helvetica Neue', Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif;font-size:14px;background-color:rgb(255,255,255);",a href="https://sovietbooksinbengali.blogspot.com/" style="background-image:none;background-position:0% 0%;background-repeat:repeat;background-attachment:scroll;color:rgb(75,100,255);text-decoration:none;font-family:'Helvetica Neue', Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif;font-size:14px;" rel="ugc nofollow"


creator: I. Zherebtsov
date: 1963-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: zherebtsov-fundamentals-of-radio
indexflag: index,nonoindex
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2021-09-23T05:02:17Z,2026-02-06T02:12:44Z
publicdate: 2021-09-23T05:02:17Z
title: Fundamentals Of Radio
year: 1963
collection:
mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-a7md_1l31mly,fav-bakchod_lomdii,fav-captain1949,fav-emad_sadeghi,fav-euvwaves,fav-floura28zz,fav-giorgio341,fav-golgonooza,fav-jissica_122m,fav-kaichan,fav-marcelo_dominguez,fav-mohamed_cairoscience,fav-munif_muttafik,fav-navix,fav-nikemaul,fav-pio07,fav-timomartin

description:
A book explaining fundamental working of radio. Topics covered include oscillatory circuits, aerials, radio wave propagation, electron valves, rectifiers, amplifiers, transmitters, receivers, and measurements.

subject:
engineering,radio,technology,radio waves,amplifiers,receivers,transmitters,wave modulation,soviet,physics


collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-aishu123303
creator: ವೈ. ಚರೂಷಿನ್ (Y. Charushin)
date: 1987-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: y-charushin-how-they-live-in-kannada-raduga-1987
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: kan
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2023-05-21T09:06:22Z,2026-02-06T02:07:42Z
publicdate: 2023-05-21T09:06:22Z
publisher: Raduga Publishers
title: ಯಾರ ಬದುಕು ಹೇಗೆ? ( How They Live In Kannada)
year: 1987
description:
A small picture story book for children in Kannda about animals and their habits and habitats (translated from Russian) ಕನ್ನಡದಲ್ಲಿ ಮಕ್ಕಳಿಗಾಗಿ ಒಂದು ಸಣ್ಣ ಚಿತ್ರ ಕಥೆ ಪುಸ್ತಕ (ರಷ್ಯನ್ ಭಾಷೆಯಿಂದ ಅನುವಾದಿಸಲಾಗಿದೆ) ಅನುವಾದ: ಕೆ. ಎಲ್. ಗೋಪಾಲಕೃಷ್ಣರಾವ್ Many thanks to Guptaji for the original scan.

subject:
children's book,story book,illustrated books,animal stories,soviet literature,ಮಕ್ಕಳ ಪುಸ್ತಕ,ಕಥೆ ಪುಸ್ತಕ,ಸಚಿತ್ರ ಪುಸ್ತಕಗಳು,ಪ್ರಾಣಿ ಕಥೆಗಳು,ಸೋವಿಯತ್ ಸಾಹಿತ್ಯ,ನವಕರ್ನಾಟಕ,Navakarnataka,ಪ್ರಾಣಿಗಳು,ಪರಿಸರ ವಿಜ್ಞಾನ,ಜನಪ್ರಿಯ ವಿಜ್ಞಾನ,ಮಕ್ಕಳ ವಿಜ್ಞಾನ,animals,ecology,popular science,children's science


btih: f80443c0c458f5c41f6e2c34b461094644c1adf7
collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-apeiron91,fav-nikemaul,fav-pb_ess
creator: Y. Sheinin
date: 1978-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: y.-sheinin-science-policy-problems-and-trends-progress-1978
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: eng
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2025-01-23T09:46:08Z,2026-02-06T02:07:47Z
publicdate: 2025-01-23T09:46:08Z
publisher: Progress Publishers
subject: soviet literature,soviet science,science policy,theory of science
title: Science Policy Problems And Trends
year: 1978
description:
A Soviet perspective on science policies. Author's Note 5 Chapter One Conceptions and Terms Subject and Method 9 Chapter Two Man and Science Organisation 34 Chapter Three Division of Labour in Science 74 Chapter Four Scientific Network 123 Chapter Five The State and Science 167 Chapter Six Expertise and Control 216 Chapter Seven Some Parameters and Tendencies in Science Organisation 242 Chapter Eight Science Policy Strategy 287 321 Translated from the Russian by Yuri Sdobnikov Designed by Vadim Kuleshov This is a cleaned optimised scan, credits to the original uploaders


collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-pio07
creator: Y. Tchouprakov
date: 1982-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: y.-tchouprakov-commande-hydralique-et-automatismes-hydrauliques-mir-1982
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: fre
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2023-11-30T11:52:04Z,2026-02-06T02:07:44Z
publicdate: 2023-11-30T11:52:04Z
publisher: Éditions Mir
subject: hydraulique,mécanique des fluides
title: Commande Hydralique Et Automatismes Hydrauliques
year: 1982
description:
INTRODUCTION 1. PROPRIÉTÉS SPÉCIALES ET PROBLÈMES DE MÉCANIQUE DES FLUIDES 2. ORGANES DE RESTRICTION ET DISTRIBUTEURS ÉTRANGLEURS 3. AMPLIFICATEURS DE PUISSANCE HYDRAULIQUES 4. COMMANDE ET ASSERVISSEMENT HYDRAULIQUES 5. COMPOSANTS HYDRAULIQUES 6. ORGANES DE CALCUL HYDRAULIQUES 7. CANALISATIONS ET JOINTS 8. ORGANES DE STOCKAGE DU FLUIDE HYDRAULIQUE 9. ORGANES DE CONDITIONNEMENT DU FLUIDE HYDRAULIQUE BIBLIOGRAPHIE Traduit du russe par Vladimir Kotliar Un grand merci à Henri Leveque pour le livre.


btih: 0c931575a1e0e29aee5cf0d0ce794b23bd547a7b
creator: Ya. S. Bugrov,S. M. Nikolski
date: 1988-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: ya.-s.-bugrov-s.-m.-nikolski-matematicas-superiores-ecuaciones-diferenciales-int
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: spa
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2025-05-25T03:30:41Z,2026-02-06T02:08:14Z
publicdate: 2025-05-25T03:30:41Z
publisher: Editorial Mir
year: 1988
collection:
mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-arthurpariz,fav-kami_bdm,fav-kennedy_cajachagua,fav-leonardo_guedes768,fav-olavo_oliveira,fav-pb_ess,fav-pio07,fav-roberto_mart_nez718

description:
Este y otros dos libros nuestros, editados en español bajo el título Matemáticas Superiores, abarcan todo el programa del curso respectivo que se imparte en los centros de enseñanza superior para especialidades de ingeniería, con excepción de la teoría de las probabilidades y la mayor parte de los Métodos Numéricos. En cada capítulo se exponen primero los conceptos fundamentales relacionados con los temas tratados, mientras que las demostraciones formales de los teoremas se presentan al final del capítulo o del párrafo correspondiente. Esta estructura permite, en caso necesario, limitarse a la lectura de las secciones iniciales de los capítulos o párrafos. En los capítulos Ecuaciones de la Física Matemática y Series de Fourier, para deducir algunas fórmulas hemos partido únicamente de consideraciones físicas. Cabe señalar, además, que los capítulos 6 y 7, dedicados a la teoría de las funciones de una variable compleja y al cálculo operacional, pueden leerse incluso antes del capítulo Series e Integrales de Fourier, ya que este no exige conocimientos previos de la teoría mencionada, salvo nociones elementales de los números complejos. En particular, en dicho capítulo mostramos cómo pueden hallarse integrales concretas de Fourier sin recurrir al cálculo operacional. A nuestros lectores que deseen estudiar las matemáticas de un modo más profundo, les recomendamos los siguientes libros: V. A. Ilyin, E. G. Poznyak, Fundamentals of Mathematical Analysis, en dos tomos, Editorial Mir, 1981. L. D. Kudriávtsev, Análisis Matemático, Editorial Mir, 1984. S. M. Nikolsky, A Course of Mathematical Analysis, en dos tomos, Editorial Mir, 1982. Versión española por el ingeniero A.L Samojválov Todos los créditos a los uploaders originales.

subject:
literatura soviética,matemáticas superiores,análisis matemático,funciones complejas,cálculo operacional,series de fourier

title:
Matemáticas Superiores - Ecuaciones Diferenciales, Integrales Multiples, Series, Funciones De Variable Compleja


creator: L. Zhdanov
date: 1980-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: zhdanov-physics-for-the-technician
indexflag: index,nonoindex
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2021-11-04T08:30:42Z,2026-02-06T02:12:43Z
publicdate: 2021-11-04T08:30:42Z
stripped_tags: span class="Apple-tab-span" style="white-space:pre;"
title: Physics For The Technician
year: 1980
collection:
mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-adrianorodriguesbr,fav-arthurpariz,fav-buzzmillennium,fav-christosdedes,fav-dimasngb,fav-floura28zz,fav-fredorm2017,fav-golgonooza,fav-gotwot,fav-iamthegelo,fav-ilem,fav-lawrencedc,fav-leonardo662020,fav-liebchenn,fav-lucas_honorio_galatti,fav-matt_404,fav-mohamed_cairoscience,fav-munif_muttafik,fav-nikemaul,fav-nyggous_kikery,fav-pio07,fav-rafaeltm,fav-rohit_gupta696,fav-scorpionerosso80,fav-seafarer54,fav-shauhram,fav-sky357,fav-skyblue242,fav-sol284,fav-sureshpal360,fav-timomartin,fav-vignam

description:
This physics course is intended for students of technical junior colleges and gives an adequate coverage of physics at the high-school level. The aim is to provide a survey of those basics that are essential for the specialized courses that a future technician takes at college. The Soviet pro­ gramme in physics for technical colleges does not include mechanics because this section of physics is studied in secondary school. But since there are many courses in me­chanics, brief and extended, the teacher can always select a book that is best suited for his or her purposes. One book that we find especially useful is Theoretical Mechanics by E. M. Nikitin (Mir Publishers, Moscow, 1980). The physics course that follows starts with a brief intro­ duction about physical quantities and their measurement, the International System of Units, and the approximations that any scientist makes when measuring or calculating a quantity. It then goes on to the subject of heat and molec­ ular physics. The other parts deal with electricity and magnetism, oscillations and waves, optics and special rel­ ativity, and nuclear physics and, finally, there is a brief survey of astronomical facts. The International System of Units is used throughout the book. However, since other systems of units are used in physics, the author has found it expedient to provide basic information about these, espe­ cially in electricity (Sections 16-9 and 16-10). To this end the book includes an appendix whose first section is devoted to the base and derived units of the SI system. The author, Leonid Zhdanov, wrote all the parts of the book except Part 6, which was written by Evghenii Traut. The author’s son, Grigorii Zhdanov, participated in the pre­ paration of the book for press.

subject:
mir publishers,physics,basics,mechanics,heat,molecular physics,kinetic theory,ideal gas,laws of conservation,electricity,magnetism,electric field,circuits,electromagnetism,electromagnetic induction,oscillations,waves,optics,special relativity,nuclear physics,astronomy


btih: dc00b7adef74bd32cdbe43beaaa1ac88e51dae27
creator: V. Dubrovski,,Ya. Smorodinski,E. Surkov
date: 1987-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: v.-dubrovski-ya-smorodinski-e.-surkov-el-mundo-relativista-fisica-al-alcance-de-todos
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: spa
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2025-12-11T05:24:06Z,2025-12-11T06:17:22Z
publicdate: 2025-12-11T05:24:06Z
publisher: Editorial Mir
title: El Mundo Relativista ( Física Al Alcance De Todos)
year: 1987
collection:
mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-fernando_nazareth,fav-nikemaul,fav-phormugos,fav-pio07,fav-roberto_mart_nez718

description:
Este libro ofrece una exploración gradual y accesible de la cinemática relativista, partiendo de conceptos familiares de la física clásica para conducir al lector hacia las ideas más profundas de la teoría de la relatividad y su aplicación al estudio de las partículas elementales. El recorrido comienza con choques elásticos no relativistas y la noción de espacio de velocidades, y enseguida enlaza estos fundamentos con el principio de relatividad de Galileo y Einstein. A partir de ahí, el texto amplía el horizonte hacia la representación geométrica de los movimientos, los mapas de velocidades y la estructura del espacio de rayos. Con una progresión clara, la obra introduce la geometría del espacio de velocidades relativista, incluyendo la sorprendente relación con la geometría de Lobachevski, sus transformaciones, sus teoremas métricos y las peculiaridades que emergen al describir movimientos cercanos a la velocidad de la luz. Más adelante se abordan la cinemática relativista propiamente dicha, la aberración estelar, la desintegración de partículas y las leyes de conservación de la energía y el impulso en su forma relativista. El lector encontrará también capítulos dedicados a colisiones relativistas, fotones y efectos como Compton y Doppler, así como una discusión final sobre la llamada física geométrica. El apéndice sobre las transformaciones de Lorentz proporciona el marco matemático indispensable. A lo largo del libro se incluyen numerosos problemas y complementos que permiten afianzar los conceptos y practicar los métodos presentados. Esta estructura convierte la obra en una introducción sólida y formativa para estudiantes y lectores interesados en comprender la física relativista desde sus bases geométricas y cinemáticas. Traducido del ruso por los licenciados en Física Salvador Colunga Sánchez y Edgar Pnrique Carops C. Todos los créditos a los uploaders originales.

subject:
literatura soviética,ciencia popular,fisica,relatividad,cinemática relativista,física de partículas,geometría de lobachevski,transformaciones de lorentz


btih: 1e5fcb5cdcf6b7eef810a4271e9507678c19ff86
creator: T. Ya. Paperno,V. P. Pozdnyakov,A. A. Smirnova,L. M. Elagin
date: 1979-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: t.-ya.-paperno-v.-p.-pozdnyakov-a.-a.-smirnova-l.-m.-elagin-physico-chemical-lab
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: eng
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2024-12-30T12:56:00Z,2026-02-06T00:10:03Z
publicdate: 2024-12-30T12:56:00Z
publisher: Mir Publishers
subject: soviet literature,chemical analysis,organic chemistry,biochemistry,analytical chemistry
title: Physico Chemical Laboratory Techniques In Organic And Biological Chemistry
year: 1979
collection:
mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-dahan_wang,fav-dnaultra5,fav-floura28zz,fav-jetmorgann,fav-munif_muttafik,fav-nikemaul,fav-ode127

description:
Current teaching courses in organic and biological chemistry make an extensive use of the results obtained by means of the physico-chemical laboratory techniques. The data on molecular structures in organic chemistry are derived from such physical techniques as UV, IR, NMR, EPR, and mass spectrometry, refractometry, and so on. This book deals with the main molecular spectroscopic techniques (UV, IR, Raman, and NMR spectroscopies) and the dipole moments technique. The laboratory techniques described here have been selected according to their use in organic chemistry for determining structures and physico-chemical properties of synthesis products, and according to the availability of the respective research instruments in the university laboratories. Hence, the major portion of the book is given to the UV and IR spectroscopy techniques. A brief discussion covers the fundamentals of a technique and its applications, then follow laboratory exercises and problems for students. The final section presents problems involving combined use of several physical and chemical laboratory techniques. The problems have been selected to take into account the teaching programme of the secondary school in order to make it useful for the school teachers, and students preparing for that career. Translated from the Russian by Oleg Glebov


creator: L. V. Tarasov
date: 2021-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: tarasov-basic-concepts-of-quantum-mechanics-2021
indexflag: index,nonoindex
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2021-10-09T12:40:40Z,2026-02-06T00:11:03Z
publicdate: 2021-10-09T12:40:40Z
title: Basic Concepts Of Quantum Mechanics
year: 2021
collection:
mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-archiveuser8897,fav-carlos_joel_codova_cortavarr_a,fav-emad_sadeghi,fav-fredorm2017,fav-joyban,fav-kruyol,fav-leonardo662020,fav-munif_muttafik,fav-nikemaul,fav-pio07,fav-rajagopalkamath_gmail_com,fav-rilberte_costa,fav-sundeep_maithani

description:
This book gives a detailed and systematic exposition of the fundamentals of non-relativistic quantum mechanics for those who are not acquainted with the subject. The character of the physics of microparticles and the problems of the physics of microphenomena (interference of amplitudes, the principle of superposition, the specific nature of measuring processes, causality in quantum mechanics) are considered on the basis of concepts about probability amplitudes. Besides, the quantum-mechanical systems - microparticles - with two basic states are analyzed in detail. The apparatus of quantum mechanics is considered as a synthesis of concepts about physics and the theory of linear operators.  A number of specially worked out problems and examples have been included in order to demonstrate the working of the apparatus. This is a completely electronic version typeset in LaTeX from the scanned original. Source files can be found at  https://gitlab.com/mirtitles/tarasov-qm

stripped_tags:
span style="color:rgb(0,100,0);font-family:'LMMono10-Regular-Identity-H';font-size:10pt;",a href="https://gitlab.com/mirtitles/tarasov-qm" rel="ugc nofollow"

subject:
physics,quantum mechanics,elementary particles,conversion,uncertainty principle,de broglie,interpretation,interference,experiments,theory,philosophy,linear operators,schroedinger equation,classical mechanics,photon,transitions,history,complementarity principle,models


btih: d78bff751bbe28f1318e6cb0570222829b65de3e
collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan
creator: ল্যুবোেভ ভরোঙ্কভা (Lyubov Voronkova)
identifier: the-magic-shore-jadu-tir-lyubov-voronkova_202506
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: ben
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2025-06-05T11:47:09Z,2026-02-06T00:16:34Z
publicdate: 2025-06-05T11:47:09Z
publisher: Progress Publishers
subject: soviet literature,soviet stories,শিশু সাহিত্য,রুশ সাহিত্য,প্রকৃতি,রূপকথা,নৈতিক শিক্ষা
title: যাদু তীর (The Magic Shore in Bengali)
description:
লুবভ ভোরোনকোভার "দ্য ম্যাজিক শোর" (The Magic Shore) একটি রূপকথামূলক গল্পের সংকলন, যা মূলত শিশুদের জন্য লেখা। এই গল্পগুলিতে লেখিকা দেখিয়েছেন যে "জাদু" বা "অলৌকিক" ঘটনা ঘটাতে বড় কোনো মন্ত্রের প্রয়োজন হয় না, বরং একটি দয়ালু মন এবং প্রকৃতির প্রতি ভালোবাসা ও কদরবোধই যথেষ্ট। বইটিতে শিশুরা তাদের চারপাশের প্রাকৃতিক জগতের প্রতি সহানুভূতি এবং ভালোবাসা প্রদর্শনের মাধ্যমে কীভাবে ছোট ছোট "অলৌকিক" কাজ সম্পন্ন করতে পারে, সেই বিষয়টি তুলে ধরা হয়েছে। ভোরোনকোভার এই রচনাটি প্রকৃতির সৌন্দর্য উপলব্ধি এবং প্রতিদিনের জীবনে যে বিস্ময় লুকিয়ে আছে, তা আবিষ্কার করার প্রতি শিশুদের উৎসাহিত করে। "দ্য ম্যাজিক শোর" বন্ধুত্ব, পারস্পরিক সাহায্য এবং প্রকৃতির প্রতি শ্রদ্ধার মতো বিষয়গুলিকে গুরুত্ব দেয়। এই সংকলনটি শিশুদের অভিজ্ঞতা এবং তাদের দৃষ্টিকোণ থেকে পৃথিবীর সাথে তাদের মিথস্ক্রিয়াকে তুলে ধরে, যেখানে তারা জীবন, প্রকৃতি এবং মানবিক সম্পর্ক সম্পর্কে মূল্যবান শিক্ষা লাভ করে। সোভিয়েত শিশু সাহিত্যের একটি চমৎকার উদাহরণ হিসেবে এই বইটি নৈতিক মূল্যবোধ এবং মৌলিক সত্যের প্রতি ভালোবাসা জাগিয়ে তোলার লক্ষ্য নিয়ে লেখা হয়েছে। অনুবাদ: ননী ভৌমিক অঙ্গসজ্জা: ভ. আলেক্সেয়েত All credits to  Sovietbooksinbengali  blog

stripped_tags:
span style="background-color:rgb(255,255,255);font-size:14px;",font color="#2c2c2c" face="Helvetica Neue, Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif",font,span style="background-color:rgb(255,255,255);",div style="color:rgb(44,44,44);font-family:'Helvetica Neue', Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif;font-size:14px;",span style="color:rgb(44,44,44);font-family:'Helvetica Neue', Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif;font-size:14px;background-color:rgb(255,255,255);",span style="font-size:14px;",a href="https://sovietbooksinbengali.blogspot.com/" style="background-image:none;background-position:0% 0%;background-repeat:repeat;background-attachment:scroll;color:rgb(75,100,255);text-decoration:none;font-family:'Helvetica Neue', Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif;font-size:14px;" rel="ugc nofollow"


collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-aghori_king,fav-andres8,fav-nikemaul
date: 1950-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: the-last-days-of-pushkin-flph-1950s
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: eng
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2024-06-27T09:18:59Z,2026-02-06T00:16:22Z
publicdate: 2024-06-27T09:18:59Z
publisher: Foreign Languages Publishing House
subject: soviet literature,biopgraphy,alexander pushkin
title: The Last Days Of Pushkin
year: 1950
description:
A collection of contemporary letters from the last days of Russian writer Alexander Pushkin.  Translated from the Russian by Ivy Litvinova   Designed By Veniamin Basov and Yuri Kopylov


btih: dc0de00d3bdabf8c30b1d9cb117ee5e14b48b0e5
collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan
creator: Aleksandr I. Kuprin
date: 2026-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: aleksandr-i.-kuprin-roach-hole-1905
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: eng
licenseurl: https://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/mark/1.0/
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2026-05-23T08:51:56Z,2026-05-23T09:22:52Z
publicdate: 2026-05-23T08:51:56Z
publisher: The Mir Titles Project
subject: russian literature,classics of russian literature,russian short stories
title: Roach Hole
year: 2026
description:
A grim, naturalistic sketch focusing on poverty and confined living conditions. It reflects Kuprin’s interest in the underside of urban life and social neglect. Translated from Russian by B. Guilbert Guerney Originally published in 1905


btih: 65b50f28e8d5ca2d9f44e877c71b29471c8089d7
collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan
creator: Aleksandr I. Kuprin
date: 2026-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: aleksandr-i.-kuprin-tempting-providence-1916
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: eng
licenseurl: https://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/mark/1.0/
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2026-05-23T08:52:24Z,2026-05-23T09:35:50Z
publicdate: 2026-05-23T08:52:24Z
publisher: The Mir Titles Project
subject: russian literature,classics of russian literature,russian short stories
title: Tempting Providence
year: 2026
description:
A moral tale questioning human attempts to challenge fate or divine order. It suggests the limits of control over life’s outcomes. Translated from Russian by Rosa Savary Graham and Stephen Graham Originally published in 1916


btih: e94148a6028b0b50232e2cd243ae06cbec33c677
collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan
creator: Aleksandr I. Kuprin
date: 2026-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: aleksandr-i.-kuprin-the-park-of-kings-1906
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: eng
licenseurl: https://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/mark/1.0/
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2026-05-23T11:19:49Z,2026-05-23T12:00:18Z
publicdate: 2026-05-23T11:19:49Z
publisher: The Mir Titles Project
subject: russian literature,classics of russian literature,russian short stories
title: The Park Of Kings
year: 2026
description:
A symbolic setting where power, history, and human ambition intersect. It reflects on the fragility of authority and the passage of time. Translated from Russian by Leo Pasvolsky Originally published in 1916


backup_location: ia906104_12
creator: Victor Dragunsky
description: A picture story book for children
identifier: VictorDragunskyTheAdventuresOfDennis
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: English
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2016-04-05T04:52:44Z,2026-02-06T01:51:19Z
publicdate: 2016-04-05T04:52:44Z
subject: children's book,story book,picture book,soviet literature
title: The Adventures Of Dennis
collection:
mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-aruna_kelkar,fav-black_dalya,fav-iammadaboutreading,fav-katya20,fav-nikemaul,fav-priya_raychaudhuri


collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-aghori_king,fav-waga111
creator: टॉल्स्टॉय (Tolstoy)
date: 1957-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: tolstoy-siege-of-sevastapool-in-hindi
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: hin
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2023-10-25T12:48:49Z,2026-02-06T00:24:41Z
publicdate: 2023-10-25T12:48:49Z
subject: रूसी उपन्यास,सोवियत साहित्य,थे,सेवस्तोपोल,russian novel,soviet literature,were,sevastopol
title: सेवस्तापूल की घेरा (Siege Of Sevastapool In Hindi)
year: 1957
description:
1854 की सर्दियों में टॉल्स्टॉय, फिर रूसी सेना में एक अधिकारी, को सेबस्टोपोल के घिरे शहर में स्थानांतरित करने की व्यवस्था की गई ।  क्रीमियन युद्ध के रूप में जानी जाने वाली कार्रवाई को पहली बार देखने की इच्छा रखते हुए, वह एक भयंकर देशभक्ति से प्रेरित था, लेकिन सेना में भयावह परिस्थितियों के लिए अधिकारियों को सचेत करने की समान रूप से भयंकर इच्छा से भी ।  तीन सेबास्टोपोल रेखाचित्र - 'दिसंबर', 'मई' और 'अगस्त' - घेराबंदी के विभिन्न चरणों के दौरान क्या हुआ और उसके आसपास के आम लोगों पर इसका प्रभाव क्या हुआ ।  अपने अत्यंत उद्देश्य के रूप में सच्चाई के साथ लिखते हुए, उन्होंने रूस के पूरे साक्षर लोगों को युद्ध के अत्याचारों के लिए घर लाया ।  ऐसा करने पर, उन्होंने एक लेखक के रूप में अपने स्वयं के व्यवसाय को महसूस किया और अपनी साहित्यिक प्रतिष्ठा स्थापित की । 

stripped_tags:
div class="a-expander-content a-expander-partial-collapse-content a-expander-content-expanded" style="color:rgb(15,17,17);font-family:'Amazon Ember', Arial, sans-serif;font-size:14px;padding-bottom:20px;"


creator: N. D. Titov; Yu. A. Stepanov
date: 1981-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: titov-stepanov-foundry-practice
indexflag: index,nonoindex
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2021-06-03T08:51:10Z,2026-02-06T00:23:49Z
publicdate: 2021-06-03T08:51:10Z
subject: engineering,metallurgy,molding technology,molds,casting,founding,metals,materials science
title: Foundry Practice
year: 1981
collection:
mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-carson_main,fav-chriszoe,fav-dhashrath_varma_d_v_s_,fav-fabsider,fav-matt_404,fav-nikemaul,fav-research_journalist,fav-rvalter,fav-shan93,fav-vnaylor

description:
The book is based on the lectures read to the students of machine- building secondary schools and also on the foundry practice course included in the curriculum of the Bauman Higher Technical School of Moscow. The book opens with a detailed description of sand molding techno­ logy, melting, pouring, and fettling of castings from gray iron which is one of the most widely used casting alloys. Subsequent chapters treat the methods of fabrication of castings from malleable iron, steels, and alloys of copper, aluminum, and magnesium. One part of the book places a particular emphasis on the theory of casting. The last part which includes several chapters contains basic infor­ mation on special casting processes such as permanent mold casting, die casting, investment casting, and shell casting. The authors have paid special attention to the sequential presentation of various as­ pects of founding in a clear and readable language. Each chapter first describes the essence of production processes, the influence of operating conditions on the quality of castings, and then presents the rational fields of application of the production methods. In the authors’ opinion, such a presentation of the mate­ rial helps the reader to acquire more readily the basic knowledge of foundry practice.


collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-floura28zz,fav-pio07
creator: A. Tikhonov,V. Arsénine
date: 1976-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: tikhonov-arsenine-methodes-de-resolutions-des-problemes-mal-poses-mir-1976
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: fre
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2022-08-03T08:37:31Z,2026-02-06T00:23:30Z
publicdate: 2022-08-03T08:37:31Z
publisher: Éditions Mir
title: Méthodes De Résolutions Des Problèmes Mal Posés
year: 1976
description:
Un grand merci à Henri Leveque pour le scan original. Traduit du russe par Vladimir Kotliar Parmi"les problèmes mathématiques, on distingue une classe de problèmes dont les solutions sont instables vis-à-vis de faibles varia­tions des données initiales : quelque petite que soit la variation des données initiales, elle risque d’amener des variations aussi grandes que l’on veut de la solution. On dit alors que le problème est mal posé. Cette instabilité, lorsque les données initiales ne sont connues qu’avec un certain degré d’approximation, fait que la solution appro­chée s’avère être non unique (dans les limites de précision que l’on s’est fixées) et qu’elle est difficile à interpréter. En raison de ces inconvénients, on persistait à croire qu’un problème mal posé était dépourvu de toute utilité pratique. On connaît cependant bon nombre de problèmes mal posés, appar­tenant tant aux mathématiques classiques qu’à des branches appli­quées les plus diverses et dont l’importance pratique est incontesta­ble. Cela donne une idée du caractère vraiment universel de la classe de problèmes considérée. Déjà en regardant les titres des divisions et les exemples proposés dans ce livre, l’on se rend compte de la largeur de cette classe et de la multiplicité des utilisations possibles. Parmi les problèmes d’importance particulière, signalons les ques­tions liées à la mise au point des systèmes automatiques de traite­ ment mathématique des résultats des expériences (l’interprétation y comprise), les problèmes de la commande optimale et l’établisse­ ment de projets optimaux de systèmes. Une étape essentielle du traitement des données expérimentales est la résolution de problèmes instables vis-à-vis de faibles variations des données initiales: aussi l’importance des méthodes de résolu­tion de pareils problèmes ne saurait-elle être mise en doute. On demande par ailleurs que les solutions approchées obtenues en partant des données initiales approchées soient insensibles aux faibles variations de ces dernières. Au cours de ces dernières années, on a vu paraître dans différentes revues scientifiques un grand nombre de travaux consacrés à ces questions. On attendait un livre qui, entièrement consacré aux  méthodes de résolution de problèmes mal posés, pût initier un audi­toire plus large aux idées et questions relatives à la construction des solutions de ces problèmes. Tel est justement le but que nous pour­ suivons en soumettant aujourd’hui le fruit de nos efforts à l’atten­tion du lecteur.   On sait que les données initiales de problèmes mal posés, obte­nues le plus souvent comme résultats de mesures, sont entachées d’erreurs accidentelles. Pour cette raison, la construction des solu­tions approchées et l’estimation de l’erreur qui leur est propre sont possibles tant par application d’un principe déterministe que d’un principe probabiliste, ceci selon la nature de l’information disponible à l’origine. Dans ce livre, nous nous bornons en général au principe déterministe (sauf dans les chapitres IV et V). Le principe proba­biliste est traité, par exemple, dans [63, 64, 87, 100, 105, 124, 128, 129, 179 à 181, 184, 217]. Nous proposons ici, pour la construction des solutions de problè­mes mal posés, une méthode de régularisation que nous avons avan­cée auparavant dans [156 à 161]. Nous n’avons pas cherché à faire la revue de toute la littérature parue à ce jour consacrée aux problèmes mal posés : le lecteur trou­vera une bibliographie complète, par exemple, dans [122]. Ce livre est destiné aux étudiants et boursiers de thèse en physique et mathématique, ainsi qu’aux ingénieurs et chercheurs intéressés par les questions du traitement et de la planification des expériences. Nous tenons à exprimer toute notre reconnaissance à A. Loukchine pour ses abondantes et précieuses observations.

subject:
mathématiques,méthode d'essai,méthode de régularisation,équations intégrales,convolution,séries de Fourier,minimisation,de commande optimale


backup_location: ia905705_0
contributor: Mirtitles
coverage: Soviet Russia
creator: Yuri Shkolenko
date: 1987-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: TheSpaceAge
imagecount: 236
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: English
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2013-08-16T10:17:02Z,2013-08-16T10:19:53Z,2026-02-06T00:22:31Z
publicdate: 2013-08-16T10:19:53Z
publisher: Progress Publishers
subject: space,space travel,space ship,astronauts,cosmonauts,planets
title: The Space Age
year: 1987
collection:
mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-carthorse,fav-elv_mi,fav-irohamca,fav-munif_muttafik,fav-nikemaul,fav-ry_tang

description:
The author, Yu. A. Shkolenko, is a doctor of philosophy and a journalist. In his book he has com-bined reflections on the fundamental processes occurring in the space age with a lively description of the everyday, practical aspect of cosmonautics. He takes the reader into the cabin of a spaceship, into the living module of an orbital station, shows him the experiments performed by the cosmonauts, and then offers him a glimpse, through the porthole, of the earth and other nearby planets, and of worlds unimaginably remote. As a result, the reader who has never been in space and is unlikely ever to go there, has nonetheless the opportunity to acquire a cosmic view of the world and, rising above his âearth-boundâ daily life, can form a new concept of his place and role in the Universe and on earth and appreciate the need for lofty moral principles and humane forms of social existence.


collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-fernando_mora_hern_ndez,fav-matt_404,fav-nikemaul,fav-pb_ess,fav-pio07
creator: A. V. Pogorelov
date: 1979-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: pogorelov-geometric-shell-stability-theory-1979
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: eng
licenseurl: https://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/mark/1.0/
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2023-01-01T10:41:45Z,2026-02-05T22:00:28Z
publicdate: 2023-01-01T10:41:45Z
publisher: Foreign Technology Division
subject: mathematics,shells,convex shells,deformations,stability
title: Geometric Shell Stability Theory
year: 1979
description:
Translation of   Geometricheskaya Teoriya Ustoychivosti Obolochek , Izd-vo "Nauka", Moscow, 1966, pages 1-296 Covers fundamental aspects of geometric shells and their stability under stress and strain conditions. Introduction 1 Chapter One. Strictly Convex Shells During Supercritical Deformations 16 Chapter Two. Loss of Stability of Strictly Convex Shells 146 Chapter Three. Cylindrical Shells During Supercritical Deformations 258 Supplement I. Some Questions of Dynamics 380 Supplement II. Isometric Transformations of Cylindrical Surfaces 426


btih: 1532af3567d9279f2cbd15a236d8faa2141f6cc0
date: 1990-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: the-book-of-english-humour-raduga-1990
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: eng
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2025-07-10T03:20:20Z,2026-01-28T01:08:34Z
publicdate: 2025-07-10T03:20:20Z
publisher: Raduga Publishers
subject: soviet literature
title: The Book Of English Humour
year: 1990
collection:
mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-filomela8,fav-komsaainternetarchive666,fav-maria_klang,fav-plantnut,fav-radioactivedinosaur42

description:
Anthology of English Humour (In English) Collection Compiled by: Aleksandr Yakovlevich Livergant Publishing Editor: V. Ya. Bonar Illustrator: A. B. Markevich Art Editor: V. B. Tikhomirov Technical Editor: A. P. Agafoshina Contents PELHAM GRENVILLE WODEHOUSE • Do Thrillers Need Heroines? • Jeeves Exerts the Old Cerebellum • No Wedding Bells for Bingo • The Level Business Head ALLAN PATRICK HERBERT • Literature • Engaged • The Wash NAT GUBBINS • A Visit to Wales JOHN B. MORTON • The Case of Juliette Milton • The Thunderbolt DOMENIC B. WYNDHAM LEWIS • The Case of the Village Blacksmith VICTOR SAWDON PRITCHETT • Oedipus Complex JOHN COLLIER • The Frog Prince • Variation on a Theme GRAHAM GREENE • Awful When You Think of It • The Root of All Evil HERBERT ERNEST BATES • Finger Wet, Finger Dry PETER FLEMING • Advice to the Reader • Immortal Longings • On Going to the Moon • Pistols Weaken JAMES B. BOOTHROYD • X = O • Disposing of the Weapon • Knowing a Thing or Two GEORGE MIKES • How to Be an Alien ROALD DAHL • The Great Automatic Grammatisator NORMAN FREDERICK SIMPSON • One Blast and Have Done • Oh HAROLD PINTER • Request Stop • Applicant MALCOLM BRADBURY • The Redbrick Party Part II – Verse EDWARD LEAR • The Pobble Who Has No Toes • Incidents in the Life of My Uncle Arly • The Nutcrackers and the Sugar Tongs • The Duck and the Kangaroo • An Alphabet • Limericks LEWIS CARROLL • The Mad Gardener’s Song • How Doth the Little Crocodile • Humpty Dumpty’s Recitation • Hiawatha’s Photographing • My Fancy • What Tottles Meant ALFRED EDWARD HOUSMAN • Infant Innocence • Fragment of a Greek Tragedy • The Shades of Night RUDYARD KIPLING • My Rival • Natural Theology HILAIRE BELLOC • On Slop: A Poet • On Hygiene • On Benicia: Who Wished Him Well • On Chelsea • On a Great Name • Is There Any Reward • Habitations • Talking of Bad Verse • Lord Lundy • Lord Lundy (Second Canto) • Lord Lucky • Lord Rumbo and Lord Jumbo • The Yak • The Marmozet • The Frog • The Learned Fish • From “A Moral Alphabet”: – O Stands for Oxford – P Stands for Pig • K the Reviewer • Rebecca Who Slammed Doors for Fun and Perished Miserably • Godolphin Horne Who Was Cursed with the Sin of Pride, and Became a Boot-Black GILBERT KEITH CHESTERTON • Dolores Replies to Swinburne • Variations of an Air (After Lord Tennyson, W.B. Yeats, Walt Whitman) • A Ballad of Abbreviations • The Shakespeare Memorial HARRY GRAHAM From Ruthless Rhymes: • Opportunity • Mr. Jones • L’enfant Assez • Waste • Indifference • Compensation • Winter Sports • Poetical Economy • The Cockney of the North EDMUND CLERIHEW BENTLEY From Biography for Beginners: • Sir Christopher Wren • Adam Smith • Sir Humphry Davy • J.S.M. • Lord Clive • George II • Savonarola T. S. ELIOT • The Hippopotamus • Growltiger’s Last Stand • Macavity: The Mystery Cat • Gus: The Theatre Cat WYSTAN HUGH AUDEN From Letter to Lord Byron and Academic Graffiti: • Pick a Quarrel, Go to War • The Friends of the Born Nurse • When He Is Well • You're a Long Way Off Becoming a Saint • I'm Afraid There's Many a Spectacled Sod • I'm Beginning to Lose Patience • Those Who Will Not Reason • Let Us Honour If We Can • These Had Stopped Seeking • Private Faces in Public Places • With What Conviction the Young Man Spoke • To the Man-in-the-Street • When Statesmen Gravely Say • Why Are the Public Buildings So High • As the Poets Have Mournfully Sung Academic Graffiti: • Henry Adams • St. Thomas Aquinas • Johann Sebastian Bach • Thomas Lovell Beddoes • Ludwig van Beethoven • William Blake • Lord Byron • Among the Prosodists, Bysshe • Dante • Charles Dickens • Sir Rider Haggard • Joseph Haydn • No One Could Ever Inveigle • Henry James • When the Young Kant • Mallarmé • John Milton • Thomas More • When Sir Walter Scott • Paul Valéry From Marginalia • Afraid After Long • Fear and Vanity • Justice: Permission to Peck • The Introvert Is Deaf Commentary/Notes by A. Ya. Livergant — p. 387 (Russian-English)


btih: f653808bd1d1fe84e1f63e18422906ad204f8a97
collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-alang608,fav-dnaultra5,fav-floura28zz,fav-matt_404,fav-vignam,fav-zsolt07
creator: G. S. Gruzdev,V. A. Zinchenko,V. A. Kalinin,R. I. Slovtsov
date: 1983-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: the-chemical-protection-of-plants-mir-1983
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: eng
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2025-01-16T13:24:39Z,2026-02-06T00:15:40Z
publicdate: 2025-01-16T13:24:39Z
publisher: Mir Publishers
title: The Chemical Protection Of Plants
year: 1983
description:
The present textbook is intended as a course in the chemical protection of plants for students of higher agricultural educational establishments. It will also be a helpful guide for agronomists of all specialities, including agricultural chemists, plant protection agronomists, and agricultural specialists working in crop-growing conditions with the expanding introduction of chemistry in agriculture. The general part of the book treats the classification of modern pesticides, the fundamentals of agronomical toxicology, the influence of pesticides on the environment, and also the sanitary and physicochemical aspects of pesticide application. The special part presents a detailed physicochemical characterisation of insecticides, rodenticides, fumigants, as well as herbicides and retardants, defoliants, and desiccants, the features of their use, doses, periods, and ways of application. Information is also given on biological preparations of bacterial and fungal origin, and on antibiotics used to protect plants against diseases. The combined and regional application of pesticides is also dealt with because the use of combined formulations and mixtures of pesticides with a different spectrum of action on harmful organisms is the most rational and economical way of protecting plants. Edited by Professor G. S. Gruzdev Translated from the Russian by G. Leib

subject:
soviet literature,agricultural chemistry,pesticides,insects,pests,chemical processes,manufacture,agricultural toxicology,environmental protection,insecticides,rodenticides,fumigants,herbicides,retardants,defoiliants,dessicants


btih: 4096336a94ddcc30a1328c1de3514b6d9f4ff03a
collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan
creator: ইউরি করোলকভ (Yuri Korolkov)
date: 1980-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: the-tale-of-felix-dzerzhinsky-felix-er-manei-sukhi-yuri-korolkov_202505
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: ben
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2025-05-20T13:36:22Z,2026-02-06T00:17:04Z
publicdate: 2025-05-20T13:36:22Z
publisher: Progress Publishers
stripped_tags: span class="Apple-tab-span" style="white-space:pre;"
subject: soviet literature,russian history,socialism
title: ফেলিক্স-এর মানেই সুখী বিপ্লবী দের্জিনস্কির জীবন(The Tale Of Felix Dzerzhinsky in Bengali)
year: 1980
description:
ফেলিক্স জারঝিনস্কি ছিলেন একজন পোলিশ-বংশোদ্ভূত বলশেভিক বিপ্লবী ও সোভিয়েত নিরাপত্তা সংস্থার প্রতিষ্ঠাতা। ১৮৭৭ সালে জন্মগ্রহণকারী জারঝিনস্কি রুশ বিপ্লবের পর চেকা নামে পরিচিত প্রথম সোভিয়েত গোপন পুলিশ সংস্থার প্রধান নিযুক্ত হন। তিনি রাষ্ট্রবিরোধী ও বিপ্লববিরোধী কার্যকলাপ দমনে কঠোর ভূমিকা পালন করেন এবং তাঁর নেতৃত্বেই সোভিয়েত ইউনিয়নে "রেড টেরর" নামক দমন অভিযান শুরু হয়। লোহিত দৃঢ়তার জন্য তাঁকে "লোহার ফেলিক্স" বলা হত। ১৯২৬ সালে তিনি হৃদরোগে আক্রান্ত হয়ে মৃত্যুবরণ করেন। তাঁর নাম সোভিয়েত ইতিহাসে বিপ্লবী নিষ্ঠা ও কঠোরতার প্রতীক হিসেবে স্মরণীয় হয়ে আছে। All credits to sovietbooksinbengali blog.


collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan
creator: ইউরি দ্রুজকভ (Yuri Druzhkov)
date: 1974-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: the-adventures-of-pencil-and-screwbolt-pencil-aar-sharbokarmar-adventure-yuri-druzhkov_202407
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: ben
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2024-07-05T10:52:49Z,2026-02-06T00:15:18Z
publicdate: 2024-07-05T10:52:49Z
publisher: Progress Publishers
subject: soviet,children's books,সোভিয়েত সাহিত্য,শিশুদের বই
year: 1974
description:
আদরের ছোটো বন্ধুরা! আমাদের দুই নায়ক - যাদুকর পটুয়া, ড্রয়িঙের মাস্টার পেনসিল আর সব কাজের কাজী, লোহার মানুষ সর্বকর্মা তাদের বৃত্তান্ত, তাদের নানা অ্যাডভেঞ্চার, তাদের যাদু, ইশকুলের খবর শোনাবার জন্যে এবার বিদেশ যাত্রা করল। বইটি পড়ার পর তোমাদের অনেকেই নিশ্চয় ধরতে পারবে যে যাদুর ইশকুলটা খাস জীবন ছাড়া আর কিছুই নয়। সে জীবন কিছু শিখিয়েছে, সবই শেখাবে। তোমরা কি চিঠি লিখে জানাবে বইটা থেকে তোমরা কী বুঝলে, কী শিক্ষা পেলে? নানান জায়গা থেকে ছেলেমেয়েদের চিঠি আমরা পাই অনেক। যাদু ইশকুলের ঠিকানাটা জানতে চায় সবাই। একটি ছেলে লিখেছে: 'যাদু, ইশকুলের ঠিকানাটা আমায় দিন, নিজের জন্যে একটা বাইসাইকেল, টোটা সমেত বন্দুক আর দুটি দম- দেওয়া খেলনা মোটরগাড়ি আঁকতে চাই।' আরেকজনের ইচ্ছে একটু অন্য রকম: 'যাদু ইশকুলে ভর্তি হতে চাই, আমাদের গাঁয়ের জন্যে ঠিক অমনি একটা ইশকুল এ'কে দেব, ফলে সব ছেলেমেয়েই তাতে পড়তে পারবে। তাছাড়া বাড়ির কাছে একটা নদী আঁকতে চাই, ঠাকুমাকে তাহলে বেশি দূর হাঁটতে হবে না, বুড়ো হয়ে গেছেন তো...' দেখেছ তো, কত রকমের ছেলে আছে, কত রকম তাদের চিঠি। আমাদের ইচ্ছে কী জানো, তোমরা ওই দ্বিতীয় ছেলেটির মতো হও। কেন, সেটা নিজেরাই ভেবে দ্যাখো।  ইউরি দুজকভ অনুবাদ: ননী ভৌমিক ছবি এ'কেছেন নিকোলাই গ্রিশিন

title:
পেনসিল আর সর্বকর্মার অ্যাডভেঞ্চার সত্যমূলক রূপকথা (The Adventures of Pencil and Screwbolt in Bengali)


collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-kirmani_shaik
date: 1982-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: the-cock-with-crimson-comb-in-telugu-raduga-1982
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: tel
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2023-11-12T06:50:13Z,2026-02-06T00:15:38Z
publicdate: 2023-11-12T06:50:13Z
publisher: Raduga Publishers
title: ఎర్ర జట్టు కోడి పుంజు కరేలియన్ కథ (The Cock With Crimson Comb In Telugu)
year: 1982
description:
కథనం: వీడొర్ వజ్జాయెవ్ A picture story book for children, translated from the Russian. పిల్లల కోసం ఒక చిత్రం కథ పుస్తకం, రష్యన్ నుండి అనువదించబడింది


btih: ae18680bb7514600bdcc828d3b938d867f364f4b
collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-apeiron91,fav-munif_muttafik,fav-nikemaul,fav-shiv_devan,fav-zc456
creator: Oleg Pisarzhevsky
date: 1954-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: oleg-pisarzhevsky-the-world-of-soviet-science-1954
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: eng
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2024-10-06T17:42:05Z,2026-02-05T20:54:27Z
publicdate: 2024-10-06T17:42:05Z
publisher: Mir Publishers
stripped_tags: strong
subject: soviet literature,soviet science
title: The World Of Soviet Science
year: 1954
description:
A small booklet describing the progress achieved by Soviet science in different fields.  Notes on the latest research of Soviet scientists Contents "Growing Points" 1 The Birth of Worlds 5 Life on Mars 12 History of the Earth 16 The Origin of Life 25 Living Substance 34 Self-Renewal and Regeneration of Tissues 36 In the Name of Life 41 Power Over Nature 49 Selfless Service to the Cause of Peace and Democracy 65


btih: c87336dccd9b5c0f79a20a05393534e8d8a115a7
collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-ilem,fav-lukas_korso223,fav-vncomrade
creator: Oleg Rzheshevsky
date: 1979-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: oleg-rzheshevsky-lessons-of-world-war-two-1939-1945-novosti-1979
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: eng
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2026-02-19T03:39:14Z,2026-02-19T11:10:53Z
publicdate: 2026-02-19T03:39:14Z
publisher: Novosti
subject: soviet literature,history,second world war,nazi germany,soviet red army
title: Lessons Of World War Two ( 1939-1945)
year: 1979
description:
A book on Soviet perspective of the second world war CONTENTS INTRODUCTION 3 Chapter 1 BETWEEN THE TWO WORLD WARS 7 Chapter II ATTACK ON THE USSR 26 Chapter III OUR PLANET NEEDS PEACE 73 Many thanks to Vikram P. for getting this book to us.


btih: 1055c983b9268ec4f2bddeafdc7f6efae0968de9
collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan
creator: Aleksandr I. Kuprin
date: 2026-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: aleksandr-i.-kuprin-the-army-ensign-1920
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: eng
licenseurl: https://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/mark/1.0/
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2026-05-23T08:52:46Z,2026-05-23T09:30:13Z
publicdate: 2026-05-23T08:52:46Z
publisher: The Mir Titles Project
subject: russian literature,classics of russian literature,russian short stories
title: The Army Ensign
year: 2026
description:
A military-themed story reflecting on discipline, hierarchy, and the psychological pressures of service life. It portrays the formative impact of the army on young officers. Translated from Russian by Douglas Ashby Originally published in 1920


btih: 4b6d95ed3bee7b4821e8c54e595da35de3ec489b
collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan
creator: Aleksandr I. Kuprin
date: 2026-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: aleksandr-i.-kuprin-the-disciple-1905
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: eng
licenseurl: https://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/mark/1.0/
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2026-05-23T08:53:00Z,2026-05-23T09:39:54Z
publicdate: 2026-05-23T08:53:00Z
publisher: The Mir Titles Project
subject: russian literature,classics of russian literature,russian short stories
title: The Disciple
year: 2026
description:
A narrative of mentorship and influence, focusing on the relationship between teacher and learner. It explores authority, imitation, and intellectual dependence. Translated from Russian by B. Guilbert Guerney Originally published in 1905


btih: e695b80e18935283ca5c010277cf6efbd3b00134
collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan
creator: N.F. Potapova
date: 1960-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: n.-f.-potapova-learning-russian-4-progress-1960.pdf
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: eng,Russian
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2026-05-21T13:06:07Z,2026-05-23T03:54:34Z
publicdate: 2026-05-21T13:06:07Z
publisher: Progress Publishers
subject: soviet literature,learning russian,russian language,russian grammar,russian speaking
title: Learning Russian 4
year: 1960
description:
Learning Russian is a structured course designed primarily for adult learners, though it may also be used with older school students. Its aim is to develop a working knowledge of Russian pronunciation, grammar, spelling, vocabulary, and reading comprehension through a progressive and carefully graded approach. The course consists of four books. Books One and Two introduce the foundations of Russian phonetics and grammar through a large number of structured lessons with exercises, gradually building the ability to form and understand everyday sentences. Book Three shifts towards reading and understanding authentic literary texts from Soviet authors, with a stronger focus on vocabulary, phraseology, and developing fluent comprehension of unadapted material. Book Four serves as a reference volume, containing grammatical tables, vocabulary lists, answer keys, and a grammar index for revision and systematic consultation. Across the complete course, learners acquire approximately 2,200–2,300 words along with the essential grammatical framework needed for everyday communication and comprehension of simple Russian texts. Book 1 https://archive.org/details/n.-f.-potapova-learning-russian-1-progress-1960 Book 2 https://archive.org/details/n.-f.-potapova-learning-russian-2-progress-1960.pdf Book 3 https://archive.org/details/n.-f.-potapova-learning-russian-3-progress-1960.pdf Book 4 https://archive.org/details/n.-f.-potapova-learning-russian-4-progress-1960.pdf

stripped_tags:
a href="https://archive.org/details/n.-f.-potapova-learning-russian-1-progress-1960" rel="ugc nofollow",a href="https://archive.org/details/n.-f.-potapova-learning-russian-2-progress-1960.pdf" rel="ugc nofollow",a href="https://archive.org/details/n.-f.-potapova-learning-russian-3-progress-1960.pdf" rel="ugc nofollow",a href="https://archive.org/details/n.-f.-potapova-learning-russian-4-progress-1960.pdf" rel="ugc nofollow"


btih: 81b3a47a83d973aa5a9ef5877210aa28c97103f3
creator: N. Sevryukov
date: 1975-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: n.-sevryukov-non-ferrous-metallurgy-mir-1975
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: eng
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2025-01-11T12:53:06Z,2026-02-05T20:41:28Z
publicdate: 2025-01-11T12:53:06Z
publisher: Mir Publishers
subject: soviet literature,metallurgical practice,technology,titanium,tungsten,refractory metals
title: Non-Ferrous Metallurgy
year: 1975
collection:
mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-carson_main,fav-cbothe,fav-chriszoe,fav-floura28zz,fav-jetmorgann,fav-joefish7724,fav-pb_ess

description:
S. Sevryukov, M.Sc. (Tech.), taught a course in metallurgy at the Moscow Institute of Non-ferrous Metals and Alloys for several years. He is now a professor at the Patrice Lumumba Peoples' Friendship University. Written earlier by N. Sevryukov with the participation of B. Kuz'min and K. Tchelishchev, it was titled General Metallurgy, which covered both ferrous and non-ferrous metals. It was published in the USSR in Russian (1954 and 1962), in English (1965 and 1969), and in Arabic (1971). Additionally, General Metallurgy has been translated into Chinese (1957–1959), Korean (1959), Romanian (1957), Czechoslovakian (1958), and partially into Bulgarian (1960). Furthermore, N. Sevryukov co-authored Tin Metallurgy (1964) and Non-ferrous Metallurgy (1957). "The author is in a position to bring together all of the new and interesting factors and developments in the field of non-ferrous metallurgy. His experience and contact with designers and users of metallurgical equipment have given him a broad yet thorough grasp of the problems and the steps towards their solutions in the never-ending search for better utilization of the capabilities of both man and machine." Non-ferrous Metallurgy presents a moderate practical application with a major emphasis on the theoretical treatment of the topic. It is a textbook for secondary technical schools and colleges. The work outlines the techniques for ore dressing and provides an adequate survey of non-ferrous metals recovery and utilization of by-products.  The areas of metallurgical fuels and refractory materials are thoroughly covered as well. The first chapters of the book provide an advanced introduction and guide to the principles of metallurgy. The techniques discussed include the metallurgy of copper, nickel, lead, zinc, aluminium, magnesium, titanium, tungsten, and molybdenum. In conclusion, it may be said that this work is a basic treatise and reference book for anyone interested in non-ferrous metallurgy. Translated from the Russian by I. Savin Contents  Introduction 9 Metallurgy Fundamentals 13 1. Metals and Their Classification 13 2. Chemical Reactions Used in Manufacture of Metals 24 3. Ores and Ore Deposits 46 4. Ore Dressing 48 5. Metallurgical Processing of Concentrates and Ores 51 6. Metallurgical Fuel 61 7. Refractory Materials 61 Part I HEAVY NON FERROUS METALS Chapter 1. General 64 8. Use of Heavy Non Ferrous Metals and Alloys 64 9. Ores of Heavy Non Ferrous Metals and Ore Dressing 70 Chapter 2. Metallurgy of Copper 97 10. Chemical Properties of Copper 97 11. Copper Ores and Their Concentration 99 12. Smelting of Copper 101 13. Copper Smelting Mattes and Slags 105 14. Roasting of Copper Concentrates 110 15. Matte Smelting from Concentrates 122 16. Smelting of Matte from Ores 138 17. Converting 146 18. Refining of Blister Copper 154 19. Hydrometallurgy of Copper 171 Chapter 3. Metallurgy of Nickel 191 20. Chemical Properties of Nickel 191 21. Nickel Ores and Their Dressing 194 22. Nickel Manufacturing Techniques 196 23. Smelting of Nickel from Sulphide Ores and Concentrates 205 24. Flotation of Copper-Nickel Mattes 209 25. Smelting of Nickel from Oxidized Ores 211 26. Electrolytic Refining of Nickel 222 27. Manufacture of Cobalt 227 Chapter 4. Metallurgy of Lead 231 28. Chemical Properties of Lead 231 29. Source Materials for Manufacture of Lead and Dressing of Lead Ores 233 30. Techniques for Smelting Lead from Concentrates 236 31. Roasting and Sintering of Lead Concentrates 240 32. Lead Bullion Smelting 247 33. Lead Bullion Refining 257 34. Refining of Gold and Silver 270 Chapter 5. Metallurgy of Zinc 276 35. Chemical Properties of Zinc 276 36. Raw Materials for Manufacture of Zinc 277 37. Zinc Manufacturing Techniques 278 38. Roasting of Zinc Concentrates 291 39. Leaching of Roasted Concentrates 296 40. Removal of Impurities from Neutral Zinc Sulphate Liquor 308 41. Electrolytic Deposition of Zinc 312 42. Manufacture of Cadmium 320 Part II METALLURGY OF LIGHT METALS Chapter 6. General 325 Chapter 7. Metallurgy of Aluminium 330 43. Chemical Properties of Aluminium 330 44. Ores for Production of Aluminium 333 45. Aluminium Production Techniques 335 46. Manufacture of Alumina by Bayer Process 344 47. Manufacture of Alumina by Sintering Technique 353 48. Performance Evaluation of Alumina Production Techniques: Combined Flow Sheets 359 49. Electrolysis of Alumina 361 50. Economics of Aluminium Production 375 51. Manufacture of Extra Pure Aluminium 376 Chapter 8. Metallurgy of Magnesium 380 52. Chemical Properties of Magnesium and of Some of Its Compounds 380 53. Raw Materials for Manufacture of Magnesium 381 54. Magnesium Manufacturing Techniques 383 55. Manufacture of Anhydrous Magnesium Chloride 386 Chapter 9. Metallurgy of Titanium 390 56. Chemical Properties of Titanium 396 57. Raw Materials for Manufacture of Titanium 399 58. Titanium Manufacturing Techniques 400 59. Production of Pure Titanium Tetrachloride 403 60. Manufacture of Metallic Titanium 409 Part III Metallurgy of Refractory Metals Chapter 10: General Chapter 11: Metallurgy of Tungsten 63. Chemical Properties of Tungsten 64. Raw Materials for Manufacture of Tungsten 65. Techniques for Processing Tungsten Concentrates 66. Manufacture of Tungsten Trioxide 67. Manufacture of Metallic Tungsten Chapter 12: Metallurgy of Molybdenum 68. Chemical Properties of Molybdenum 69. Raw Materials for Molybdenum Manufacture 70. Molybdenum Manufacturing Techniques 71. Manufacture of Molybdenum by Ammonia Technique Index 450


collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-boris_nazarov,fav-michaellabarbosa,fav-pio07
creator: N. Glinka
date: 1981-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: n.-glinka-chimie-generale-tome-i-mir-1981
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: fre
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2023-03-23T08:44:06Z,2026-05-11T16:43:43Z
publicdate: 2023-03-23T08:44:06Z
publisher: Éditions Mir
title: Chimie Générale Tome I
year: 1981
description:
Sous la rédaction de V. Rabinovitch Le cours de chimie générale du professeur N. L. Glinka jouit en U.R.S.S., et ce depuis de nombreuses années, d’une renommée justifiée. Du vivant de l’auteur ce cours a été édité 12 fois en russe et a été traduit en anglais et en plusieurs langues de l’U.R.S.S. Ce cours a permis à de nombreuses générations d’étudiants d’assimiler la chimie et aux écoliers de se préparer aux concours d’entrée. Bien souvent des ingénieurs non chimistes y font appel en cas de besoin. Cette bonne renommée du cours de chimie de N. L. Glinka s’explique tout simplement par la clarté de l’exposé, l’enchaînement logique des sujets traités et par le choix rationnel de ces sujets. Néanmoins la période qui s’est écoulée depuis le décès de l’auteur a rendu nécessaire une certaine révision du cours. Cette révision était d’autant plus nécessaire que la chimie s’intégre de plus en plus à de nombreuses branches de l’économie nationale et que l’étude de la chimie s’impose toujours plus dans l’enseignement supérieur. D’autre part, la somme de nos connaissances en chimie s’est énormément accrue au cours de ces décennies et il fallait donc moderniser l’ouvrage. La progression des connaissances stimule le processus de la transformation de la chimie de son état de science empirique à celui d’une science de la nature s’appuyant sur des bases scientifiques aussi solides que les conceptions modernes de la structure de la matière et de la thermodynamique. Cette révision du cours fut entreprise à l’occasion de sa 16e édition en langue russe (1973). Les chapitres consacrés à la structure de la matière, aux bases de la thermodynamique chimique, aux solutions et aux complexes ont été notablement développés. L’étude des processus d’oxydo-réduction et des propriétés des métaux et alliages a été rénovée, les données factuelles sur la chimie des différents éléments ont été remises à jour. Enfin dans la toute dernière édition, le système d’unités internationales (SI) et la terminologie adéquate ont été adoptés. Tout ce travail a été effectué par un collectif de professeurs de l’Université de Léningrad sous la rédaction du professeur V. A. Rabinovitch. L'édition française de ce cours a été une nouvelle fois révisée et complétée. De nos jours une attention particulière doit être accordée aux aspects chimiques de l'interaction entre l'homme et son environnement; aussi les paragraphes 72, 115, 123 et 126 traitant de ce problème ont été révisés et développés. Le professeur A. A. Makarénja a spécialement écrit pour cette édition les §§ 248 à 250 où il traite des problèmes de l’extension de l’industrie chimique et de la protection du milieu naturel, ainsi que du rôle que joue l’étude de la chimie dans nos conceptions sur le monde. En outre le paragraphe 43, dû à V. A. Rabinovitch, traite de la configuration géométrique des molécules en se fondant tant sur la méthode d’hybridation que sur celle de la répulsion des doublets électroniques de valence. Nous espérons que le cours de chimie de N. L. Glinka sera bien accueilli par les lecteurs français. Traduit du Russe par S. Medvédev Un grand merci à Henri Leveque pour le scan original.

subject:
chimie,théorie atomique,classification périodique,liaison chimique,structure des molecules,structures des corps solides,reactions chimiques,solutions,électrolytes,réactions d’oxydo-rêduction,électrochime,colloïdes


btih: e810e869974de1f1ca553b889c34227d0fbcbf3f
collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-gaurav_bhatt911,fav-himanshu_sen,fav-khandare_lovekush,fav-navendur
creator: नि. ग्लीनका (N. Glinka)
date: 1984-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: n.-glinka-general-chemistry-volume-1-in-hindi-mir-1984
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: hin
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2024-07-22T15:38:41Z,2026-02-05T20:41:10Z
publicdate: 2024-07-22T15:38:41Z
publisher: Mir Publishers,मीर प्रकाशन
title: सामान्य रसायन पुस्तक १ (General Chemistry Volume 1 in Hindi)
year: 1984
description:
पुस्तक के बारे में हिन्दी भाषा में अनुदित प्रो० नि० ले० ग्लीनका की प्रस्तुत पुस्तक “ सामान्य रसायन  बहुत प्रचलित है। लेखक के जीवन काल में ही रूसी भाषा में इसके 2 संस्करण  प्रकाशित हुए , अंग्रेजी भाषा में अनूदित की गई एवं सोवियत संघ की प्रांतीय भाषाओ्रों  में अनेक बार प्रकाशित हुई। यह पुस्तक न केवल उच्च अध्ययन संस्थानों और तकनीकी  विद्यालयों के विद्यार्थियों तथा अध्यापकों के बीच प्रचलित थी, बल्कि अरासायनिक  व्यवसायों के विशेषज्ञों के बीच भी लोकप्रिय थी जो स्वयं अध्ययन विधि द्वारा रसायन  के वारे में अपना ज्ञान बढ़ाना चाहते थे। रसायन का तीब्रता से लगातार विकास ,  ग्रार्थिक व्यवस्था में उसका अधिक महत्वपूर्ण स्थान, अनेक व्यवसायों के विशेषज्ञों को  तैयार करने में उसके योग का बढ़ना तथा रसायन का अनुभवमूलक विज्ञान से प्रकृति  विज्ञान के सस क्षेत्र में तीब्रतापूर्ण प्रवेश करने की क्रिया , जो पदार्थ-संरचना के आधु-  निक विचारों और तापीयगतिकी के नियमों पर आधारित है-ये सभी प्रस्तुत पुस्तक  में महत्वपूर्ण परिवर्तते करने के कारण बनें।   उन अध्यायों में ग्रत्यधिक परिवर्तन किये गये हैं जो पदार्थ की संरचना, रासायनिक तापीय गतिकी  के नियमों, विलयनों के सिद्धाँत, अपचयोपचयन क्रियाओं , धातुत्रों तथा ऐलायों के  गणों के साथ सम्बंधित हैं पृथक तत्त्वों के रसायन को समपित की गई सामग्री को  भी नए रूप में प्रस्तुत किया गया है। अतिरिक्त परिवर्तेतन, जो विशेषतः भौतिकीय  परिमापों की इकाईयों ( अन्तर्राष्ट्रीय सिस्टम ) के लागू किये जाने से सम्बंधित हैं,  पुस्तक के 9 वें संस्करण (1979) में कर दिये गये थे।  [  प्रस्तुत अनुवाद पुस्तक के रूसी भाषा में 2 वें संस्करण से किया गया है। हिन्दी  भाषा में अनुवाद करने के समय पुस्तक की सामग्री का पुनः अध्ययन किया गया  तथा उसमें आवश्यक सामग्री सम्मिलित की गई। मानव और प्राकृतिक वातावरण  की पारस्परिक क्रिया के रासायनिक पक्षों पर विशेष ध्यान दिया गया है, और इसके  साथ-साथ प्रस्तुत संस्करण में अरणुश्नरों की ज्यामिती का अध्ययन न केवल संकरण  विधि के दृष्टिकोण से अपितु संयोजकता कोश के इलेक्ट्रानी युगलों की प्रतिकर्षण  विधि के आधार पर भी किया गया है। रूसी से अनुवादित: मोहन मुर्ति शांडिल्य सभी श्रेय गुप्ताजी को विषय-सूची  हिन्दी संस्करण की प्रस्तावना   भूमिका 1. द्रव्य और उसकी गति   2. पदार्थ तथा पदार्थों के परिवर्तन रसायन का विषय    अध्याय 1 परमाण्वीय-आण्विक सिद्धांत   3. संहति-संरक्षण नियम    4. परमाण्वीय-आण्विक सिद्धांत का मुख्य विषय    5. सरल पदार्थ व रासायनिक तत्व    6. स्थिर अनुपात का नियम. गणित अनुपात का नियम   7. आयतन अनुपात का नियम. अवोगाड्रो का नियम   8. परमाण्वीय और आण्विक द्रव्यमान. मोल     9. गैसीय पदार्थों का अणु द्रव्यमान निश्चित करना    10. गैस का आंशिक दाब    11. तुल्य, तुल्यता नियम    12. परमाण्वीय द्रव्यमान का निर्धारण. संयोजकता    13. रासायनिक प्रतीक    14. अकाबनिक पदार्थों के मुख्य वर्ग    15. रासायनिक परिकलन    अध्याय 2 द.ई. मेन्डलीफ का आवर्त-नियम   16. मेन्डेलीफ का आवर्त-नियम   17. तत्वों की आवर्त-प्रणाली   18. आवर्त प्रणाली का महत्व    अध्याय 3 परमाण्वीय संरचना. आवर्त नियम का विकास    19. विघटनाभिकता      20. परमाणु का नाभिकीय मॉडल     21. परमाणु-स्पेक्ट्रम     22. प्रकाश का क्वान्टमी सिद्धांत     23. नील्स बोर के अनुसार परमाणु के इलेक्ट्रानी आवरण की संरचना     24. क्वान्टम यांत्रिकी के मूल विचार     25. तरंग-फलन     26. परमाणु में इलेक्ट्रान की ऊर्जा की अवस्था     27. मुख्य क्वान्टम संख्या     28. कक्षीय क्वान्टम संख्या, इलेक्ट्रान अश्रों के रूप     29. चुम्बकीय और प्रचक्रण क्वान्टम संख्या     30. बहुइलेक्ट्रॉनिक परमाणु     31. पाउली सिद्धांत. परमाणुओं की इलेक्ट्रान संरचना एवं तत्वों की आवर्त प्रणाली       32. परमाणुओं तथा ग्रायनों का परिमाण     33. आयनन की ऊर्जा तथा इलेक्ट्रान के साथ बन्धुता     34. परमाण्वीय नाभिक की संरचना, समस्थानिक     35. विघटनाभिक तत्त्व तथा उनका क्षय     36. कृत्रिम विघटनाभिकता, नाभिकीय अभिक्रिया    अध्याय 4 रासायनिक आबन्ध तथा आण्विक संरचना    37. रासायनिक संरचना सिद्धांत     38. सहसंयोजी आबन्ध, संयोजी आबन्धों की विधि     39. अश्लुवी एवं श्रुवी सहसंयोजी आबन्ध     40. सहसंयोजी आबन्धों के बनने की विधि     41. सहसंयोजी आबन्ध की दिशा     42. परमाण्वीय इलेक्ट्रानी कक्षकों का संकरण     43. संयोजकता कोश के इलेक्ट्रानी युगलों के प्रतिकर्षण की विधि     44. बहुकेन्द्रीय आबन्ध     45. आण्विक कक्षकों की विधि     46. आयनी आबन्ध     47. हाइड्रोजन आबन्ध     अध्याय 5 ठोस पदार्थ तथा द्रव की संरचना    48. अंतराश्राण्विक पारस्परिक अभिक्रिया     49. पदार्थ की क्रिस्टलीय अवस्था     50. क्रिस्टलों की आंतरिक संरचना     51. वास्तविक क्रिस्टल     52. पदार्थ की अक्रिस्टलीय अवस्था     53. द्रव    अध्याय 6 रासायनिक अभिक्रियाओं के मुख्य नियम      54. रासायनिक अभिक्रियाओं में ऊर्जा का रूपांतरण     55. तापीय-रसायनिकी     56. तापीय-रासायनिक परिकलन     57. रासायनिक अभिक्रिया की चाल     58. अभिकारक पदार्थों के संघनन पर अभिक्रिया की चाल की निर्भरता     59. तापमान और अभिक्रियाशील पदार्थों की प्रकृति पर अभिक्रिया की चाल की निर्भरता     60. उत्प्रेरण     61. विजातीय विन्यासों में अभिक्रिया की चाल     62. श्रृंखला अभिक्रियाएँ     63. अनुत्क्रमणीय तथा उत्क्रमणीय अभिक्रियाएँ. रासायनिक संतुलन     64. रासायनिक संतुलन का विस्थापन. ले शाटेल्ये का नियम    65. रासायनिक अभिक्रिया की दिशा निश्चित करने वाले कारण       66. तापीयगतिकीय मात्राएँ: आन्तरिक ऊर्जा व एन्थेल्पी     67. तापीयगतिकीय मात्राएँ: एन्ट्रॉपी तथा गिब्स ऊर्जा     68. मानक तापीयगतिकीय मात्राएँ, रासायनिक तापीयगतिकीय परिकलन    अध्याय 7  जल, घोल    जल   69. प्राकृतिक जल, मानव के लिए जल का महत्व    70. जल के भौतिक गुण   71. जल का कलीय रेखाचित्र   72. जल के रासायनिक गुण   विलयन 73. विलयनों के गुण, विलय क्रिया   74. विलयनों की सान्द्रता   75. हाइड्रेट तथा क्रिस्टल हाइड्रेट   76. विलयशीलता   77. अतिसंतृप्त विलयन   78. परासरण   79. विलयनों का वाष्पीय दाब   80. विलयनों का हिमीकृत करना तथा क्वथन    अध्याय 8 विद्युत-अपघट्य के विलयन 81. लवणों, अम्लों व क्षारकों के विलयनों के विशेष गुण  82. विद्युत-अपघट्य वियोजन का सिद्धांत   83. वियोजन की क्रिया   84. वियोजन की डिग्री, विद्युत-अपघट्यों की सान्द्रता   85. वियोजन स्थिरांक   86. प्रबल विद्युत-अपघट्य   87. विद्युत अपघट्य वियोजन के सिद्धांत के दृष्टिकोण से अम्लों, क्षारों तथा लवणों के गुण   88. आयन-आण्विक समीकरण   89. विलेयता गणनफल   90. जल का वियोजन, हाइड्रोजन निर्देशांक   91. आयनी संतुलनों का विस्थापन   92. लवणों का जलापघटन    अध्याय 9 अपचयोपचयन अभिक्रियाएँ विद्युत् रसायन के मुख्य नियम   93. तत्वों की अपचयन अवस्था   94. अपचयोपचयन अभिक्रियाएँ   95. अपचयोपचयन अभिक्रियाओं के समीकरणों को बनाना   96. महत्त्वपूर्ण अपचयक तथा अपचायक   97. अपचयोपचयन द्वैत, अंतराश्राणक अपचयोपचयन   98. विद्युत ऊर्जा के रासायनिक स्रोत   99. इलेक्ट्रोड विभव  100. धातुओं के विभवों की श्रेणी   101. विद्युत-अपघटन   102. विद्युत-अपघटन के नियम   103. उद्योग में विद्युत-अपघटन   104. विद्युत-रासायनिक ध्रुवण, अतिवोल्टता    अध्याय 10 परिक्षिप्त तंत्र, कोलाइड   105. पदार्थ की परिक्षिप्त अवस्था, परिक्षिप्त तंत्र   106. कला के पथक्करण की सीमा पर पदार्थ की अवस्था   107. कोलाइड तथा कोलाइडी विलयन   108. परिक्षेपण विश्लेषण, परिक्षिप्त तंत्रों के प्रकाशीय तथा आण्विक-गतिकीय गुण   109. शोषण तथा शोषण क्रियाएँ, आण्विक अधिशोषण   110. आयन विनिमय अधिशोषण   111. क्रोमेटोग्राफी (वर्णलेखन)   112. विद्युतगतिक परिघटनाएँ    113. परिक्षिप्त तंत्रों का स्थायित्व और स्कंदन 114. परिक्षिप्त तंत्रों में संरचना का बनना, ठोस पदार्थों व परिक्षिप्त संरचनाओं की भौतिक-रासायनिक यांत्रिकी     134. 

subject:
रसायन विज्ञान,उत्प्रेरक,ऊष्मागतिकी,जल,विलयन,रासायनिक अभिक्रियाएं,यौगिक,परमाणु,इलेक्ट्रॉन,soviet literature,chemistry,catalysts,theomodyamics,water,solutions,chemical reactions,compounds,atoms,electrons


btih: c882858f79f540c02f6c321cb6f96ff0713516ff
collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan
creator: நி.மிஹாய்லவ் (N. Mikhailov)
date: 1965-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: n.-mikhailov-lets-tour-the-soviet-union-progress-1965
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: tam
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2026-03-14T14:54:45Z,2026-03-14T16:02:33Z
publicdate: 2026-03-14T14:54:45Z
publisher: Progress Publishers
subject: soviet literature,USSR,soviet people,soviet society,soviet nations
title: சோவியத் நாட்டைச் சுற்றிப் பார்ப்போம் (Let's Tour The Soviet Union in Tamil)
year: 1965
description:
சோவியத் பூகோளவியல் அறிஞர், எழுத்தாளர் நிக்கலாய் மிஹாய்லவ் வெளிநாட்டு வாசகர்களிடையே விரிவாகப் பெயர் பெற்றவர். “தீர்க்கரேகையின் வழியே செல்கிறேன்”, “தாய் நாட்டின் வரைபடத்தை நோக்குவோம்”, “உலகின் ஆரும் பகுதி”, “சோவியத் யூனியனைப் பார்வையிடுவோம்” என்னும் அவருடைய நூல்கள் உலகின் பல மொழிகளில் பெயர்க்கப்பட்டிருக்கின்றன. “சோவியத் நாட்டைச் சுற்றிப் பார்ப்போம்” என்னும் இந்த நூல் சில ஆண்டுகளுக்கு முன்பு ஆங்கில, பிரெஞ்சு, ஸ்பானிய மொழிகளில் முன்னேற்றப் பதிப்பகத்தால் வெளியிடப்பட்டது. பல்வேறு நாடுகளைச் சேர்ந்த வாசகர்கள் இதை மிக விரும்பிப் படித்தார்கள். இந்த நூலைப் படிக்கையில் வாசகர்கள் பால்டிக் கடலில் இருந்து பெரிங் ஜலசந்திவரை, வட துருவத்திலிருந்து ஆப்கானிஸ்தான் எல்லையில் சோவியத் நாட்டின் தெற்குக் கோடிவரை கவர்ச்சிகரமான சுற்றுப்பயணம் செய்ததுபோல உணர்ந்தார்கள். சோவியத் யூனியனின் மையப் பகுதிகள், தேசீயக் குடியரசுகள் ஆகியவற்றின் இயற்கை நிலைமைகளையும் பொருளாதாரத்தையும் அவர்கள் அறிந்துகொண்டார்கள். வாசகர்கள் நாடு முழுவதையும் சுற்றிப் பார்த்தார்கள். அதன் வனப்பு மிக்க இயற்கைக் காட்சிகளையும் புயல் வேகக் கட்டுமான வேலைகளையும்—சிறப்பாக, சைபீரியாவிலும் தூரக் கிழக்கிலும் மத்திய ஆசியாவிலும் அமைக்கப்படும் புதிய நிர்மாண ஸ்தலங்களையும்—அவர்கள் கண்டார்கள். சோவியத் யூனியனில் வாழும் பெருந்தொகையான நாட்டினத்தவரின் வழக்கப் பழக்கங்கள், பண்பாடு ஆகியவை பற்றி நிறைய சுவையான விவரங்களைத் தெரிந்துகொண்டார்கள். இன்றைய சோவியத் நாட்டின் கலை, விஞ்ஞானம், கல்வி ஆகியவற்றையும் இன்னும் பல்வேறு துறைகளையும் அறிமுகம் செய்துகொண்டார்கள். குமிழ் பதிப்புக்காக நூலைச் செப்பம் செய்கையில், கடந்த சில ஆண்டுகளில் நாட்டின் வரைபடம் எவ்வாறு மாறியுள்ளது, நாட்டின் வாழ்க்கையில், சோவியத் குடிமக்களின் வாழ்க்கையில் என்னென்ன முக்கிய நிகழ்ச்சிகள் நடந்துள்ளன என்ற விவரங்களை ஆசிரியர் சேர்த்துள்ளார். Soviet geographer and writer Nikolai Mikhailov is widely known among foreign readers. His books—"I Travel Along the Meridian," "Let Us Turn to the Map of the Motherland," "A Part of the Explored World," and "Let Us View the Soviet Union"—have been translated into many languages around the world. This book, "Let Us Tour the Soviet Country," was published a few years ago in English, French, and Spanish by Progress Publishers. Readers from various countries read it with great enthusiasm. While reading this book, readers felt as if they had taken a fascinating journey from the Baltic Sea to the Bering Strait, from the North Pole to the Soviet southern border at the Afghan frontier. They learned about the natural conditions and economy of the Soviet Union's central regions and national republics. The readers toured the entire country. They witnessed its lush natural landscapes and storm-paced construction works—especially the new industrial sites being built in Siberia, the Far East, and Central Asia. They gained many interesting details about the customs and culture of the numerous nationalities living in the Soviet Union. They became acquainted with the art, science, education, and many other fields of today's Soviet country. For the Kumizhi edition, while revising the book, the author has added details about how the country's map has changed in recent years, and what major events have taken place in the life of the country and the lives of the Soviet people.


btih: 7ca79ee877f5c91fcc632c7def2104f583e2118d
collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-abdul_fattah398,fav-irohamca
creator: Nikolai Ostrovsky
date: 1950-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: nikolai-ostrovsky-hail-life-articles-speeches-letters-flph-1950
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: eng
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2024-08-05T11:33:45Z,2026-02-06T01:21:51Z
publicdate: 2024-08-05T11:33:45Z
publisher: Foreign Languages Publishing House
subject: soviet literarture,autobiography,russian literature
title: Hail, Life – Articles, Speeches, Letters
year: 1950
description:
A collection of articles, speeches and letters of Soviet writer Nikolai Ostrovsky.  Translated from the Russian by Helen Altschuler Designed by N. Seregin Original scan by DLI. This is a cleaned, optimised scan. Publication data is approximate for the decade.


btih: d26379f89a45be3dde5204a37614c549d2c3d194
collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-sadam_bapar810,fav-shah786
creator: نکولائی استروفسکی (Nikolai Ostrovsky)
date: 1988-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: nikolai-ostrovsky-how-steel-was-temepered-1-in-urdu-progress-1988
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: urd
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2025-04-11T05:18:58Z,2026-02-05T20:44:58Z
publicdate: 2025-04-11T05:18:58Z
publisher: Progress Publishers
subject: soviet literature,russian literature,سوویت ادب,روسی ادب
title: دار و رسن کی آزمائش ناول (How Steel Was Temepered 1 In Urdu)
year: 1988
description:
"How the Steel Was Tempered" How the Steel Was Tempered is a Soviet novel by Nikolai Ostrovsky. It tells the story of Pavel Korchagin, a young man who becomes a dedicated revolutionary fighter during the Russian Civil War and subsequent socialist construction. Through personal hardship and immense physical suffering, Pavel embodies the virtues of self-sacrifice, perseverance, and loyalty to the communist cause. His journey from an enthusiastic youth to a battle-hardened, paralyzed soldier reflects the ideological tenets of socialist realism, emphasizing the triumph of the human spirit over adversity and the importance of collective over individual goals. Nikolai Ostrovsky and His Struggles Nikolai Ostrovsky, the author of How the Steel Was Tempered, faced significant personal struggles throughout his life. Born in 1904, he joined the Komsomol and later the Red Army, participating actively in the Russian Civil War. At the age of 19, he was severely injured, leading to paralysis and blindness due to a progressive illness. Despite these debilitating conditions, Ostrovsky wrote his novel using a special frame to guide his pen, dictating to his family, and later typing with one finger. His determination to continue his work despite immense physical suffering mirrored the resilience and dedication of his protagonist, making his life story an inspiring testament to perseverance and the human spirit. ’’ہاؤ دی اسٹیل واز ٹیمپرڈ‘‘ ’’ہاؤ دی اسٹیل واز ٹیمپرڈ‘‘ نکولائی اوستروفسکی کا ایک سوویت ناول ہے۔ یہ پاویل کورچاگن کی کہانی بیان کرتا ہے، جو ایک نوجوان ہے اور روسی خانہ جنگی کے دوران اور بعد میں سوشلسٹ تعمیر کے دور میں ایک پرعزم انقلابی مجاہد بن جاتا ہے۔ ذاتی مصیبتوں اور شدید جسمانی تکالیف کے باوجود، پاویل خود کو قربانی، ثابت قدمی، اور کمیونسٹ مقصد سے وفاداری کی علامت کے طور پر ثابت کرتا ہے۔ اس کی جدوجہد، جو ایک پرجوش نوجوان سے ایک معذور سپاہی بننے تک جاتی ہے، سوشلسٹ حقیقت نگاری کے نظریاتی اصولوں کی عکاسی کرتی ہے، جن میں انسانی جذبے کی مشکلات پر فتح اور انفرادی مفاد پر اجتماعی مقصد کو ترجیح دینا شامل ہے۔ نکولائی اوستروفسکی اور اُن کی جدوجہد ’’ہاؤ دی اسٹیل واز ٹیمپرڈ‘‘ کے مصنف نکولائی اوستروفسکی نے اپنی زندگی میں بہت سی ذاتی مشکلات کا سامنا کیا۔ 1904 میں پیدا ہونے والے اوستروفسکی نے کومسومول میں شمولیت اختیار کی اور بعد میں ریڈ آرمی میں شامل ہوکر روسی خانہ جنگی میں بھرپور حصہ لیا۔ صرف 19 برس کی عمر میں وہ ایک شدید چوٹ کا شکار ہوئے، جس کے نتیجے میں وہ فالج اور نابینا پن میں مبتلا ہوگئے، جو ایک بڑھتی ہوئی بیماری کا نتیجہ تھا۔ ان سخت حالات کے باوجود، اوستروفسکی نے اپنا ناول ایک خاص فریم کی مدد سے قلم کو رہنمائی دیتے ہوئے لکھا، اہل خانہ کو املا کروایا، اور بعد میں ایک انگلی سے ٹائپ بھی کیا۔ ان کی یہ لگن اور مسلسل محنت، جو جسمانی اذیتوں کے باوجود قائم رہی، اُن کے مرکزی کردار کی طرح ثابت قدمی اور عزم کی علامت بن گئی، اور اُن کی زندگی کی کہانی انسانی جذبے اور حوصلے کا متاثر کن مظہر ہے۔ دوسرا ایڈیشن – ۶۱۹۸۲ سوویت یونین میں شائع شدہ

stripped_tags:
div style="color:rgb(44,44,44);font-family:'Helvetica Neue', Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif;font-size:14px;",p style="color:rgb(0,0,0);font-family:'Helvetica Neue', Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif;font-size:14px;",strong,span style="font-family:'system-ui', '-apple-system', BlinkMacSystemFont, Roboto, 'Apple Color Emoji', 'Helvetica Neue', sans-serif;font-size:15px;white-space:pre-wrap;background-color:rgb(255,255,255);"


btih: 03ff0170993557d969eef761755eb2553b22bff6
collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-meenakshi_sundaram
creator: நிக்கலாய் கோகல் (Nikolai Gogol)
date: 1989-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: nikolai-gogol-the-government-inspector-in-tamil-raduga-1989
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: tam
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2024-09-11T15:12:52Z,2026-02-05T20:44:55Z
publicdate: 2024-09-11T15:12:52Z
publisher: Raduga Publishers
stripped_tags: em
subject: russian literature,russian novel,satire,comedy,ரஷ்ய இலக்கியம்,ரஷ்ய நாவல்,நையாண்டி,நகைச்சுவை
title: அரசு ஆய்வாளர் நகைச்சுவை நாடகம் (The Government Inspector In Tamil )
year: 1989
description:
Nikolai Gogol's The Government Inspector is a satirical comedy that exposes the corruption and incompetence of provincial Russian officials. The plot revolves around a case of mistaken identity when a low-ranking civil servant, Khlestakov, is mistaken for a powerful government inspector by the local officials of a small town. Fearing the inspector's arrival to investigate their misconduct, the officials desperately try to bribe and flatter Khlestakov, who exploits their naivety and greed. Through this farcical situation, Gogol critiques the widespread corruption, hypocrisy, and moral decay in Russia's bureaucracy. நிகொலை கோகோலின்  கவர்ன்மென்ட் இன்ஸ்பெக்டர்  என்பது மாகாண ரஷிய அதிகாரிகளின் ஊழல் மற்றும் தகுதியின்மையை வெளிப்படுத்தும் ஒரு நையாண்டி நகைச்சுவையாகும். கதையின் மையம் தவறான அடையாளம் தொடர்பாக உள்ளது, சிறு நகரத்தின் அதிகாரிகள் ஒரு சாதாரண அரசு பணியாளரான கிளெஸ்டகோவ் என்பவரை ஆட்கொண்ட விசாரணை அதிகாரராக தவறாக கருதுகின்றனர். அதிகாரிகளின் தவறுகளை ஆராய்வதற்காக ஒருவர் வருவார் என்ற பயத்தில், அவர்கள் கிளெஸ்டகோவை கவரவும், லஞ்சம் கொடுக்கவும் முயல்கிறார்கள், ஆனால் அவரோ அவர்களின் அநியாயம் மற்றும் பேராசையைப் பயன்படுத்தி பலன் பெறுகிறார். இந்த நகைச்சுவையான சூழ்நிலையில், கோகோல் ரஷிய அரசாங்கத்தின் பரவலான ஊழல், பாசாங்குத்தனம் மற்றும் நல்லறிவு குறைவைக் கேலியாய்ச் சித்தரிக்கிறார். மொழிபெயர்ப்பாளர்: நா. முகம்மது செரீபு, எம்.ஏ. ஓவியர்: செர்கேய் அலீமவ் பதிப்பாசிரியர்: இவ்கேனி கனவாலவ் All credits to Guptaji.


